Copyrighted Logo

css menu by Css3Menu.com


 

Bruce's 5th book, a Home Study Course, is now available.
Books & Tapes by Bruce Moen
    Bruce's Blog now at http://www.afterlife-knowledge.com/blog....

  HomeHelpSearchLoginRegister  
 
Pages: 1 
Send Topic Print
GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II (Read 176440 times)
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Oct 9th, 2007 at 9:39pm
 
Hey old friends... Im back and ready for some more action!!! hehehe

I have cut my old journal entries and placed them into this new thread so it is much smaller in size.  Enjoy the new entries, I plan to keep them coming...
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #1 - Oct 9th, 2007 at 9:40pm
 
OBE November 13, 2006, 12:41:57 AM

I had a OBE this morning and I'd like to share because it was semi abnormal and I would like your opinions. When I left it was about 1130 am, but when I viewed my surroundings out of my body it was dark out, as if it was midnight.  I floated up out of my body and went into the living room.  I saw my mom and showed her that I was out of body, floating above her.  She did not seem very impressed.  I believe I was communicating with her subconscious mind, because she had no recollection of the encounter.  I recall having scratches on my wrists, as if I had tried to kill myself, which was very odd.  I then left my house.  It seemed as though some of the tall buildings in my city were different.  I projected to a classroom.  I remember entering the class and flying to the front of the class and talking with the students.  I then left and found myself flying at high speeds down the street, close to the ground.  I flew to the city next to mine.  I remember bumping into a few people as I passed them. I then saw Borat riding a bike, following and messing with a black person, which I found very funny. Anyway, I knew it was real because I remember saying to myself, I have to remember this when I wake up, and every time I said that things would be more clarified all around me.  My last memory of the experience was I was in a parking lot, attempting to restore my drained energy.

JOURNAL ENTRY 1 Nov 17th, 2006, 10:11pm   

Wave 1, part 1. Its just an introduction to some energy techniques and focus 3. I learned how to make an energy conversion box to put all of my thoughts in so I wont be distracted during the exercises. I also learned how to do resonant tuning, which allows you to fill up with fresh energy and release stale energy. As soon as I began doing the resonant tuning energy breathing, I immediately started getting very pleasing vibrations and tingly sensations all over my body, I couldnt help but smile because it felt sooo good it was rediculous. And this was just the first 3 minutes of the program! After it was over i went to the next part.

Wave 1, part 2. This was an introduction to focus 10. It taught an affirmation about being more than physical and wanting to experience more than physical and be helped by guides and stuff like that. Anyway so he counts to ten while telling you to focus on relaxing specific body parts and making them go to sleep. It worked, this was the shortest amount of time ive ever been this relaxed, it took only about 5-10 minutes to get into focus ten. However, he cuts it short. So i went to the next exercise.

Wave 1, part 3. This was the same as part 2, only he introduces the resonant energy baloon. I envisioned energy coming out of my head, forming a baloon around me, then going back into my feet. I really felt it too. This technique got me even deeper into focus 10. Then there was the countdown, and I was very deep.  I felt twitches, and random feelings of vibrations, not too strong though. The exersize ended and I went to sleep. 

The first three parts got me into focus ten faster than I could have imagined. I assume that the more I do it, the better and more efficient I will be at it. it is niiiiice, i liiiike.

JOURNAL ENTRY 2 Nov 18th, 2006, 2:37pm   

This time I started with Wave 1 part 2. I only did this so I could repeat the affirmation they state, because they leave it on in part 3. I slipped into focus ten very very fast, like 3 or 4 minutes I was suprised.  After the resonant tuning excerise, I switched to part 3, where I fastforwarded to the resonant energy balloon. At this point i was probably as deep as I was at the end of all the exercises yesterday. which is very good.  I would go in and out of thinking clearly, sometimes fantasizing about flying or skateboarding down the street in sync with the noises coming from the headphones. 

it was over pretty shortly, so I switched to part 5. I knew part 4 was boring and had nothing to do with my goal... to achieve OBEs easier and switch into different focus levels at will. So with part 5 something interesting happened. I would kinda phase out for a second, then hear a loud click and be tuned in once again with a heightened awareness. Ive read about this but never had it happen, so it was pretty cool. But then it all got messed up. My cat knocked something over, and it totally snapped me out of it!! I got so mad I threw the cat out. I tried again but i was so distracted by this point I just said f** it and went to bed. Hopefully I have better luck tonight. Im keepin the cat out, I can tell you that much.

JOURNAL ENTRY 3 Reply #4 - Nov 19th, 2006, 3:41pm

Last night I used Wave 1 part 2 for the affirmation and relaxation countdown, then switched to part 3 to get into a deep focus ten. I was in focus ten proabably within five minutes of starting part 2, so this aspect is definatly improving. Nothing exciting happened in part 3, just feeling relaxed. So i switched to part 5.  I got very deep, but when he says to pretend like your floating out, and then tells you to "now roll over and float up" like your suppost to go out of your body, i could not acually do it. I need to be in a state of paralysis in order to get the vibrations to have an OBE, and i just wasnt there. So i just stayed in focus ten, day dreaming and getting lost in them at times, coming back to awareness eventually. SO nothing special happened this time, but its only my third day so I cant expect miracles right away.  At least im getting better at focus ten. 
Oh yeah i need to mention this.. I was deep in ten and i asked to meet or talk to my higher self or guide. I have never done this, that i know of anyway. So right away an answer comes to my head, not yet im not ready yet. Now theres a good chance I came up with this answer myself and it was not acually my higher self communicating with me. So i asked when can i and i got an answer ... in time... so once again, i think this was me just thinking a probable answer rather than direct communication.  But i really dont know because i have never consiously communicated with any guides before. What do you think???

JOURNAL ENTRY 4 Reply #9 - Nov 20th, 2006, 5:56pm

This session was very good considering the circumstances. It took place in the middle of the day, I was a little tired but did not have the urge to sleep. I think thats the main problem holding me back, when I do the exercises im physically and mentally tired, all i want to do is go to sleep. 
So I listen to Wave 1 part 3 to get into focus ten, all goes well.
Then I switch to part 6, I have never done this part before.. you are suppost to explore yourself, and make a goal for the exercise and try to execute it. So my goal was first to contact my higher self, but then i realize I would rather be out of body before i did that, so i then desired to have assistance in getting out of my body from guides. Now while im attempting this, I have two major distractions.. first, my cat is next to me, and always seems like move around and shake the bed just when Im getting realy deep. Then, my brother walks in and turns all the lights on. AFter a minute Im finally by myself and I try to get back into it. So I imagine guides grabbing my hands and pulling me up. Suddenly, my arms become light as feathers. Then, I feel them rising! The crazy thing was, I wasnt in my usual state for an OBE. I was in focus ten, but my body definatly was not totally asleep like it usually has to be. I usualy need vibrations to become loose. But somehow my arms became loose, and they were just floating. However, a minute after they became loose the tape says... NOW RETURN TO WAKING CONSIOUSNESS BLA BLA BLA. So I snapped out of it. But this was some good progress, im very happy about it.

JOURNAL ENTRY 5 Reply #11 - Nov 21st, 2006, 8:11pm

I listened to Wave 1 part 3, and after getting into a deep focus 10 switched to part 6, where your suppost to explore whatever you want. So Im getting into it and my mom opens the door and i have to talk to her for a few seconds.. I dont move, just talk. So she left and i got back into it.  My goal was to contact my higher self and for a guide to pull me out of my body. It didnt happen. Im feeling stuck at this point... I mean some things came to me that I really didnt understand, it wasnt a total visual thing, like I saw it but I didnt see it, you know? Kinda imagined. But a few things just came out of left field and didnt make sense. But besides that nothing good. I want awsome things to happen. I want to see my guide, talk with my higher self, figure things out. But its only been five days so maybe its just too soon. I hear people at the Monroe Institute having amazing experiences the first night! why cant I??

JOURNAL ENTRY 6 Reply #14 - Nov 22nd, 2006, 2:56pm

Yagshumesh. Started out with Wave 1 part 3 as usual, got to deep 10, then did a switcheroo to Wave 1 part 6. Thinking back, i do not remember much of what happened. What I remember is a lot of pressure and energy in my top chakra, then I moved the energy down my spine and it felt rediculously good like an orgasm in my back. I felt my awareness expanding and it was definatly different from previous attempts.  So the next thing I know, i hear... "wake up to full consiousness." I look at the clock and like 3 hours have passed! And its like 5 tracks ahead. Either I fell asleep, or just clicked out and did a whole bunch of stuff that I have absolutely no recollection of. Next time Im definatly going to affirm to myself that I am going to remember everything that happens. I also plan to start Robert Bruces New ENergy Ways while in focus ten. So I can begin to develope my energy body and OBE easier. Chenk yew.

JOURNAL ENTRY 7 Reply #17 - Nov 24th, 2006, 2:18pm

Tonight I decided I didn't need a warm up exercise to get to focus 10 anymore, like I usually listen to Wave 1 part 3 to get to focus ten then skip to another track. But this time I strictly did Wave 1 part 5.  In this track he tells you eventually to float up and roll out of your body, but I didnt even try to this time I just did what I wanted to do.  This time was different from all of my previous exercises, because this time I had no expectations. I just let whatever happen happen, and observed it objectively. So for the first time. I saw some things. My vision became 3D blackness, and I saw a whole bunch of beings ( i think)... everything was black, but different shades of black so I could make things out. So I saw a bunch of beings, then something up close but I couldnt tell what it was. The track ended by that time, so I went to sleep. Im satistfied withthis attempt though, before I was using this just to get out of body, but now I realize I can get even more out of this, I can have OBEs with out the tapes anyway.  I began to see hundreds of letters, they seemed to be moving either left or right... somein different colors.. I tried for a second to read them but it was impossible. This was a first.. what do you think was the meaning of that?

JOURNAL ENTRY 8 Reply #20 - Nov 25th, 2006, 2:42pm

I began to listen around 330am last night... about ten minutes into it I was like screw this, Im too tired and went to sleep. However, I had two awazing OBEs this morning.

OBE November 26, 2006, 21:26:02

I woke up after about five hours of sleep last night and figured Id have an OBE. So I stayed up for about 40 minutes, then went back to sleep. But i didnt go back to sleep ha ha. I had two OBEs:

OBE#1: I vibrated as usual, and rose out of my body. I was in my room for a minute, but it was very dark. I thought of my nanny who died years ago, and suddenly Im flying through space. Stars and wizzing by me. I look at my hands, and they are basically pure energy, barely having any physical form. I dont remeber too much about this OBE, the next one was much more clear.  I faintly have an idea of communicating with someone but it was a dark, murky OBE and memory isnt too good of it.

OBE#2: I went back into my body, and slipped right back out of my body. This time, I didnt really get much vibrations. Somehow I managed to get out of my body, I was next to my bed but it was dark, and I couldnt get myself to see. So I started spinning, around and around about 20 times, at a high speed. When I stopped I could see! So i floated out of my house through the wall. I felt the wall as I was passing through it. So Im outside, and its dark, as usual, even though its light out in real time. And I look up in the sky and my breath was taken away(I didnt actually have a breath lol). I saw a moon, and it was soooo big and beautiful. It was the most beautiful thing I have ever see acutally. The moon, if it was the size of our moon, was about 1/5 the distance our earthly moon is. When I looked at it, a feeling so strong filled up in me. A feeling of awe and of love, the strongest feeling I have ever felt in my life. About 10 times stronger than the greatest feeling one can feel in the physical. So I flew through some trees and looked at the horizon, and there were 3 more moons! For some reason I think I may have created those moons, I have a faint recollection of thinking wow what if there were more moons, then I saw them. At that time I went back into my body, my little bro was makin noise, that punk. This was my most memorable OBE yet, I may have had longer ones but none matched the feeling I had during this one, even if I did have those feelingsin others, I did not remember them quite like this one.

JOURNAL ENTRY 9 Reply #25 - Nov 27th, 2006, 2:43pm

Last night I started Wave 2 which is focus 12. I listened to parts 1 and 2.  I did not notice a huge difference in how I felt when I was suppost to shift from focus 10 to focus 12, so maybe I did not actually get to focus 12. O well. But some interesting things did happen. My intent was to communicate with my higher self. When I was deep in focus ten, i asked what my purpose was on earth. For some reason I picked up on.. soldier. Theres no way I would ever join the military, its so wrong and counter productive. So I dont know what that meant. A while into focus 10 my third eye chakra was stimulated all of a sudden, this was one of the first times it happened without me causing it to open.  I would get faint images in my mind of random things. All of a sudden I saw this place and a girl there, then I saw kind of a close up of the girl. I tried to focus on it more but nothing happened. I got one or two more glimpses of random people or places, but as soon as they popped into my head they were gone.  There was a weird thing that happened, also. It was like a pinpoint of energy I felt on my neck. It started to move all around my shoulder, and stopped on my back. The feeling of intense energy in one tiny dot stayed on that spot on my back, then i felt another dot move from my neck and move around. I stopped focusing on them though, and eventually got too tired to continue and went to sleep.

JOURNAL ENTRY 10 Reply #39 - Nov 29th, 2006, 6:09pm

Im laying down in focus ten. Not too deep. I feel intense energy at or right above both of my temples. Its sending jolts of energy down my body. It felt pretty good for a little bit. But the energy and pressure just kept getting stronger and stronger at my temples, especially my right temple. It was getting so intense it started to hurt. It wouldnt go away, so I sat up and rubbed my temples. The pressure went away in a few seconds, so I layed back down and tried very hard not to focus on my head so the energy sensations wouldnt come back. But they did. So I ripped off the headphones and ended my night session.

JOURNAL ENTRY 11 Reply #40 - Nov 30th, 2006, 6:40pm

I listened to Wave 2 part 1 and part 2.  I got into focus 10, immediately I heard this rushing/'hushing whisper wizzing by' type sound. It sounded simliar to the sounds that are sometimes made on his cds, but this one was louder, and totaly out of place. So i rewound the track, and the sound was nowhere to be found. The sound didnt come from my ipod.  Very strange. But i kept going. When he counted from 10 to 12 to go into focus 12, I felt an expansion. Thats the only way I can describe it. Into part 2 a dim light appeared instead of blackness, but went away. I felt like i was swirving around and going slightly upwards. But it ended in a few seconds. I was getting random images and thoughts in my head, but I couldnt make anything of them. They were things I definatly wouldnt have thought of regularly.

If any of you remmeber my post about having a dream that seemed important but I forgot it, heres an update. This is very weird. It wasnt really during a dream, because I dont think I was dreaming, it may have been in a state half sleep and half awake, Im not sure because I wasnt focusing on anything but sleeping. Im having the feeling of somthing very important, very different from anything else. I faintly remember communicating with something i could not see. I was realizing somthing in this state.  I remember thinking about what I was told in this state. I feel like Im so close to knowing what it is. I just cant put my finger on it. Im like oh yeah I was realizing... and then it goes fuzzy and blank.  I was only semi consious when this communication was taking place, because I remmeber it happening. I just wasnt consious enough to recall what I know. But Im getting closer.

JOURNAL ENTRY 12 Reply #41 - Nov 30th, 2006, 8:41pm

I listened to Wave 2 parts 1 and 2, like last time.  I got relaxed and in ten very fast. Suddenly I hear someone breathing. Its me haha. It was as if I had no assosiation with my body and heard the breathing from someone elses point of view. As soon as i heard it and realized it was me, my awareness of my body snapped back. A few minutes later i heard myself breath again, but also snapped right back. Once again, I heard a rushing sound that did not come from the track.  Lately I have been feeling an energy pulsating within me. I feel my heart beat slightly, but I am also aware of a faster pulsing within me, Its usually just a bit faster than my heartbeat, but at one moment I remember it was very very fast, yet soft. I think it was my heart chakra pulsing so fast.  Last night I felt the pulsing in my head, today it was all over. Lately I have been drifting off every once in a while, and things are going through my mind, and when I come back to full awaareness, I cannot recall what I was just thinking about(Or experienceing).  Any thoughts on this?

JOURNAL ENTRY 13 Reply #43 - Dec 1st, 2006, 12:45pm

Last night I listened to Wave 2, part 1.  Almost immediately , I began to hear the same rushing noises. Some were louder, some were softer, some were longer, some were shorter. But Im almost positive its a spirit. On ghost hunters and other shows like that, when they record the sound of a spirit it sounds just like the sounds Im hearing. Im hoping its my spirit guide, Ive been trying to make contact for almost a week now. I also feel my energy becoming more and more active each time I meditate. Also, I again felt like my consiousness was wobbling around and drifting off slightly, but not OBE style. And again Ive had random images in my mind, faces, things, that I cant make a connection. Ive tried to focus on a face to possibly do a retrieval but no luck.

This morning I was in the state ive been in when Im communicating or recieving a message but cannot remember what I was picking up, only this time I remembered! I couldnt believe it... I thought.. okay, so this is what Ive been told.. Only after I found out, I went back to sleep and when i woke up again I couldnt remember! OMG. All I remember is it was like this.... do this while doing this and this will happen... or somthing. Man this sucks. I was so close to knowing. WHat I remember is when I realized what it was, i thought... well this doesnt make too much sense. It make perfect sense when i was in my altered state, but when I regain full consiousness and remembered what it was, it was a little odd and confusing. But that doesnt even matter because now I totally forget. But Im getting closer and closer.....

JOURNAL ENTRY 14 Reply #45 - Dec 2nd, 2006, 4:12pm

Wave 2, part 1. Feeling semi-expansion on the count up to focus 12, not as much as before. I was very tired, I didn't start until like 330 am. My energy body was pulsing and wobbling as usual.  I did begin to see somthing in the darkness. I am not exactly sure what it was. It was dark and was moving around and there were several of them? Im not sure, but I got too tired and went to sleep.

My dream tests continued last night. I drempt I was being chased by this dude who wanted to beat me up for some reason, I forget why. So after running for a little while, I realized that I don't need to run anymore. I stopped running, turned around and faced this guy. He stopped, and I cant really remember what happened but whatever did happen I made it happen with my mind and willpower. Im leaning towards I caused him to stop in his tracks and threw him with my mind? Something like that... Anyway, at that point I realized I was dreaming so i started to fly all around and it was just great. I think that after a while I slipped back into a normal dream though..

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #2 - Oct 9th, 2007 at 9:41pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 15 Reply #51 - Dec 4th, 2006, 1:32pm

Last night I listened to Wave 2 part 2. I read in one of Bruce's articles that he had a convo with himself and requested to be able to percieve the nonphysical wheneever he desired, and he said that it works almost always. So thats exactly what I did. I didn't really have a convo, it was more of a one sided deal. Do you know if your suppost to imagine that your higher self is responding and come up with the other end of the dialogue yourself, or are you suppost to actually recieve responces? Maybe I should try it again and imagine I'm getting responces. It just seemed a little silly to me last night. 

Im starting to get really deep. A little disoriented at times, seeing different lights at times and moving dark objects. Its not like I felt when first starting. Then I knew I was in focus ten but my perception basically stayed the same in that state. But now it feels different. However, when it gets really different for some reason my eyes start to open. I dont know why. Just when I know Im really about to see something and go further then Ive been so far, my eyes seem to open if I dont clench them shut. But then that disrupts my relaxation a little. Any advise? Does this happen to anyone else?

JOURNAL ENTRY 16 Reply #55 - Dec 5th, 2006, 12:05pm


Wave 2 part 1. Now before I go on I just want to point out my mom was in the room next to mine in a very heated arguement on the phone, so I had to listen to that nonsense while trying to relax and do my thing... a very difficult task. So I get into focus 10, and I find it very easy to pass of my moms yelling, which is unusual for me. I actually feel an expansion into focus 12 too... which is crazy, I never would Have thought I could get so deep with all the commotion in the other room. But I realized it was definantly holding me back and I was loosing my focus, so I stopped. 
WHile falling asleep I skipped to Wave 3. Here he gives you an exercise where you create your own light rod tool. THen you imagine you have a shell of light on your body, and a didffernet color shell represents a different physical function of your body. Then if you have any dim spots on the light shell, you heal it with the light rod tool. I must say, I think it may have worked a little. I feel so good today. I usually always feel good, but today I feel especially good.    Very cool.

Reply #57 - Dec 5th, 2006, 3:09pm

I forgot to mention that last night during my session I began to have extreme energy sensations on the right side of my throat. It started just as a twitching, but before long there was energy shooting down my body from that spot and it was almost electrifying. I dont know why but I tend to get random energy activation at random places on my body. I was not comfortable with it after a while and rubbed it out. That didn't help much but I couldnt get rid of it by just focusing.


JOURNAL ENTRY 17 Reply #58 - Dec 6th, 2006, 1:23pm

I listened to Wave 2 part 1. I was really tired while doing it, so I wasn't really getting the most out of this session. What I remember is feeling disoriented, I think I was going deeper than I have before. Like I was lost in the blackness. 

This morning I woke up, and went back to sleep. But When I went back to sleep, I seemed to have entered that weird state I would go into in the morning where I would vaugly remember being somewhere else and being taught things. Well while in this state I was semi consious. I remember viewing the universe, I dont know if it was this one, but I remember seeing starts and I was in space. I just get the feeling Ive been getting where I was just told something but do not remember it.  I'm almost positive its my higher self. Ive been trying for so long to reach me, there has to be some communication going on.  I feel it.

Journal Entry 18 Reply #61 - Dec 8th, 2006, 12:18pm

Last night I decided to back to the basics and did a focus ten exercise. My proficency for entering focus ten has probably doubled since my last f10 exercise. After getting into ten I did a focus 12 exercise and got the usual expansion feeling. Ive been reading Bruces articles lately, so I decided that maybe to phase I need to start it out as an imaginational scene. So I imagined meeting with my guide, he was human form but made of light. I was talking to him for a bit, and then asked to do a retrieval at a hollow heaven. So we went to this place with lots of clouds, and I tried to talk to someone but it was a little awkward, so I changed my mind and asked to go to the park in focus 27. I tried to imagine what the park looked like the best I could.. I was still imagining this journey. Then I imagined talking to the lady at the park that Monroe described in Ultimate Journey, the one who greets everyone. I got a distinct picture in my head of what she looked like, so I was talking to her for a little bit but couldn't come up with many good questions. I was hoping maybe this imaginational journey would jumpstart some phasing but I dont think it did. After it didn't work out I just layed in the blackness. I was always seeing things, mainly just different shades of grey and black, some little lights. I would get a distinct picture of someone every now and then. One time a scene of two women walking in a distinct place outdoors flashed in my head. I concentrated on it but nothing happened. I was also shown a picture of this guys face. He reminded me of a backstreet boy haha. I read in Bruces article that in order for a retreival or phasing to work you have to totally shut down "the interpreter" and only be the perciever. Its hard though because every time I see somthing I immediately ask to myself who is that what should I do this and that. Any tips would be appreciated.

JOURNAL ENTRY 19 Reply #68 - Dec 10th, 2006, 1:58pm

Last night I take it back to focus ten excerisises again. I'm on Wave 1 part 6. It seems like each time I do an exercise I get deeper than before, and faster. I get the 3D blackness almost half way through the tape, about 15 min... which is my record so far.  I see things that look like some hyroglyphics or some kind of symbols. I see this chineese dragon type thing. Then I see dots of light all over, and they start moving as if I'm moving through them. But I only get this feeling when I'm out of body, moving through space quickly. I'm thinking maybe this was the begining of a phase? I'm not too sure. The morning session was much much better...

This morning I woke up and decided to try an exercise in the morning. I've never done this before so I did not know what to expect. You know what happened? OBEEEEEEEsssssss.  I was laying down, and realised I was getting the sinking sensation that I get before I project. So I got vibrations soon after, and floated out. My vision was terrible at first, I couldn't see a thing. So I moved away from my body and demanded clarity and to be able to see, and my vision came. I floated out of my room through the wall and outside. As I was going through the wall, the first thing I saw outside is somthing I'm not too sure of, but for some reason I have a memory of it and a strong impression. But I'm not sure if I really saw this or not. But I think I saw an angel looking being floating up. I looked to the right, and about a foot away from my house was a door, just floating there. It was wobbling around a little bit. I wanted to go investigate but I was sucked back into my body. 

I was easily able to slip out again.  This time I rolled to my left. But my vision was terrible again. The demands for clarity and sight did not work, so I decided to try the good old spin around a billion times technique that I discovered to work well for sight.  It did not work too well though, so I flew up through the house and into the sky. My sight came when I was up in the sky finally. I think that when I spun around, I transported myself to a very very strange place. The sky looked like a cartoon. It honestly looked like it was drawn with colored pensils and crayons. So I flew down and saw a large field. This field also seemed like a cartoon. I saw very strange abstract sculptures. Then I saw something protruding from the field. I think it may have been bushes. They were sculpted into letters. The letters read... Georges Dream. I got a feeling that I may have been in someones dream world. My memory fades at this point and I don't remember much else. 

I think I'm going to do an exersise every morning. This one provided a few OBEs with no effort on my part, so daddy likes.

OBE December 12, 2006, 03:17:15 AM

I was laying down after waking up, and realised I was getting the sinking sensation that I get before I project. So I got vibrations soon after, and floated out. My vision was terrible at first, I couldn't see a thing. So I moved away from my body and demanded clarity and to be able to see, and my vision came. I floated out of my room through the wall and outside. It was extremely bright and sunny outside.  The moment I was outside, an Angel flew in front of me and up into the sky.   I looked to the right, and about a foot away from my house was a door, just floating there. It was wobbling around a little bit. I wanted to go investigate but I was sucked back into my body. 

I was easily able to slip out again.  This time I rolled to my left. But my vision was terrible again. The demands for clarity and sight did not work, so I decided to try the good old spin around a billion times technique that I discovered to work well for sight.  It did not work too well though, so I flew up through the house and into the sky. My sight came when I was up in the sky finally. I think that when I spun around, I transported myself to a very very strange place. The sky looked like a cartoon. It honestly looked like it was drawn with colored pensils and crayons. So I flew down and saw a large field. This field also seemed like a cartoon. I saw very strange abstract sculptures. Then I saw something protruding from the field. I think it may have been bushes. They were sculpted into letters. The letters read... Georges Dream. I got a feeling that I may have been in someones dream world. My memory fades at this point and I don't remember much else. 

JOURNAL ENTRY 20 Reply #70 - Dec 14th, 2006, 5:36pm

Since my last entry, I have been doing the exercises. However Ive been experiencing a hell of a lot of clicking out.  I think I have clicked out just about every night for the past 4 days.  I finally got Bruces Afterlife Knowledge Guidebook, and I read last night about the interpreter and perciever and how it relates to clicking out. So at least now I know why I was doing it and fix the problem.  Yesterday afternoon I clicked out within one minute. I can't believe I did that. I remember hearing the introduction to the exercise, and the next thing I know its over.  I think a big factor of my clicking out is that Ive been getting to bed too late. I need to start regulating my bed time!

This morning I woke up and listened to advanced focus ten while falling back to sleep. But only my body fell back to sleep. I got vibrations and floated out.  Some strange things happened that I will try to explain.  After a short while of exploring I went back into my body. Only I wasnt in my bed. I was in my old bed, at my old house, with my old sheets on me. But at the time, I didnt even realise I was not in the right bed. And I was listening to the same exercise too. So I relaxed again, and had another OBE.  I got out, and was somehow at a hotel on one of the top floors.  I flew out the window and saw one of my friends in the pool below. I went back into my body unintentionally soon after, but this time I was back in my real bed. In each of my OBEs, I was able to hear Roberts voice while he was talking.  Even when I ended up in my old house.  Crazy stuff.

JOURNAL ENTRY 21 Reply #72 - Dec 15th, 2006, 1:58pm

I have been reading Afterlife Knowledge Guidebook, and am about 3/4 through.  A lot of my questions about phasing have been answered so far, and the book has given me a vast amount of tips on doing it. So I decided to try an exercise from the book while listening to advanced focus 10.

I place intent to contact and retrieve an individual who is stuck. Then I place intent to meet with a helper.  I imagine a being of bright light coming to me, and I hug it. Immediately I get a very strong sensation of love. Very strong. I did not even intend to feel this way.  So I introduce myself and say, lets go help someone.  I see tall buildings, were flying down from the sky, its a street in a semi-large city.  We float down to a black woman on the corner of the sidewalk.  I indroduce myself, she told me her name but I forget it.  I ask what she is doing, and she said she was waiting for her friend to pick her up.  I asked how long she was waiting for, and I think she said something like .. a while.  So I said, well my friend can give you a ride to where you need to go. She agreed to come.  Just then the helper pulled up in a taxi-looking car.  The woman sat in the front, and I was in the back.  I think the helper was talking to her for a little. But I clicked out soon after getting into the car. Otherwise I would have written down the experience and probably remembered much more of it.  The next thing I remember is waking up with missing time.  The usual feeling I get after a click out.  I'm not sure if this was an official retreival, I have never done one before. But I'm going to try every night.  What I was the most amazed about with this experience was the feeling of love I recieved when I hugged the helper.

JOURNAL ENTRY 22 Reply #75 - Dec 16th, 2006, 1:47pm

I attempted another retrieval last night while listening to advanced focus 10.  When I asked for a helper, I got an impression of 3 figures next to eachother a little in the distance.  I figured maybe this was a helper, so I asked to do a retrieval.  Suddenly I was in front of a store. At first I thought... I don't get it. But then I thought OOHHH maybe I should go inside. So we went inside, the helper behind me.  There was a woman, maybe age 50, all alone inside. I introduced myself, she said her name was Silvia.  I asked what she was doing there, and she said she was working.  I asked when she gets off, and she said whenever the person working the next shift comes in.  I got a feeling that this person hasnt come in in a long time.  And I was correct, she said she has been waiting a while to be relieved.  So I said, I have a friend I'd like you to meet. Just then the helper stood in front, he looked like a 30 year old good looking man wearing a suit.  He introduced himself, and they started talking. He said somthing like... What if I told you that you didn't have to work here anymore? they started walking out of the store, and I followed them. But I kind of lost track, and it was around 4:00 am at this time, so I went to sleep.

This morning I woke up and put on the advanced focus ten again. I did not have an OBE like I usually do, but I had a dream that I feel is worthy of sharing with everyone.  I can't remember ever having a dream in which I am not myself.  however, in this dream I was an old man. Probably 85.  I am at the doctors office with my wife.  They diagnosed me with Prostate cancer.  They said I did not have much longer to live.  My old wife started crying, and I hugged her.  However, I did not feel sad.  I did not feel any negative emotion at all actually.  Because I knew where I would be going, how amazing it was going to be, everything I had learned during my life on earth was soon going to be realised.  I am not sure whether I was a completely different person in this dream, just some old man, or if it was me in the far future.  Either way, there was nothing different about me except my age and appearance. So maybe it was me.

JOURNAL ENTRY 23 Reply #77 - Dec 17th, 2006, 2:41pm

I decided to try another retrieval with advanced focus 10.  I called for a helper, and saw a large black bird, maybe a crow, fly to my bedside.  I had no doubt this was a helper of some kind.  It started to fly out of my house, so I followed right behind it.  We went up really high, then suddenly we are in front of a house on a street that gives me an impression of New York.  I go up the stairs and enter the house with the crow right behind me.  The house looks empty.  I go up the stairs, and in the first bedroom I come to there is an old woman, probably 80, laying in bed. I introduced myself and was talking to her for a little bit. From the information I got from her, she was disabled in some way or sick, and needed some kind of an assistant or helper to get her out of bed and possibly bring her what she needed in bed.  She had been waiting for this person, or anyone, to come to assist her but noone has come in a long time.  She thought she was still alive and did not know she was no longer bed ridden in a physical body.  Just then I introduced the helper to her, there was no more crow anymore, but a man about 30 years old dressed nicely.  He told her she could get out of bed if she wanted, and told her to just try. She did it.  They talked a little more, then they both floated almost a foot off the ground and were drifting away.  I followed them, and we all arrived at a place that I immediately realised was the park.  This is the most detailed I have seen the park so far.  It was a very pleasant place.   

This lady with dark hair came up to me and asked if there was somthing I wanted to do or someone I wanted to see. I asked to see my deceased great grandmother, for she is the only close family member of mine to have died in my lifetime so far.  She appeared to me, but looked like she was 30 or so.  I was talking to her for a little bit, and asked if she could give me somthing to verify to my mother that I made contact with her.  I saw a image of a chair, and possibly somthing under the cushion like money or somthing.  So I asked my mom today if this had any meaning to her, and all she said was... well she used to sit in her chair a lot.  But then I thought.. maybe what I saw wasn't for my mom.  Just then an old, but a very faint memory came to mind, of my cousin finding a dollar or two under her cushion.  So I dont know if this was real or not.

This morning I think I may have had an OBE.  I say maybe because I only have a faint impression of actually leaving my body.  My memories of full consiousness begin when I arrive at a muesum-looking place.  I was floating all around looking at the place.  There was a pencil and some paper on a table, so I drew what the inside of the place looked like for some reason. I think I did that so I could remember the place better.  I have some more faint memories of floating around the place.  Thats about it.

JOURNAL ENTRY 24 Reply #79 - Dec 18th, 2006, 1:07pm

Last night I did the same routine as the past few nights. I called for a helper, and was waiting for maybe 30 seconds. Suddenly I see a chair with its back facing me, and there is someone in this chair. Suddenly the person in the chair stands up and turns around to face me, and walks over to me. He looked like a mix between a really tall elf and a court jesture.  He was wearing green, a goofy hat, and had facal features like an elf, and was very tall.  I asked him his name, and I got an impression of something starting with an E, but then he said I dont have a name.  So we lifted up, and the next thing I know I am looking at the side of a huuuge clif, probably 1 mile high, and at the very top of this clif is a house residing on the edge.  We go up and through the door.  The house was empty, and I got an impression of sadness. I was drawn to the person in the house, and even before I saw this person I knew that she was crying.  It just came to me. I went into the room and a lady was in her bed crying and crying.  I asked her what was wrong, and I got an impression of her husband and children.  I am not sure what to make of this. One thought was that maybe they died while she was alive and she felt responsible in some way. Or another thought was that maybe she had died and left them and felt bad about it. Or maybe she died but did not know she was dead, and her husband and children never returned home because she was no longer home but did not know it.  At this point I became distracted with other thoughts, somthing happened earlier that night and I started thinking about it, I got too distracted so I just cleared my mind and fell asleep.  Maybe Ill revisit tonight.

JOURNAL ENTRY 25 Reply #82 - Dec 19th, 2006, 12:59pm

I attempted to revisit the crying lady on the cliff top.  While getting into a deep focus ten, i realised my whole body was vibrating with energy.  I would get these natural vibrations sometimes while doing Gateway exercises, but these were much faster and stronger.  I did not even do any energy work, which is somthing I usualy have to do to get these vibes.   

My Jester-like friend came to me once again.  He knew we were going back, I think, because I did not even say anything, suddenly were on the porch of the house.  I went in, and the lady was not crying anymore, but was still sad.  This is where my fully lucid memory ends.  Sometimes when I click out, I come back with the faintest impression that I went on some kind of journey, or I was communicating or learning from someone.  This is the feeling I got when I became consious again.  So I don't know what became of the sad lady. Ill find out tonight I suppose.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #3 - Oct 9th, 2007 at 9:43pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 26 Reply #87 - Dec 20th, 2006, 12:45pm

The jester man appeared in my mind as I called for a helper.  We lifted off, and immediatly I saw an image of the huge cliff, then we were on the porch.  Before I even went inside, I could tell that I did not feel as if anyone was inside.  I walked in the house, and it did not have the surreal feel it did the previous times. I went into the room, and the lady was gone. I wasnt sure if my senses were playing tricks on me. I asked the jester, is she here anymore? He told me no.  I sensed that she had moved on, I'm guessing it happened last night after I clicked out.  I decided to end the journeys for the night and just layed in my mind listening to a later track in the series. I think Wave 5.1. I don't know anything about the track, what level it is suppost to get you to, or anything because there were no verbal guidance, only sounds.  I got deeper than I would have with the early tracks, and it felt like i was doing backflips through space.  It was very disorienting.  Im going to check the manuel that came with the tracks to see what that one was.

JOURNAL ENTRY 27 Reply #96 - Dec 23rd, 2006, 3:13pm

This morning I woke up after a decent amount of sleep and put on advanced focus 10.  This is becoming a weekend ritual for me    So I decided to try a new technique Ive read about for a while now, but never actually put to use.  I said to myself, body asleep, mind awake, over and over.  But when I would say body asleep, I would imagine a light turn on throughout my body, my body would light up.  Then when I said mind awake, my body light would switch off and I would imagine my mind lighting up instead.  Around my brain area it would light.  So I was switching these two lights on and off while repeating body asleep mind awake. I picked up on an image of this park type place. Not THE park, but it reminded me of a park in New York.  So I am seeing this place from ground level.  Suddenly I am seeing it from a few hundred feet in the air.  So I decide to start falling down.  The more I fall, the more I realise I am actually here, at this place.  I feel the falling sensation very strongly, it feels awsome and fun.  I begin also spinning about 360 degrees every 50 or so feet.  I reach the bottom, and begin to fly forward, away from the park.  Im flying through the streets, about at roof level, sometimes swooping in much lower inbetween people walking(Some of these people I recognize from a dream I had earlier! Most of them, actually).  I realise that I am flying down a very familiar street, one on which I used to live and basically grew up on.  The way the city is set up, the park would have been where the beach is in real life, and as soon as I left the park I was on my way down the street to my old block.  So Im just flying down, swooping all around, ocassionaly grabbing onto an electrical wire(ouch) and swinging like spider man.  I recall looking at my hands, and they looked like my hands in real life.  Usually when I look at my hands in an OBE, they have a more translucent quality, a more energetic look to them, so this makes me think this was more of a lucid dream, rather than an OBE.  Of course this would fall under the category Wake Induced Lucid Dream, which is where you enter the hypnowhateveritscalled state, and basicaly jump into the images you see.  So nothing too special happened on my little journey, just some funtastic aireal feats. 

JOURNAL ENTRY 28 Reply #98 - Dec 24th, 2006, 9:37pm

I put on a track from the set Prospecting.. Wave 6 part 3.  This set has different sounds combined with the hemisync, but with no verbal guidance.  So I'm chilling in focus 10, when I realise I am in my grandmothers house.  In her front room.  Instead of exploring as I was, I instead focused my awareness away from the body I was in in my grandmothers house.  I floated out of the window and outside.  I could sense that there was dew in the air, the sun was shining through a little patch of space in the heavy clouds.  I flew all around outside, then flew in through the window of my grandmothers house, and went back out another window.  I spent another few minutes just flying around, going to different places that were slightly different from real life, filled with joy and excitement.

JOURNAL ENTRY 29 Reply #100 - Dec 29th, 2006, 3:04pm

Last night I decided to try out the last series of the Experience, Wave 7.  All I can say is WOW.

Wave 7 is actually instructed by Roberts Wife.  The first part was to get you better aquainted with your energy body.  The second part was the lift out procedure.  I skipped over the first and went right to the second part.  I was pretty deep in focus 10, and then went to focus 12.  The instructions were then to feel your energy vibrations increase, and then to feel like you were floating up.  I was suprised when I actually felt myself getting lighter and lighter, as if any second I would float up and out of my body.  I knew I would be out in moments.  And then as just my luck has it, my cat who was next to me starts moving around and scratching herself and bumping into me, which totally disrupts any progress I had made.  So I threw the cat out(nicely).

I skipped the track to part 5.  It said it was the gateway to focus 21.  I got excited, because I never did a focus 21 exercise yet on gateway, and was looking forward to it.  After reaching focus 12, she began to count up to 21.  At the count of 13, my consiousness felt much different.  It was as if I was laying in a black void which spanned out into infinity.  As the counting continued very slowly, I felt as if I was moving.  I could not tell what direction, or even if it was in a direction, perhaps I was moving dimensionally.  And the more the counting continued, the less my awareness focused on my body.  It was as if I did not have a body any more, my consoiusness was simply at this place that was unlike anything similar to focus 10 or 12.  I was seeing different lights, and different shapes in the blackness.  At the count of 21, I was in a totally new place.  It is hard to describe it, but it was definately amazing.  It must have been around 5 am at this point, and I was having holding my concentration on anything but sleep.  So I snapped out of it and passed out, I'm definatly revisiting this tonight however

JOURNAL ENTRY 30Reply #102 - Jan 3rd, 2007, 1:15pm

I woke up this morning, and decided to do some exercises.  I layed back with my hands behind my head for a moment to relax before putting on my ipod.  I began feeling gentle vibrations, and started to float up and out of my body without even really meaning to, I didnt even get a chance to put on my ipod yet.  I had a clear view of my room as I was lifting up.  However, once I passed through my ceiling, my vision went blank, I could not see a thing.  I demanded for clarity, but it was not working too well.  So I spun around a few times.  When I stopped, I saw a dim light in the distance.  So I flew over to this light, and possibly even went through it.  The next thing I know, I'm in a dimly lighted space, face to face with a dark blob, a mass of energy, and I was pretty sure it was a conscious being.  It was not very appealing to me, so I left and was back in my body.

As I was opening my eyes, I noticed somthing strange.  You know when you squint and can see your eyelashes?  Well in my eyelashes, it appeared as if there were different sized spiders in them.  I knew they were not real, but I was curious as to why I was seeing them.  I thought it may have had somthing to do with the being I just saw, but I dont know.

So I floated up once again with minimal vibrations, but once again my clairty was quite terrible.  I decided I needed to raise my vibrations.

Back in my body, I saw my two spheres of energy, one above my head and the other below my feet.  They filled me with energy, and I was vibrating quite nicely at this point.  I lifted up, and decided to visit my friend.  I focused on his ident for a few moments, and then began moving at great speeds.  I did not have vision while I was moving, but I knew it was at incredible speeds.  I suddenly stopped, and was in a classroom.  The first person I saw was my friend, sitting at a desk.  THere were many other people in this classroom too.  I figured he was really in this class right now, in real life.  I decided to stirr things up a bit, so I slid a desk half way across the room.  The whole class looked at it(or maybe even at me) with wide eyes, as if saying...what is going on?!  I then decided to write my friend a note, so I grabbed his pencil and on his paper I wrote... its vince.  The next moment I was back in my body.

At first I thought it was a real physical classroom I was in, but I realised my friend goes to the same college as I do, and we are on break right now.  So Im thinking that perhaps he was sleeping at the time, and was in this classroom in a different reality, probably unconsciously.  I do believe that we sometimes to go classes to learn things in our sleep, and I think I may have traveled to his dream class.


JOURNAL ENTRY 31 Reply #105 - Jan 4th, 2007, 1:58pm

Last night I listened to Wave 7, part 4, which assists you into meeting and working with guides.  Some things happened that I find it hard to explain.  Ok here we go..

I began listening at about 3:15 am.  I clicked out of the experience probably 10 minutes into it.  I figure this because I don't recall hearing any of the exercise dialouge after a certain point, I barely got passed getting into focus 12 before the clickout.  So I regain consiousness with a strange feeling.. a feeling like I was just with someone or somthing, I felt like I was just brought back by whoever this was.  Here comes the part that I don't get, the part that scares me a little.  This particular exercise was about 35 minutes long.  I regained consciousness at the very end of this exercise.  So I looked at the clock, and it is almost 5 am.  At the time I did not make the connection that there was about an hour of missing time, of almost impossibly missed time.  Just thinking about this gives me butterflies.  But I have to accept it, for it happened.

So I'm dreaming, and I gain a little bit of lucidity.  I am thinking some things, and it seems like my thoughts are distorted and skewed out by some outside force.  After a few moments of this weird feeling, I feel an energetic presence touch my arm and heard a noise, I forget what the noise was but that combined with the touch make me wake up.  It gets weirder.  It was about 9 am when I woke up.  I look out my window, and I see somthing and I didnt, and still dont, know what it was.  It was a little cloudy outside, but at this one point in the sky there were a lot of clouds, but there was an opening in the center of the clouds, and there was a light, not extremely bright but not too dim either, and this light was shining through the clouds.  But it was not the sun, for I could see the sun, and it definately was not the moon.  It was a separate light, a sphere of light I could see through the opening in the clouds.  I was a little freaked out, but also a little bit amazed.

This morning and even right now, for no reason at all I have had a couple of moments where I would feel the sense of doom.  Like being very scared, of something I consciously am not aware of.  After reviewing the events, I don't know what to think.  Part of me says, whatever happened, it probably had something to do with guides that I may have met unconsciously during my click out or somthing related to that.  But theres this other part of me that says, how could I have this missing time, this feeling that I am not conscious of its source, and these strange happenings all in one night.  Some part of me believes it may have something to do with somthing nonhuman.  Perhaps ETs.  The truth is, I have been unimaginably afraid of aliens every since I was a little kid, for absolutely no reason at all.  Just looking at a picture of them would cause the most intense fear ever, and I cant not overlook the fact that many people who have had experiences with abductions and such have had a fear as intense as mine at the thought of these beings, even though they do not did not know why at the time.  I cant over look the fact that growing up, I have always had a feeling of a presense nearby before falling asleep.  I cant overlook the fact that on a few occasions I have gained consiousness to find myself looking up with numerous beings around my bed, the same beings that have caused such fear in my heart for reasons I do not know.  And I also cant over look the fact that I am becoming a new person, most of my old fears have been dissolved, and the ones that are not totally gone are in the process, are getting smaller and smaller as the days go by.  I believe I have been seeking contact with these beings, unconsciously, and even a little bit consciously.  My interest in them has increased 10 fold over the past month or so, and the fear I have for them is nowhere near as strong as it used to be.  Part of me thinks that there is a chance I have had ET experiences  more than once, and the more open I become and the more I accept it, the more I will be conscious of them.   

But who knows, maybe Im just loosing my mind!


EDIT: A few minutes after typing this entry, I remembered a dream I had last night that was quite disturbing.  I woke up in my bed, and had a huge, red bump on the side of my neck with a decent sized hole in it, with some gooey stuff oozing out.  Just as I saw this thing on my neck, a memory came to me of an alien sticking me with some kind of long needle.  I knew that I had been abducted.  I dont remember anything that happened after this.   

So on top of all these weird experiences that happened in reality, not in a dream, I have a dream that connects the experiences directly to what I think may have happened.  Now realise I came to the (possible) conclusion about the aliens today, right before I wrote my journal entry.  I had not been consumed with the idea of aliens last night, even after I noticed the missing time I did not think anything of it, these conclusions are strictly based on the experiences I had.  I know somthing is going on.  I have to figure it out.

OBE Reply #114 - Jan 6th, 2007, 7:37pm

This morning I became lucid during a dream, so I decided to have an OBE instead.  This led to a series of OBEs, Id say I had at least three in a row.  But the last one was somthing special, and I'd like to share it with everyone and see what you guys think. 
 
I was still in my body, but my energy body was very loose.  I called out for a guide, and felt a small hand in mine.  It pulled me up and out, and I was facing a small boy, probably about eight years old.  I just knew that this boy was special to me, so close to me, I could not resist giving him a big hug.  I was talking to him, and although I can not remember the exact dialogue, I know what was discussed and what answers I got.  After communication, I discovered that this boy was actually me, when I was his age.  Somthing happened that caused him separate from me.  I cannot remember the incident or incidents that caused this, I just know that he was me, he is me, a part of me that was previously lost.  He then presented me with a box.  In this box were some objects.  They may have been books, but I only glanced in the box so I am not completely sure.  But I understood that these items inside the box represented this boy, and I knew I needed to read or examine everything in that box so this boy could be a part of me once again.   
 
At this time, I noticed that I was with another boy as well.  My awareness of the first boy became faint, but this new boy began talking to me.  He was worried, because the thought that if I were to unite with the boy who pulled me out, either he would not exist anymore, or I would not be able to be with him anymore.  However, I knew that this was not the case, although I was not completely sure who this new boy was, I also knew that he was special and close to me in some way.  I hugged him, and told him that nothing bad would happen, that everything was for the best and we would always be together.  It was very emotional.  So I looked into the box, and all of the items were gone!  Just then, I knew that whatever it was that needed to be done, I had done it at that point.  I felt that I did not need those items to unite once again with that little boy, but it already occurred, possibly simply by the act of comforting the other boy and accepting what had to be done.  It was very emotional for me, I felt such extreme joy it was indescribable. 
 
Here is my analysis of the events which occured.  I believe that an aspect of myself which I had given up, lost, when I was a little kid, came to me and for some reason it was time to reunite with him.  I believe that the second boy who came was possibly my old self, after the initial separation from the aspect which was lost.  He was what was left of me after the one aspect was lost.  I beleive that he was afraid that if I was to join with the old aspect of myself, he would not exist anymore, for he is what I became when the aspect left, and he thought that with the return of this aspect brought about the demise of himself. 
I allowed him to see that this was not the case, so he did not fear the reunion, and it was able to take place.   
 
Any further thoughts would be appreciated.  This seemed monumental to me, I really do believe something amazing happened.

JOURNAL ENTRY 32 Reply #117 - Jan 12th, 2007, 1:35pm

I've been going to bed way too late lately.. I always fall asleep during the exercises.  I woke up this morning and decided to have a listen.  I fell aleep AGAIN!  I woke up when the exercise was over.  I decided that I don't need hemisync, took off the headphones and affirmed that I was going to leave my body.  Sure enough, I was able to lift out.  The past few times I've had OBEs, I have noticed that I have not gotten the intense vibrations that I used to get right before separation.  Maybe you don't need these vibrations as you become more advanced? 

I was unable to see for a few moments.  I gained sight and floated out of my roof into the sky.  I was way up, in a place I am not familiar with.  I decided to ask for Jesus to come to me.  I stated my intent over and over, yelling it at the top of my lungs even.  After nothing happened, I called out for a guide.  I noticed someone walking in the street below, so I decided to investigate.  It was an older woman.  I walked (floated) with her, talking to her.  She was very nice and kind.  She seemed to have told me somthing, perhaps some kind of lesson.  I remember her saying, "you shouldn't do ... something... because... something."  I cannot recall the details of what she said, but I had a feeling that what she was saying was true to me, that she knew me on a deep level somehow.  I left her and went flying around.  I was not familiar with my surroundings.  It seemed to have been in some kind of urban city area.

I found myself back in my body, but floated out easily once again.  This time I found myself up in the sky, looking down upon a farm type place.  There was a small house with people outside of it, possibly BBQing?  There was a vast plane of grass and possibly some crops, the boarder of the area was forest.  I have a faint recollection of going down to the people.  I recall seeing some of them up close.  The next thing I remember is spinning around very fast.  I did this just to experiment, usually doing this projects me to a new frequency level. Perhaps it increases my own vibrations?  So after spinning, I saw white light come down, and I opened my eyes.  What I saw is very hard to explain.  It looked like a painting with the paint moving.  There were many oranges and reds, in motion.  This was what I recall the background of this place to be.  I noticed some abstract figures, they seemed like sculptures.  One was tall, pointy and green.  It is so hard to explain what I saw or where I was.  It was as if some of the things from the scene I was previously in(the BBQ) had stayed, but were skewed and much different.  The place almost reminded me of a hell-type place.  The colors of the area were very similar to depictions of a typical hell, the oranges and reds.  I was only in this place for a few moments.  It was as disturbing as it was amazing.      

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #4 - Oct 9th, 2007 at 9:45pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 33 Reply #119 - Jan 16th, 2007, 2:48pm

Last night I listened to Wave 7 part 5, which is a Focus 21 excersize.  During the count up to 21, I began to feel like I was no longer laying on my bed, but floating in space.  My state of mind was quite different than normal as well.  The next thing I know I became conscious and the track was concluding.  Darn clickouts.

This morning I woke up and put on the same track.  About ten minutes into it I felt as if I was free.  I slowly flew off my bed.  Once again, I skipped over the intense vibrations that are a common signpost of OBEs.  I am convinced that I simply do not need this vibrational state anymore.  I believe that Monroe eventually did not experience the vibrations after a while either. 

So I flew up into the sky.  It was dark outside, so I was obviously in a lower astral level.  My surroundings were extremely different.  There was a large building amoung many houses, and the entire area was surrounded by mountains.  I flew about a mile and reached a house.  I do not know why I went to this particular house, it just felt like the thing to do.  When I arrived there, something made me do a reality check.  I felt my face with my hands, and was shocked when my awareness skyrocketed.  I felt my hands on my face, and felt my face on my hands as if I were in waking consciousness.  Simultaneously my awareness became much higher.   

There was someone in this house.  Or somthing.  The details are not clear in my mind, but what I remember is seeing somthing there, and somehow letting it out of the house.  I get a strange feeling when I try to remember this part.

I decided to leave the house.  Things were seeming too real, and I actually thought that I may end up stuck permanently in this place if I did not leave.  I jumped and flew out of the house and into the dark sky.  I flew back to my house.  I have no idea how I knew which house was mine, because I was totally unfamiliar with the entire city.  I came to a house that was totally different from mine, actually it was totally different from any house I have ever seen.  It was even too abstract to describe it right now, no words can accurately describe what it looked like.  There was one very interesting thing about it.  On the outside of the house where my room was, I saw a sign.  It said, "Afterlife Knowledge."  I was amazed.  I wondered, why does it say this?  I floated back into my room and into my body.  This is the first time I actually went back into my body on my own, I am usually slung back into it.  Maybe I did so because the track was saying to come back to waking consciousness?

I was back in my body, but I again felt the ability to slip out easily.  I began to wonder off from my body once again, but I thought that maybe if I had another journey, I would forget my first one.  So I woke up and wrote down the experience.

JOURNAL ENTRY 34 Reply #126 - Jan 23rd, 2007, 9:21pm

Between recently starting a new full time job and the begining of the spring school simester, I haven't had much sleep lately, let alone time or energy to do my Gateway exercises.  Hopefully I get my sleep schedual back on track soon!

I listened to Wave V parts 1 and 2 last night.  They are non-verbal tracks with metamusic, and are suppost to help you develope non-verbal communication skills.  I did not know this until just reading so, I was clueless of the purpose of these tracks last night.

While laying in focus ten, I felt a tingly energy sensation at both of my temples.  It became stronger and stronger until it was begining to feel uncomfortable.  Last time this happened I sat up and rubbed the pressure out.  However, this time I let it go and decided to ride it out and see if anything unique happened with the buildup of energy.  The energy felt as if it was going to burst from my skull.  Just at that moment, it shot to the back of my skull, and immediately zapped down my spine with intense speed and energy.  It was such a rediculous amount of energy going through me, I literally lifted off of my bed!  My entire body jumped up a couple of inches.  After this, I felt a rumbling, movement of energy feeling in the base of my spine.  Then it subsided and I got on with the exercise.

I was laying in focus ten after being attacked by my own energy, when I got the sense of floating in a dark space.  The music coming from the track seemed to give me a certain feeling.  Not so much of an emotion like happiness or excitement, but more like a feeling of being in a unique environment, and I felt a pinch of familiarity with this feeling, as if it was not totally new to me, although I have no conscious recollections of being in this place.   

The same thing happened with the second track.  I found myself floating in a new environment, different from the first one, but similar.  I felt as if I had experienced things in this place before, even though it was my first time there that I can remember.  The feeling I got was very simliar to one I got the other night while walking down my street at night.  I was walking down my block when my perception changed drastically.  I felt as if I were in midevil times, and that there was a large castle in place of a house I was walking by.  I did not see a castle, but I felt like I was very close to actually stepping into the past as I was hit with this unique feeling of being there.  It was a feeling you get of a place you have been to before and are well familiar with, and therefore have a certain feeling associated with this place.  The strange thing is, this was the first time I felt this particular feeling, and yet it felt as if I had felt it a million times before.  I was reminded of this feeling while listening to track 2.

JOURNAL ENTRY 35 Reply #128 - Jan 24th, 2007, 6:31pm

Last night I listened to Wave VII part 5, entry into focus 21.  It instructs you to go to focus 12 by yourself, and then counts up from 12 to 21, assisting you into focus 21.  I got into focus 12, and then the count-up began.   

"12."   

"13."  I see myself bursting with light and energy in a place of light with beautiful clouds all around me, yellow sunstreaks coming out of the energy burst.   

"14."   

I now have a feeling of just being somewhere, a place so extravigant and brilliant and wonderful I cannot begin to fathom it.  All I am left with is the feeling of being there.    I am filled with joy and awe. I feel this for just a few moments.

"You are now coming back to normal waking consciousness."   

Wait a minute.  What happened to 15 through 21?   

It took me a few moments to realize I had clicked out.  I was still filled with a feeling of just being in an undescribable place.  The memory was so close to my recollection, but got dimmer and dimmer each moment.  I guess my conscious memory cannot handle what I had just done, where I had just been.  O well!

I listened to the same track two more times.  Each time, the same thing happened.  I would hear up to a certain number, then would feel as if I were in an abstract state of consciousness and the next number I would hear would be 4 or 5 numbers higher.  I would enter this state after about 14 or 15, then come back to semi-normal consciousness, and waiver inbetween these two states for the remainder of the excercises.  What I remembered from these altered states of consciousness was too abstract for my conscious memory. I would only be able to get back feelings associated with the state I was in, rather than a concrete memory.

JOURNAL ENTRY 36 Reply #129 - Feb 5th, 2007, 6:16pm

Last night I had the most profound, amazing experience of my life(that I remember).  It is somthing I will never forget. 

I fell asleep during my Gateway exercise, and a few hours after I fell asleep I regained consciousness and heard that the Gateway tracks were still running.  I began to fall back to sleep, but my mind stayed awake and I felt my energy body loosening.  I exited my body with  tremendous force.  For some reason I was violently launched from my body.

I was travelling through this amaaazing place, wizzing past what looked like billions of beautiful blue bubbles.  I felt the most intense feeling of love and joy I have ever felt in my life, it simply overwhelmed me.  I was so estatic with joy I began doing backflips.  There were brilliant, indescribable colors bursting all around me.  There were wonderous sounds.  My feelings seemed to form words and were dancing all around in the beautiful colors.  The senses I experienced(colors, sounds, feelings, words) were unlike anything of a physical nature.  This was totally unlike anything I have ever consciously experienced before, and yet I soon felt a feeling of familiarity, and the feeling of wonderment of this new undescribable place dimmed, and I found myself half-remembering where I was.  The intense feeling of love stayed, however.

I seemed to be flying through tunnels, and somehow it seemed as if I knew where I was going.  I believe that whereever I was, it was very abstract, and the closest thing I can describe it to is going through tunnels.  I found my way to a certain area, and I immediately knew where I was.  The thoughts were mine, and yet seemed to be coming from an outside source.  I believe it was my higher self.  After translating the knowledge I recieved into tangeable thoughts, I came out with... "This area shows how human's corrupt has developed."  What this meant to me was that every spirit gets corrupted in one way or another in their lives on earth, of course some far more seriously than others.  The area somehow showed people's spiritual developement, and displayed how they have been corrupted by their earthly life.   

While in this place, I have memories of certain friends and family members.  Many of the people I remember from this place have truely been spiritually corrputed during their life.  I cannot tell whether these people were actually there, or if it was just my thoughts manifesting. 

The rest of the experience is quite fuzzy in my mind.  The rest of what happened seems to be too abstract for me to recall in detail.  Rather, I am left with subtle feelings of what occured during the remainder of this wonderful journey.

After regaining waking consciousness, I quickly wrote down what happened, shaking from the love and excitement I was still feeling.  The beauty of what I had just experienced was unlike anything I can remember, I hardly have any tangeable thing to compare it to.  I believe I have had similiar experiences such as this due to the familiarity I felt.  Chances are these trips occured during my many clickouts.  I hope to be able to recall many more abstract journeys in the future, and I am truely thankful for being able to embark on this journey and remember it.

BTW.  I just began reading Astral Dynamics by Robert Bruce.  Reading this before bed, I experienced a newfound excitement for OBEs.  This probably contributed to this spontaneous fullblown projection and my ablity to recall it.

JOURNAL ENTRY 37 Reply #137 - Feb 17th, 2007, 9:35pm

Full time work + full time school = loosing consciousness during Gateway Experience

That is the equation I have discovered.

I've been doing the exercises every night, but I am constantly passing out during them due to extreme tiredness.  Last night I managed to stay conscious long enough to remember the experience.

I was listening to Wave 2 part 1, focus 12.  It seems I can instantly get into focus 12 now.  Whether I am laying down doing an exercise, or sitting down in a chair for a minute.  I have a way to feel myself joining the source of infinite consciousness(this is what it feels like anyway).  I will myself to become one with everything, and almost instantly loose most of the awareness of my body, and it feels like I am HUGE.  Not body-wise, but consciousness-wise.  It is a feeling of total peace and tranquility.

So while in focus 12, I feel myself entering a deep trance.  The heaviness of my body lets me know I will soon be able to have an out of body experience.  Then total lightness sets in along with light vibrations, and my energy body's arms reach up and I start pulling an imaginary rope, lifting upwards.  However, I only feel this lifting for a moment, and I am instantly back into my body.  However, I do not think I was actually sucked back into my body.  I did not feel the usual pull that I get when I am brought back, or the dropping sensation.  Rather, it felt as if my conscious awareness shifted from my real time body back to my etheric/physical body.  According to Robert Bruce, sometimes during OBEs, our awareness does not enter the reflected energy body having the OBE, but rather stays inside the etheric/physical body which is still laying in bed immobile.  I believe this is what happened to me.  Its ashame, I probably missed out on a great experience.

JOURNAL ENTRY 38 Reply #141 - Feb 27th, 2007, 9:50am

Last night I listened to the Focus 21 track of Wave 7.  I was well rested at this point, having just slept a good 6 hours, so I knew something interesting would happen-that I would actually be awake for!

I soon lost almost all bodily awareness during the countup to 21.  I then got a strong ability to visualize and see what I was visualizing perfect.  I saw myself on a familiar street, and I was flying down this street, turning down this street and that street, all familiar places to me in my town.  Soon I was actually on these streets, flying around at high speeds.  Sometimes my legs would scrape the ground, and I would feel them going through the pavement.. a weird feeling to say the least. 

I then find myself back in my body.  However, I do not feel back in my body.  I feel as if I am floating in an infinite void.  I am a geometric shape, spinning around in all directions, expanding and changing forms.  This was a very abstract feeling so I am doing my best to desscribe it.

Soon after I see a scene in my head.  It is a midget and a model food shopping.  I believe they were a couple.  I was just watching this scene as if it were a movie.  However, this couple goes to a clothing store inside this food market(?), and at this point I find myself actually at this place, my consciousness flying around.  In this clothing store I notice a clothing brand that catches my attention.  I look close and it says, "Astral" on the logo.  I thought wow!  I would probably buy this if it were real.  Of course, the word astral is significant to me.

I then find myself back in my body again, falling deeply into the trance state.  The final sinking sensation let me know I was about to leave my body.  A few more moments in an abstract state of conscious meditation and I was soon floating up towards my ceiling. 

I was approaching the ceiling quite slowly, and was soon passing through it.  However, somthing began pulling my backwards.  I thought I was just being pulled back into my body, but I soon found out I was wrong.  I began to see my room enlongate as I was being pulled backwards.  There were a lot of windows or posters on the walls and ceiling, and this whole room was just being stretched out as my point of view was vanishing backwards.  The room was dark and shadowy.  I then felt a pretty deep pinch on my left shoulder.  It did not feel pleasant.  I immediately thought... this must be some kind of negative entity.  Whatever it was, it came from behind me and did somthing to give me an unpleastant feeling on my shoulder.  I immediately snapped back into my body, and still felt a buzzing sensation in my shoulder a moment after. 

I wonder what happened to my shoulder, and who did it?  I sure as hell wasn't sticking around to find out.  Especially not in that low level I projected to.

JOURNAL ENTRY 39 Reply #161 - Mar 9th, 2007, 9:37pm

Last night I fell asleep listening to Gateway, as usual.  I did some light chakra stimulation before I passed out.  Anyway, during a dream soon afterwards, I became very lucid.  I immediately decided to have an out of body experience.  Suddenly I was in a black void observing geometric patterns moving and changing.  I was not aware of any exit sensations, or at least I do not remember them occuring.  My next memory is me being out of my body.

I was in a place that seemed to be in front of my house.  However, it was extremely different.  My house was actually a fire house, and there was a large field across the street, where in real life there is actually only a small grass lot.  However, there was a body of water where my bay actually is, so I believe I was in an astral realm in the same spacial location as my physical location.  The sky was sunny with some clouds, quite beautiful.

The first thing I remember is observing a group of guys outside of the fire house.  They appeared to be fire fighters.  They seemed to be having a good time conversing and joking around.  I flew away, towards the field. 

I decided to look at my hands, and almost immediately they disintegrated before my eyes.  It was as if they had just been burned extremely quickly by an invisible fire.  My hands and arms were gone.  I looked away, and glanced back at them.  They were there again.  I then flew up into the sky with extreme speed in an attempt to shift dimensions to an astral realm, not knowing I was already in one.(I realized I was in an astral realm after regaining waking consciousness)

I came back down to the field where there was a man standing next to a fire hydrant.  I flew to the edge of the field, and passed by a half bull-half human being.  I had to dodge to the side to avoid him.  He was doing some kind of labor, it seemed. 

Still under the impression that I was not in an astral realm, I spun around with great speed to shift dimensions.  When I stopped, the sky appeared to be slightly darker, and things were different.  The top of the fire hydrant in the field was cut off.  The man next to it began talking to me.  He said.. "I'm trying to teach you how to.." and the rest, I forget.  All I know is that whatever he wanted to teach me, I was not interested, because I payed him no attention and flew to the fire house.  I get the impression it had to do with labor.

Things were very different at the fire house, as well.  The group of fire fighters were instead dressed in postal uniforms.  They were drinking beer, and looked not so well-groomed.  A group of guys, who were wearing the same uniforms the postal guys were wearing before I spun around(which I assumed to be fire uniforms), soon approached the postal guys.  They said they were in the military, and started making fun of the postal guys and giving them a hard time. 

It seems as if I may have shifted dimensions slightly, by spinning.  I am thinking that in the dimension after the spin, the people there had different status, different roles, different lives than they had in the dimension I was initially in.

Your experience with the energy and your connection to aliens is quite familiar to me.  A couple weeks ago I saw a bright light in the sky appear while looking out my window in the middle of the night.  It stayed put for about ten seconds, then disapeared.  I was in awe, I couldn't beleive I just saw that.  So I was going back to sleep, but I wasn't going back to sleep.  Instead I was drifting into a deep trance.  I started to feel a upwards pull, and was about to leave my body.  However, I believed that the UFO I saw(or whatever it was) was abducting me!  I quickly aborted.  I feel back into this state another two times, and thought I was being abducted again.  When I woke up I thought... darn! I just missed out on 3 OBEs cuz I saw a stupid light in the sky!  Oh well, you live and you learn.  If I was being abducted, I wouldn't have had any control over whether or not I stayed or left.  Heck, next time I'm just gonna let them take up!

Reply #167 - Jun 26th, 2007, 6:47pm

I am considering starting my Gateway excersizes once again due to an experience I had last night.

It wasn't anything special (for me, anyway), but it brought back the feelings of excitement and wonder which are caused by going out of body.

I sleep on my back every night with my fiance next to me.  I woke up for a few minutes, then fell back to sleep.  However, I did not fall asleep, only my body did.  It entered paralysis while my mind entered the familiar altered state that always accompanies paralysis.   

I was unable to see, but I felt a spirit next to me.  It was raised slightly, maybe a foot or two higher than I was.  I felt what seemed like an arm touching me.  I knew it was my fiance, because she was sleeping and the spirit was right above her body.(Our spirits raise out of our bodies while we sleep in case anyone did not know this).  At the same time, I heard my fiances voice.  I am unable to remember what she said, or thought, since I was most likely hearing her thoughts.  Then the experience ended.

So perhaps you will see some more posts with some more detailed experiences. Who knows.


Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #5 - Oct 9th, 2007 at 9:48pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 40 Reply #193 - Jul 2nd, 2007, 7:24pm

This morning I listened to gateway for the first time in almost 3 months.

I found myself in a deep meditative state.  I was day dreaming, random thoughts and images were coming into my mind, I was just letting the experience flow. 

Suddenly I felt a deep heavyness all over.  Then something happened that never happened before.  I felt my arms sinking into icey cold snow.  In the altered state I was in, I felt my arms resting on top of very cold snow, and then sinking into it, covering both of my arms.  It was a heavyness mixed with coldness.  It was an extremely strange and unique sensation unlike any other.  It wasnt an ordinary heavyness or paraylsis side effect.

But then I blew it.  I knew that an OBE would soon follow, and since I havent had one for so long, I got excited.  Before the deep heavy paralysis enveloped my entire body, I started thinking... yes! this is awsome! and a million other thoughts, along with the thought... oh sh*t. I just blew it, didnt I. I knew that with these thoughts, my altered state was broken.  The heavyness faded and although I was still deeply relaxed and ready to give it another shot, I decided Id rather fall asleep this time.  I was dissapointed that I didnt get out, but its my first time back for a while so I cant expect much.... and the icey arms thing was realllly cool.

By the way, I was listening to wave 6.3   Its metamusic, very cool and relaxing stuff.

JOURNAL ENTRY 41 Reply #195 – Jul 4th, 2007, 5:37pm

Since I had some luck with wave 6, I gave it another go.

This time I had even more success.

I was in trance after about 20 minutes, becoming more aware of my energy body and less aware of my physical body.  I now notice that when I enter paraylsis, I dont feel my physical body, but I do have great awareness of my energy body.  I felt a deep sinking sensation, and remained calm this time.  There were no separation sensations, I simply rose up out of my body.  It was dark, and traveling was very difficult because I did not have much energy.  I only made it to the ceiling, and the experience ended.  I tried one more time.  Separation was easy because I was already in deep meditation.  This time I slipped out from behind, falling out of my body.  This experience only lasted a few seconds, however.  Although the experiences were short, it was very cool because I have not had a conscious out of body experience for so long.  Its nice to know that I can have one with such ease.  More experiences will come...
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #6 - Oct 9th, 2007 at 9:50pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 42

I woke up in the morning, and wanted to leave my body.  I rested and kept my mind clear, trying to stay conscious.  The next thing I remember is feeling a falling sensation, and then an extreme lightness.  I floated up out of my body.   The room I was in seemed quite different, although it had the same feel to it.  I looked back at my body to make sure I was really having an OBE.  I was.  I was slowly navigating through the strange new house.  I looked at my hands, and they melted down to my elbows within 3 seconds.  I went back on my journey, but was sucked back into my body. 

I slipped out once again, quite easily.  I felt that I was low on energy due to my sluggish movements, so I attempted to draw energy into my energy body from my etheric body which was back on my bed, as advised by Robert Bruce.  This worked, quite well, for I felt energy flowing into my being.  I took a look at my hands, and they looked more solid than before, and did not melt right away.  They were quite deformed, however, for I had ugly, short, stubby fingers.  I went on my journey, attempting to leave the house.  I needed to get farther away from my body, because I felt somthing pulling me backwards when I would ease my focus on moving foward.  I created a rope going 45 degrees up, and i was pulling myself along this rope, trying to leave the house.  I was sucked back into my body and the experience was over.


Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
PhantasyMan
Senior Member
****
Offline



Posts: 266
Québec
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #7 - Oct 10th, 2007 at 10:38pm
 
Great to see you (and your very Yang energy) back!

Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #8 - Oct 11th, 2007 at 3:58pm
 
Its great to have these all in one spot to review Dude. I'm sure somebody would benefit from these explorations. thanks! I'll have to review it soon. love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
Rob Calkins
Senior Member
****
Offline



Posts: 260
Denver
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #9 - Oct 11th, 2007 at 6:33pm
 
Thanks for pulling your Journal entries out and putting them in an accessible place!  I've been wanting to read them.  You just made it much more likely that I'll read them and be able to compare your experiences with some of mine. 

But not for a few more weeks.  I'm going to the Guidelines program at TMI on October 20th.  Probably won't be back here for a few weeks.

I've been off the Board for the most part.  Life's been good and busy.  Looks like some great threads going on - that's for everyone.  But it's timely that I took a peek today and saw your new thread.  I look forward to (re-)reading it.  Thanks.

Later,
Rob
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
Never say die
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 177
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #10 - Oct 12th, 2007 at 9:41am
 
Hey OOBD, I'll be sure to read these when I get time. You inspire me to keep persisting even though I am only slowly learning Bruce's techniques. Welcome back  Smiley

Never say die
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #11 - Oct 17th, 2007 at 12:05pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 43

My headphones have been broke so Ive been meditating solo lately.
This morning I woke up with the intention to have an OBE. I began to slip back into sleep, but my awareness didn´t fade.. i went with the ride and thought... awsome!! Im about to leave my body.  I used the roll out method and was out. 

I was floating, moving away from my body.  It seemed like some unseen force was influencing my movement.  I just relaxed, stretched out my arms and legs, and enjoyed the ride.  I seemed to be falling at a high speed with no sight.  I dont think I was falling, though, for there is no gravity in higher dimensions. I was rather flying backwards. 

I flew through a window into a room into an old looking building, and through another window into a different room.  I eventually found myself in a museum type place.  But this was a museum of naked people.  I examined some of the exibits, and then made my way to the bathroom.  There was an old lady sitting in a chair in the mens bathroom. She looked disgusting.  Just as I saw her, somthing began communicating with me.  It told me a lot of me come and have sex with this lady, and it is good for buisness at the museum because the men have a good time and the lady gets paid.  Very strange.  I left this place, and began flying at high speeds once again with no destination in mind.

My vision was temporarily gone, but I sensed my surroundings anyhow.  I was out in space, in the middle of some galaxy far away.  It was no star system like we have here.  I regained my sight, and saw beautiful planets and stars wizzing around me.  I actually think it was me who was wizzing around the planets.  I would occasionally fly right through the planets, tasting and smelling the essense of these planets as I went through, whiaach was very strange.  I then saw this magnificent planet or star, it was so big and bright.  It was emmitting such a tremendous energy that it actually made me feel uncomfortable.  The planet was a reddish orange color, and there was the same colored energy flowing from this planet in all directions.  A strange energetic sensation coarsed through my essence at even the thought of this planet/star.  At first, looking at the planet made me feel very uneasy, it was somthing about the intense energy that I just wasnt used to.  However, I soon got accustomed to this foreign energy and felt wonderful in its presence.  I explored the universe a little while longer, and found myself back in my body moments later.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #12 - Oct 17th, 2007 at 12:30pm
 
I realized somthing today during my OBE.  I often intend, and even attempt to leave my body before bed and after waking in the morning.  Sometimes I recall my experiences, sometimes I only have shallow impressions of my experiences, and sometimes it seems that I have no experiences at all. 

Robert Bruce says that a lot of the time when we leave our body, we dont remember it because of the mind split effect.  this occurs when we leave our body.  a duplicate of our consciousness is created in a douplicate  of our orignal energy body(the etheric body). from that moment on, we have multiple sets of consciousness.  the one in our etheric body, which stays with our physical body, and the ones in the reflected energy bodies which go on the OBEs to higher dimensions.

Our experiences are recorded by our consciousness as energy. when we return to our bodies, that energy is absorbed into our etheric body with our reflected bodies and consciousness, and the memory is translated from that energy.  the downloading of that memory depends on many factors, the most import is the conscious state of the etheric body and its reflected doubles at the time.  if levels of consciousness are low upon reintegration, the download is usually lost. 

when this occurs, absolutely no memory of the experience is recalled.  usually when this happens, you remmeber laying down, about to leave your body.. sometimes thats the end of your memory of the experience. sometimes you even remmeber feeling the energetic sensations that come before the obe. but then nothing happens, and you find yourself laying in bed as before, in trance.

this is because when you reenter your body, the download into your conscious memory bank is unsuccessfull.  you remember absolutely nothing.

so what i realized today was this-  when i am trying to have an obe, and i feel myself rising from my body, and i feel myself leaving my body, and i leave my body... i will always remember at least some of what happens during my experience from that point forward. usually mostly all of it.

this is because the memory download was obviously at least partially successful. if the download wasnt successful, i wouldnt have been able to remember leaving my body.  I realized now that everytime I have consciously left my body and remembered the exit, I always remember the experience as well.  I knew from the moment I felt myself leaving my body that I would remmeber the experience... it now seems as if I experience only the memory of my true experience.  without the memory, the experience is totally absent from my waking consious mind. this is how i know the moment i am aware and out of my body that i will remember my experience.. it seems as if i am experiencing everything at that time and after it happens at the same time.  i know i was there, but i only have the shadow memory to prove it, which is usually always at least partially incomplete or distorted in some way.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #13 - Oct 17th, 2007 at 6:00pm
 
I just re-read my previous post and realized how confusing it was, I myself was even a little lost.. hehe .  Its a very difficult thing to explain.  My basic understanding of what occurs is this..

the memory of my experience comes all at once upon reentry into my body(or it doesnt come at all to my waking consciousness, depending on my state of awareness at the time.) it is unlike waking conscious memories where it is a series of moments being instantly implanted into your memory bank.  when i find myself aware of an obe exit or experience, it seems that i never forget it, and most of the experience is accessable because when i am experiencing is actually the memory of it.

I am trying to say that i think a lot of the time, we never really know we had an OBE until we reenter our bodies and the experience is downloaded correctly.  This is because of the mind split effect. sometimes i leave my body, but my memory comes from my etheric body which is laying in bed, while my reflected energy body and consciousness are out exploring.  when this happens, i usually fall asleep, so when the reflected copy of my consciusness returns, i am not aware enough to recieve the memory download. i can have an experience and if it is not downloaded, it will be equal to me not having the experience at all(on the waking consciousness level anyway). 

I recently have been practicing a technique robert bruce suggests to help remember my experiences help gain and maintain crisp awareness.  during obes i will yell out a key word which describes what i am seeing or doing at the time. in my last obe, i yelled out windows! when i went through the windows, museum! at the museum, space or planets or somthing like that when i was out in the open universe.  i think this greatly increased my chance at downloading the memory upon reentry.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #14 - Oct 18th, 2007 at 8:41pm
 
this is important about downloading the memory..thanks for your keen work Dude! it is my supposition, (and others) we may go obe and not recall it due to the veil between the two worlds, as it was called in days of old.
I too am persistent to work on bringing back memories, I do it by waking up and jotting down a few words or turning on the tape recorder.

then going back to sleep. even with this technique I can sometimes lose the meaning of what I've jotted down.  btw, Buhlman I believe has also a keyword to help memory: its "clarity now!"  I've heard this works.

in some of my previous obes I will become lucid in an obe if someone I'm interacting does something off the wall, then I know I'm "out." but still choosing to remain out but more aware that I'm out, because the thing that has been done is not possible in physical plane.

the museum seems like a lower level astral due to reference to sexual acts, and the feeling you got that you'd just as soon not be there. well, I see business is good for sex on the other side! haha! its a little funny.
I suppose we could put our body in the museum, oh yea, and here's my 1946 model, she had some fine gams, and over here we have an 1898 model T still in good shape!

Grin   sounds like great fun as usual, I still can't keep up with you, but I am planning to review the whole thread. love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
Old Dood
Senior Member
****
Offline



Posts: 448
Lansing
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #15 - Oct 21st, 2007 at 2:24pm
 
A very good thread...

Thanks...
Back to top
 
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #16 - Jan 22nd, 2008 at 5:30pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 44

This OBE occured about 3 to 4 weeks ago.  This has been my first opportunity to get online and write about it. 

I floated out of my body in the morning after the vibrations came, almost without trying.  I went up and through the ceiling.  A very strange thing took place.  As I was drifting through the ceiling, I was able to TASTE the matter that I was going through.  The wood, the dust, the shingles on the roof.  I tasted all of it as I passed through.  It didnt taste bad, though.  I believe this is because in reality, I did not taste it.  This was simply the most similar sense I could relate this contact with in the nonphysical.  I flew outside for a bit, and then reentered the physical.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #17 - Jan 22nd, 2008 at 5:41pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 45

This morning I woke up for about an hour, and went back to sleep.  I did not have the intention of leaving my body.  As I layed, my consciousness remained awake as my body fell asleep.  Vibrations came on, but they were rather slow and week.  I beleive this was because my body was not yet fully asleep due to my wife moving around next to me. 

The vibrations remained low, but I suddenly was hit with a feeling of vertigo just as I became aware of being up in the sky, rising above the clouds.  It seems as if my consciousness left my body, but not in the usual way of my energy body separating.  This was more of a phase type experience, for I simultaneously had awareness in both my physical body and my second body vessel(whatever it may have been, possibly simply just the energy of my consiousness which was not in the usual energy body double). 

I was actually a bit frightened of being up so high  for a moment, which is very unusual for me, being at heights infinate times higher (what is height, really, when looking at it with the perspective of an astral explorer, when gravity does not exist).  I explored the area i was in, rather unfamiliar to me.  I have a faint recollection of communicating with someone, but I fell asleep after the experience rather than waking and recording it, so dream recall afterwards interfeired with the recall of my astral experience. 
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #18 - Jan 22nd, 2008 at 6:02pm
 
sure seems like phasing to me Dude. where theres a dual consciousness, both of physical and yet somewhere else.

good one. love, alysia

ps come by more often, I miss you!
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #19 - Feb 4th, 2008 at 4:24pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 46

The following experience occurred Feb 1st.  Laying down after a nights sleep, listening to gateway, the track which runs through all the focus levels.  I briefly lost consciousness.  I regained it with the falling sensation experienced before paralysis and OBEs.  I slipped into paralysis.  Immediately, I sensed beings around me.  A dark, disturbing tone rang through me, one you would expect to hear in a horror movie right before somthing terrible happens.  Then an being I could only describe as an alien came into my view to the right and scared the sh*t out of me.  I immediately snapped out of the state. 

I realize now that I should not be alarmed by these things.  First of all, it may very well be the case that this being did not even exist.  If I am incorrect, then I could at least benefit from the experience by attempting to communicate and gain some information/knowledge from the beings.  Well see next time.  I believe I have a deep seeded unconscious fear of aliens, the question is, why?
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #20 - Feb 4th, 2008 at 4:35pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 47

This morning I awoke with the memory of an amazing Out of body experience which occured just before waking.  I do not have the memory of the separation process.  Instead, I some how gained consciousness during the trip.  I gained realization of the journey as I was flying down a road on a beautiful day.  This was a very hilly road.  Coming up the hill, my breath was taken away as a most spectacular thing came into view. 

Perhaps one mile ahead were beautiful, heavenly clouds.  On or running through these clouds were the most majestic buildings, shining of gold and silver, almost like a castle, something so beautiful you could never see anything like it on earth.  behind these clouds and the heavenly castle was a spiralling tube of energy, starting from the clouds and running off into the far distance.  I approached the castle, but my memory of being actually at the castle is shadey.  My next strong memory is of flying through this tube as if I was on a rollercoaster.  I was not enclosed in this tube, however, for I would occasionally slip outside of it.  The journey ends here, in my conscious memory anyway.

It is such a wonderful thing to experience such a beauty as I did in this experience.  I cannot wait to visit this place, or places like this, again.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #21 - Feb 5th, 2008 at 4:55pm
 
Hello Dude, I see you took my advice and came back to post in your journal.
it's good to see you, really!

I note here some brief musings..Spooky participated in our PE, and he too reported some tunnels. I wonder if these tunnels can be congruous with the event lines or grid lines which are reported in Bruce's books?
a thought. another thought: I have seen this board out there as a castle with many secret and public rooms as well, and dungeons there too.
I wonder if you were at focus 27 with the gold and silver city? of course, there would be no comparison between earth cities and focus 27.

another musing; could it be possible the dark figure, in this instance only, is a form generated by your unconscious fear of aliens?

did you sit and think about it once, with a feeling of dread? we sometimes do allow our subconscious fears to manifest when obe. nothing can hurt you if you think about it. project PUL to encompass your entire surroundings. use a shield before going to sleep.
a friend of mine uses love balls to throw at things he sees. he makes it a game and it clears his paths.

one more question; should we keep this soley as your journal place, or would u like it if others join in with similar experiences?
I really like your journal. I want to make sure I have your vision correctly for it.
Smiley

Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
Linh
New Member
*
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 47
LA, CA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #22 - Feb 5th, 2008 at 7:48pm
 
Hi OutOfBodyDude,

That's great that you have OOBE's - lucky! I haven't had one, yet. Then again, I haven't been disciplined enough to do it.  Grin I'd bought the Gateway CDs early this year and been reading on Robert Bruce's technique of raising energy. Maybe one day, I will succeed in leaving my body and remembering it. My main goal is to make contact with the other side and get validation for myself that there is an afterlife.

Thank you for sharing your experience, it is very helpful for me since I am practically on the same path as you minus the OOBE part.
Back to top
 
Linh Linh petite_001  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #23 - Feb 8th, 2008 at 9:19pm
 
alysia-

the tunnels are most likely energetic pathways to specific locales/dimensions.

the aliens may or may not be spawns of my conscious/unconscious thought/fears.  i always keep in mind this may be the case- but then the question arises... what caused this fear in the first place?  perhaps an experience in my past with these beings is stored in my subconscious and causes this fear.  time will tell... my fear lessens with each experience.

anyone can post anything they like here.  preferably related to gateway experiences or obes in general.

linh-  luck is an illusion!  i have obes because i have practiced the neccessary skills and done sufficient research on the topic before my first attempts to relieve fears and gain knowledge to have a heads up on what to expect.  the coolest thing about meditating and practicing obe skills is that eventually they happen even when you dont try. 

our paths are all different, and yet are also all the same.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #24 - Feb 9th, 2008 at 1:58am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 48

This morning I had a seemingly ordinary experience(at the time this seemed so), but upon awakening to C1 consciousness I realized how unordinary it really was. 

I had an out of body experience.  Pretty common stuff for me.  But this obe was during a dream.  Now, one might think... well, if it was during a dream then the obe was just a dream as well, nothing real occurred.  That is where it gets tricky.

When I left my body from the dream, my waking consciousness kicked in immediately from the separation process, just like I was having an OBE strait from the waking state.  However, I still had no awareness of the dream I was just having, I thought I was really in that place in the dreamworld.  All of my nonphysical senses were fully operational.  I was at a party during the dream, and in the obe i was still at the party, floating around in the real time zone version of the dream world I was in.  After the OBE, my waking consciousness faded and I slipped back into the dream state I was in, thinking I was still at that party and just had an amazing obe.

It seems to me like I had a real OBE from my dream.  Almost as if my consciousness temorarily left my dream body, rather than my physical body.  I do not know if this is in fact the case, or if this idea is even possible.  I do not believe it was a lucid dream, I can tell the difference between the two rather well.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #25 - Feb 9th, 2008 at 8:39pm
 
Maybe I had something similar. I was in a dream, not really lucid, but more lucid than average. It was inside a big house. I went into a room with a bed in it. Then this morphed into my C1 bedroom, and I became fully lucid, floating near my body with no real control of my floating body,  and I had this cool breeze running through me, I realized I was oob; I flew through the air outdoors, absolutely realistic, with bodily sensations, although I still couldn't control my position in the air. Then I awoke.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #26 - Feb 9th, 2008 at 11:32pm
 
Hi friends, I thought I might get back into obes after many years doing other type explorations. I picked up a book on Astral Travel. although you all know I am dedicated to TMI methods. however, after reading partway through this book, I woke up in early morning and I knew I could separate now if I wanted so I began to move my astral form from the body and it was like pulling molasses away from the body...lol...I was grunting...it spring back into place and I only got it 2 inches away from  body so I said oh to heck with it.

but still,it's exciting to try new things and to watch Dude here, i can learn from him. and from Spooky. I like to read about it anyway.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #27 - Feb 10th, 2008 at 7:27pm
 
Alysia

I may be wrong but it sounds like you were trying to hard during the separation process.  When this happens, we tend to try to move as if it were a physical process.  The easiest way to separate and free yourself is to relax 1000% and let your mind do all the work.  Just take everything easy and the separation should be cake.  Sometimes it helps me to say to myself, I am rising up, I am rising up out of my body.  Most of the time this is exactly what will happen.  No grunting, not even mental grunting, should be involved.  But perhaps your energy body wasnt excited/active enough for the separation to take place.  Or maybe there was a blockage somewhere in the energy body which prevented the separation.  Probably not the case, though, it seems you would have a healthy and active energy body.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #28 - Feb 10th, 2008 at 7:45pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 49

Last night I layed in bed and meditated, no gateway.  I went too deep and temorarily lost consciousness, but came back a little while later.  I then decided to make some suggestions for my subconscious to carry out.  I said to myself... "I will consciously leave my body. I will remember the experience upon returning."  Immediately I received a message, quite possibly from my higher self.  I translated it to... "no, you will have an experience with aliens."  I then thought, No I will leave my body.  Immediately again, the message came back.. No you will have an experience with aliens.  I have suggested to my subconscious to leave my body many, many times, and somthing like this has never happened before.  This is not a response I would consiously think/construct.  This must have been from a higher part of me.  Then I had the dream.

I had this dream very soon after receiving this message.  In the dream, aliens wanted me, and quite possibly my family as well.  They sent a tracking device to my house that was simultaneously an alien being.  It was thin and about a foot in length.  I took it and pulled it apart, piece by piece, and dispersed the pieces around my neighborhood.  The head of the being had a sharp beak, and when i touched this beak an energetic sensation went through me, almost hurting.  I ran from my house, trying to escape from these aliens who were possibly coming to my house.

I then found myself in a mall.  While running through this mall, I realized I had amazing psychic powers.  As I passed by people, information about them would pour into my mind.  I was able to see what was going to happen in my near future as well.  I then heard a phone ring in the mall, and I answered it.  A voice said, "is this Vince Field?" I said yes, it is.  Then a deathly tone exploded through the phone, and I immediately knew it was the aliens.  This tone was designed to put me into a state of shock, which would give them enough time to come and take me.  However, I overcame the tone and escaped.  They were never able to find me.

So there are two possibilities here:
1.  In meditation, I connected with my higher self and recieved information about what I would, and DID, experience.
2.  I created this message consciously(however this seems unlikely), and with this suggestion implanted into my subconscious, I experienced a dream similar to this suggestion.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #29 - Feb 10th, 2008 at 10:26pm
 
thanks Dude for the advice, it seemed like I was trying to move the astral body as if it were the physical body, and so i would get that sensation that it weighed too much and was too difficult. I know about the float up command, I just didn't think to use it.

you asked maybe I wasn't excited enough..but then I may have been too excited, I was thinking you can't get excited..isn't that what you do? because excitement makes me wake to C1 immediately, bummer.

with your alien adventure, I was thinking where you say your higher self, or possibly a guide who is watching you. it could be this too. then they said, no, you will have an alien encounter.

part of the reason, you do wonder about aliens in C1. this is a state of curiosity, which is the probing mind, projects from just curiosity alone, sometimes.

yes, this happens to me, I hear complete sentences, or just one word, or see writing in big letters...this may be a guide, I don't like to say higher self, because then I right away am thinking spacially, or distance. I want to think higher self is right between my eyes!

to interpret just a little..I see you get away from them..the danger..is averted, the telephone call did not work to shock you, this is for you a good sign, you are stronger to beat the fear. try thinking of the good aliens awhile, think of them as our future selves, that they are us, only come to aid us from the future. its a thought. hey.

love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #30 - Feb 10th, 2008 at 10:43pm
 
Alysia

"Excited" is a term used by Robert Bruce regarding the energy body, all it means is it becomes active, as far as the energy flow goes.  My energy body becomes excited right before I leave my body, this is felt as strong vibrations all throughout me.  I do not mean mentally excited-this is a no no.

I know that I need to conquer this fear of aliens.  It is a work in progress, lets just say.

By higher self I mean the part of me located in a higher dimension than the physical.  I-there.  Oversoul.  Whatever you would like to call it.  I would think that most "guides" who assist us here are members of our higher self.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #31 - Feb 10th, 2008 at 10:58pm
 
I Am Dude wrote on Feb 10th, 2008 at 10:43pm:
Alysia

"Excited" is a term used by Robert Bruce regarding the energy body, all it means is it becomes active, as far as the energy flow goes.  My energy body becomes excited right before I leave my body, this is felt as strong vibrations all throughout me.  I do not mean mentally excited-this is a no no.

I know that I need to conquer this fear of aliens.  It is a work in progress, lets just say.

By higher self I mean the part of me located in a higher dimension than the physical.  I-there.  Oversoul.  Whatever you would like to call it.  I would think that most "guides" who assist us here are members of our higher self.


oh thats a new slant on word excited. I don't read Robert Bruce but I like that term. understood. still, I have a spacial problem identification. I keep thinking my higher self is part of a sideral dimension now, than a "higher" dimension, like 2 inches from me.
what I do is think of space/time as a movie set, or an illusion of reality. that way I don't feel separate from higher self and always having to wonder where she is? haha!

duh.....you know I'm just talking don't you? I am going to project soon, but I don't have a fear of aliens, so I won't be seeing them (I don't think) never know though.

had a dream the other night a large blimp of human looking aliens were waving at us and quite cheerily..there was something to celebrate. then a poster recalled a sighting in Texas. large blimp it was.  I'm going to walk around my house and yard in my astral body soon. I'll tell you about it when it happens, but you'll certainly be bored! lol.
yes, please tell me if you get out again.
love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #32 - Feb 11th, 2008 at 12:48am
 
OobDude: Could "aliens" be a symbol for something you have forgotten and/or something from long ago, maybe even from a past life, which should be re-discovered by you?

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #33 - Feb 11th, 2008 at 7:55pm
 
Dude:

My spirit guidance helped me quite a bit with getting over the fear of demons. I could not had done it without their help. I'd say I'm about 98% free of the fear, and working on 100%. My guidance, which I figure comes in I-there format at times, helped me have all kinds of experiences to become free of these fears. I also put a lot of effort into it. They really got me going with the process when it was the "right" time to do so.

I have also been provided with a few alien experiences so I won't be afraid of them.  I shared this before, perhaps you've read it. One night I went out of body and found myself far away in space. It felt like an unfriendly alien led me to this place. It hurt as it held me from behind. It took me to a dance. Wink It led in a way that hurt. I told it so and split the scene, and before I knew it I was back in my body.

The dance part was a clue to let me know that my guidance set up this experience.  After all, it would be quite ridiculous for an abducting alien to take me to a dance. I knew that I was provided with this experience in order to let me know that I don't have to worry about being harmed by aliens. Other experiences have said the same.

Robert Monroe, Rosalind Mcknight, and Howard Storm have all wrote of unfriendly alien influences. Rosalind and Howard wrote that the good guys look out for us.  However, there is the issue of free will. If we choose to get involved with them, or are too quick to justify the actions of others, we might be deceived.

Robert Monroe was told by his I-there that there are beings who know how to deceive us. They aren't smarter, but they have a lot of experience. His I-there told him to be carefull about how he uses his sensors. They also told him that he's connected to his I-there, which is connected to many other I-theres, and this fact provides him with support.  
Back to top
« Last Edit: Feb 11th, 2008 at 9:20pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #34 - Feb 12th, 2008 at 8:18pm
 
Recoverer:

I do not know if you are familiar with Whitely Striber and/or his works.  He has had continual contact with aliens since the 1980s.  In his first book, Communion, he actually describes an experience when the aliens took him aboard their ship and were dancing with him.  That dancing may actually be more than just a signal or symbol from your guidance.  I have read reports of others experiencing a situation very similar to this as well.  With others having the same type of experience, it may be more than just a subjective event from your guidance.  Somthing to think about anyway.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #35 - Feb 12th, 2008 at 9:10pm
 
Dude:

I never heard of them. I haven't read up on ETs. I figure there is so much conflicting info out there, I decided to not get involved.

Perhaps the guys you mentioned missed the point of the experience. Why in the freak would an alien take us to a dance? It could've been different for them. Did they mention that it hurt when the aliens held them from behind? The experience ended for me as soon as I wanted it to end. Were they able to get it to end right away? Did they feel a need?

I don't remember what precisely I told them to get the experience to end, but I believe I told them that I'm commited to God, love and goodness, and there is absolutely nothing they could do to change this, and the experience immediately came to an end. Unlike the journey to wherever, I didn't have to experience the journey back.




I Am Dude wrote on Feb 12th, 2008 at 8:18pm:
Recoverer:

I do not know if you are familiar with Whitely Striber and/or his works.  He has had continual contact with aliens since the 1980s.  In his first book, Communion, he actually describes an experience when the aliens took him aboard their ship and were dancing with him.  That dancing may actually be more than just a signal or symbol from your guidance.  I have read reports of others experiencing a situation very similar to this as well.  With others having the same type of experience, it may be more than just a subjective event from your guidance.  Somthing to think about anyway.

Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #36 - Feb 13th, 2008 at 5:07am
 
my daughter danced with an alien. he gave her a box of geometric shaped colored stones. she never forgot the experience and the joy of it. the alien was a being who was not male or female but both at the same time.  he was acting as a teacher for all the students on the floor sitting crosslegged. he gave them each something and danced with each.

I read Whitley Striber a long time ago. a very good book. thoroughly believable and took Striber a long time to get through his fears, but at the end, it looked like the relationship he had with the aliens turned out beneficial for both, and that he had agreed to this relationship before incarnation into this life. his whole family was being abducted if I remember correctly.

I have read some books that it does hurt when aliens do human examinations and that also if they are aware you are in pain they can take the pain away. dancing is concerned with the inner emotional energy. thats strange indeed, its good R was in control to break free, shows you have will power and choice factor, not to go.
all this is the effect on the astral body, which the physical body will sometimes pick up on it, what has happened in the astral. very strange. not to speak of tiny implants that have been removed from abductees placed there by aliens.
I am not fearful of aliens, I don't think our friend here, Dude, is really afraid, I think he is curious to learn what he can. Right Dude?
anytime in the astral, if you have self love, you have control over who and what you are interacting with, because nothing can hurt you unless you believe it can hurt you. a little PUL goes a long ways, but it's your right to not have your space invaded, once you know this, you are without fear.
its sort of like, god don't make junk. we aint junk.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Feb 13th, 2008 at 6:03pm by LaffingRain »  

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #37 - Feb 20th, 2008 at 7:11pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 50

I woke up this morning and almost immediately entered the vibratory state, and I willed myself up and out, rising above my body.  Whereever I was, I was not in the same room I was in before.  It was much larger, and simply different.  I tried to make it up and through the ceiling, but I was being pulled back into my body and remerged. 

I was able to separate again.  Once again, I was in another room, quite different from my own.  I tried to exit through the ceiling again, with no success.  I decided to go a different route.  I went out through the window.  I made it outside, and was in a place totally different from my physical location.  It was a beautiful beach environment with very artistic features.  Everything about this place was artistic, symmetrical, and beautiful.  There were many people on this beach having a great time.  At this point I was sucked back into my body and the experiences were over. 

Upon reflection, it seems as if I possibly projected to a parallel universe.  I really live one block away from the beach, so the location matches with reality.  But there are houses and a big boardwalk blocking the view of the beach.  At this place, there was nothing blocking the view.  The beach was quite larger than in real life, along with many many differences.  This place was much more artisticly set up, and overall much more beautiful.  There was a new boardwalk that twirlled around onto the beach, and beautiful trees nearby as well- much different from here.

I believe in parallel universes, and I see no reason why I would not be able to project to one- In other words, I believe I projected to one in this case.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #38 - Feb 20th, 2008 at 11:18pm
 
Or, maybe just a different point of time? Past or future. Who knows.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #39 - Feb 22nd, 2008 at 2:50pm
 
Interesting perspective spook- Im suprised I didnt think of that one.. I like it...
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #40 - Mar 2nd, 2008 at 2:01am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 51

This morning I listened to the lifeline track(going up to focus 27) after 5 hours of sleep.  Because of my relaxed state, I achieved a trance quite easily; probably by focus 12 I was starting to get deep.  I eventually reached a point where I was extremely detached from the physical, having a feeling of floating in a void mixed with spinning in every direction, all while hearing a wind type noise.  I momentarily started to fade out of waking consciousness, but soon regained my alert state once again. 

Immediately upon coming back to my mind awake-body asleep state, a deeply dark, creepy growling rang through me.  It almost sounded like low screams from some kind of monster.  I do not know if this noise is what caused me to regain consiousness or not, but it was certainly very very present.  As I was listening to this, I began to think that it was either a trick of my mind, some entity trying to scare me, or some kind of test from my inner/higher self.(if i had to choose, i would say it was the last option)  Instead of getting scared, I thought to myself- " I am infinite consiousness. Nothing can harm me.  I am infinite consciousness.."  The sounds stopped immediately.  For the rest of the session I went in and out from a light trance state to a medium-heavy trance state. 

I learned an invaluable technique from reading one of my Seth books(Seth Speaks) recently.  Instead of doing all the mental techniques to achieve a deep meditative state, I simply layed there and noticed.  No thinking, just noticing.  The first time I tried this suggestion from the book, I entered a trance in less than two minutes.  Extremely effective!

After the meditation session I had a relevant dream.  In this dream, I was at an extreme hight.  I fell into the ocean, but it was from so high up that I died.  As my body floated down, I floated up.  I was soon in this place(forget the details) walking with some friends(dont remember them).  I then was handed a book of some sort, and knew that I would have to study while in the after-physical-death stage.  Looking upon this dream, I believe the book and studying represented a true occurance of after-physical-death existence- we have to prepare for our next stage of life, whether it is another reincarnation, or existence in another energy system.  Either way, we have to prepare for the next stage of existence, this being symbolized by my having to study the book.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #41 - Mar 2nd, 2008 at 10:43pm
 
Quote:
Instead of doing all the mental techniques to achieve a deep meditative state, I simply layed there and noticed.  No thinking, just noticing.  The first time I tried this suggestion from the book, I entered a trance in less than two minutes.  Extremely effective!


Yes, it works. I'd describe it as to keep the thoughts singled, to allow thoughts to appear, but not connect them to something, as that would be where thinking begins, when a thread appears, associations and conclusions. So, allowing and keeping thoughts single is in my experience more effective than trying to totally shut down thoughts.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #42 - Mar 12th, 2008 at 6:44pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 52

This morning I was having a dream.  I was in an unfamiliar place in an unusual situation.  Something occured which made me consider doing somthing.  In a spurt of lucidity, I thought to myself... "wait... I would never do somthing like this... why would I even consider it?"  This led me to futher investigate my surroundings and the situation I was in, and it hit me.. I was dreaming. 

I said to myself, "I am dreaming!  I am dreaming!"  Then a whole world of possibilities opened to me.  "What should I do first?"  I thought.  I flew up through the ceiling and through another.  I looked at my hands.  They were just as real as they are now, and yet they did not melt as they do in OBEs. (This is one main difference I have noted between lucid dreams and OBEs.)

I then decided to visit "the park."  I closed off all visual input, like metally closing my eyes.  I thought to myself, "I am going to go to the park."  I kept the ident of the park firmly in mind.  In the blackness I saw a white swirling energy in the distance.  It began to get bigger, possibly I was moving closer to it.  I have no memory of what happened next, if anything did.

Eventually I slipped back into the dream as my lucidity faded.  At this point of my dream I was well aware of the lucid dream I just had.  I thought... "I wonder what caused the lucid dream in the first place?" Meanwhile not realising I was still in a dream! (DURRRR!!)  Instant knowledge of the reason I became lucid came to me in clear, crisp terms.  My explanation of me catching myself consider somthing I normally wouldn't is but a crude translation of the actual information I recieved in the dream. 

It is a very common occurance for me to recieve information or to simply be communicating with someone with a lucidity, superb vocabulary, greater knowledge of the topic, better flow, confidence, and non-hesitation that is noncomparable to my normal waking state.  I feel as if I have a much greater connection with my higher self in the dream state, in fact I am sure of it. 
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #43 - Mar 12th, 2008 at 9:50pm
 
Cool OobDude. I once became lucid in a dream, and then it immediately turned into an OBE. I too looked at my hands, and they were like real, and they didn't melt. Of course you might say "So, you actually were still in a lucid dream" but there are some indicators speaking against it: I was in my sleeping room, could see every detail, could touch and feel physical (appearing as) matter and move through it with my hands. No consciousness break; I said to myself: Now you have to wake up and make notes, so that you won't forget it" and I did it, I really had to work hard to awake because my body was absolutely sound asleep. My bedroom was exactly as I've seen it before, only the lighting was slightly different. But, in that OBE there was something similar like the melting hands: When I stretched out my arms to reach to a chair, I stretched farther than it would have been physically possible. At that moment, my hands became fuzzy, unsharp, though I could still feel touching the chair. This partly gives Robert Bruces theory some credit, as when I did something which was not possible physically, but which I nevertheless did, I came into an internal conflict, which ended in a compromise, the hands were still there, but unsharp.

Quote:
I then decided to visit "the park."  I closed off all visual input, like metally closing my eyes.

I do that too in my mind journeys (phasing) when I focus on visiting a certain place.
Well, it's a pity you don't remember where you went to! But quite good you remembered The Park with physical consciousness in that dream.
Quote:
It is a very common occurance for me to recieve information or to simply be communicating with someone with a lucidity, superb vocabulary, greater knowledge of the topic, better flow, confidence, and non-hesitation that is noncomparable to my normal waking state.

Indeed, that's a strange thing. I have that too sometimes while phasing. Very speedy information exchange, multi-media. It's hard to really bring it down to the physical. You just don't get it all together again then. Because I can't manage it to detach very much from my body, there is quite some tension building up in my body on such occasions, and finally I have to go back to cool down.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #44 - Mar 14th, 2008 at 6:16pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 53

This morning I was listening to my lifeline track.  I easily fell into a trance, and felt extremely detached from my body.  Every once in a while I would feel an energy which felt like a wind blowing through me.  I felt as if this was some kind of attempt at communication from someone, it seemed as if this energy I felt came from an intelligent source.  I slipped into a dream.  During this dream, I was given information about different states of consciousness.  The different states were symbolized by a letter, followed by a number.  For example, one of the states may have been H4, another one F6, another one J5.  I cannot remember details.  I was given a list of these states and their corresponding abreviations.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
PhantasyMan
Senior Member
****
Offline



Posts: 266
Québec
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #45 - Mar 14th, 2008 at 7:29pm
 
Hi Dude

  Did you felt those state?

I guess those abbreviations are expressed through your own mental matrix structure and have much more signification to you than others here.  Maybe it can help you to remember details from those state.  What came to your mind first when you see H4 , F6 or J5?
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #46 - Mar 14th, 2008 at 8:09pm
 
The letter-number combinations I gave (H4,F6..) have no literal meaning, they are simply symbols for the different states of consciousness I explored during my dream.  These are just examples, most likely not the actual letter-number combinations.  These states came to me in an order going from being the closest to physical waking consciousness to being the most far removed from it.  I feel the dream was the interpretation of me actually going through these states while having knowledge of each one I passed through.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #47 - Mar 15th, 2008 at 2:51am
 
Hi Dude, I feel that the letters and numbers will lead to something later..I think it was a preliminary lesson plan, much like Monroe did with the listing of focus levels and those numbered sequence.

I can share I am most likely to receive psychological concepts of states of consciousness, such as first I would receive "3 states of consciousness."
1) the seeker
2) the finder

3) TheObserver

Grin

hehehehe...I just found out how to do something fancy.. Grin
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #48 - Mar 28th, 2008 at 5:22pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 54

Last night before falling asleep I decided to set some affirmations.  These were not verbal suggestions, however.  I decided to send out pure feelings describing my desires. 

The first feeling I released was of my great grandfather, who is in another plane of existence.  This feeling actually seemed to come through subconsciously, basically out of nowhere.  The feeling had to do with his assistance.  The next feeling I sent out was of obtaining more knowledge and experience of our greater reality, that which is consciously experienced after death and subconsciousnly experienced while physical. 

I had an experience last night which was translated through a dream.  In this dream-translation, my great grandfather wrote a book before he died.  He somehow obtained direct knowledge of our greater reality, and documented this knowledge in this book.  I communicated with him, and found this book.  I remember there were 7 or 8 parts to this book, each on a different topic relating to his findings of the nature of our existence, both of physical and nonphysical nature.  These sections were out of numerical order for some reason. 

I read this book, or rather absorbed the knowledge within it.  There are things I learned during this experience which I simply cannot translate into words, yet I know this knowledge is mine, I see it in symbols recieved through the dream and can feel the ideas within me, lingering between the border of consciousness and subconsiousness. 
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #49 - Mar 30th, 2008 at 6:12pm
 
Smiley I was just thinking lately Dude, of the two hemispheres of the brain, and how they might be related, the split in consciousness, between the Sub areas and the conscious areas and how hemisync brings these two parts into alignment. I have a feeling about you, that you are going to help us get a better handle on this Obe business, and that your grandfather is working with you on it.

I often wonder what it would be like if everything were conscious knowledge and there was nothing in the subconscious because it all came to the front and this is likened to our unlimited consciousness access.

anyhoo, these studies are very important. I've been studying out of body almost my whole life. It really is a pioneering venture. love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #50 - Apr 9th, 2008 at 8:30pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 55

With my more advanced insights about the nature and reality of dreams, I am now see the importance of all dreams, and especially of lucid dreams.  I therefore feel it important to include them in my journals.  This lucid dream I recently experienced had elements of previous Out of Body Experiences I have had, further providing evidence of the reality and importance of the dream state.

In this dream, I was in a grocery store with some friends.  For no apparent reason, I did somthing very obscene, not in a malevolent manner, but more in a joking way.  I will leave out the details of the action.  Needless to say, a lady ran away and called the cops.  The police officer(a coworker of mine in physical) came running after me.  It seems the mental mechanism which causes me to run away from a threat in dreams also causes a sudden burst of lucidity, and with this my waking consciousness emerged in this dream with realization, "This is a dream!"  With this thought, I took off, flying away.

Although I was flying, the cop was still on my tail.  It didn't matter much to me anyway, for I knew I was dreaming.  However, I began loosing flying power, and would drop to the ground at times.  I realized this was due to me slipping back into dream consciousness, or my fading waking consciousness, which was due to lack of concentration.  I would regain concentration usually by looking at my hands, giving me instant power. 

One time I stretched my arm out from the ground, reaching up to the top of a tall building and swinging myself into flight like spider man.  I remember looking at my ten foot long fingers with astonishment. 

I eventually slipped more or less back into the dream state, and was caught by the cop.  They had me tied down, and did an experiment on me.  They knew I was special in one way, and wanted to know the science behind it, wanted to know the specifics.  I cannot recall the details of the experiment or the results, but their findings concluded that I had very supernatural powers.

With another sudden burst of lucidity, I escaped, stretching my arms out at great speeds and breaking down a door which was apparently unbreakable.  I flew up through the sky at tremendous speeds, reaching a peak in lucidity during this experience.

For a moment I was floating in a void.  Suddenly, lights came into view from the far distance as I approached some kind of star system or galaxy.  I was zipping by these stars and planets at great speeds, through galaxies of all sizes.  I finally came upon a planet that I recognized as Earth, only this planet was different.  It seemed darker, as if the sun was nowhere near.  I felt tremendous energy radiating from this planet, and from all of the planets and stars surrounding me as well.  This energy was overwhelming.  I believe the uneasiness came from me experiencing this energy and from the realization of my situation, of how large everything was, especially this powerful energy, compared to my tiny point of consiousness.  I found myself flying around this Earth-like planet, or it was orbiting around me, twisting and twriling in no particular pattern.  As the speed increased, so did the feeling of energy which made me more uncomfortable.  I decided to end the experience and forced myself back to the physical.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #51 - Apr 9th, 2008 at 10:56pm
 
I've always wanted to go check out planets and moons Dude. never got around to it, but it's on the menu I'm sure. I think if I was a cop I'd probably tie you down and study you as a specimen too! haha!

just kidding.  Wink I can say in comparison to what you say, lucidity is controllable upon the lift up flight, or looking at hands as you do, also I use the touch of my finger on some people I meet to get lucid. also the surprise factor brings one more lucid. if somebody leaps too high for instance, besides myself that is.

lucidity coming in is like clarity. then I can begin a conversation. and promptly forget it! just kidding. I can remember the drift of the conversation by certain key words.

I guess u can tell I like to talk. out there, or wherever, I just never shut up I guess!  thank you for sharing your journeys, most impressive and different than mine. love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #52 - Apr 10th, 2008 at 3:02pm
 
Dude:

I agree with what you wrote on your last post.  I've analyzed thousands of my dreams, and it is clear that they are created by spirit guidance.  Often while communicating with spirit guidance, I'll suddenly find myself in a short waking dream. The symbology used in such dreams often compares to symbology used in regular dreams. I've also found that when I become self aware in a dream, I might start flying around. One time I became aware that I was dreaming while in a dream, looked around at how real everything seemed, and told the creator of my dream, "You're amazing."

Therefore, there isn't a good reason to make a big division between what happens in so called regular dreams and what happens in out of body experiences.  Often such experiences serve the same purpose.  I've found that one can become aware of spirit activity one is involved with but isn't conscious of, by paying attention to the messages one receives via dreams. If one wants a confirmation other than a dream, one can ask for such a confirmation.

When I consider some of the experiences and dreams I had before I made conscious contact with spirit guidance, it becomes clear that they have been here all along. Smiley
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #53 - Apr 10th, 2008 at 7:09pm
 
Indeed, Recoverer, dreams are the portals to our inner reality.  They are memories/ reflections/ translations of our nightly experiences in inner(and probably outer) dimensions. 

When you said to the creator of your dream, "Your amazing," I think you were really telling yourself this without knowing it.  I would not say that dreams are created by other spirits.  I believe dreams come from our inner selves, which we are not usually aware of during waking consiousness but reemerge with during these nightly excursions. 

All too often people rely on assistance from others, from outsiders, from guides and helpers, which gives most people the idea that we do not have the ability to help ourself... yet it is my firm belief that most of this help comes from within, either from personalities which are a part our greater self (that we are not consiously aware of at the moment, so it seems as if it is outside help), or simply an opening of the pathways of communication between our ego(physical,waking consious selves) and our inner selves.  Its important for everyone to realize the true power they possess, and that the answers lie within, and not without.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #54 - Apr 10th, 2008 at 8:00pm
 
Dude:

I had a feeling that you don't have it in mind that guides are involved.  Here is one of the key reasons I believe they are.

One night I had three back to back dreams that were so perfectly crafted, just the right number of clues were presented so I could figure out that I was dreaming.  At the end of the third dream while thinking that these dreams would make a great novel, it suddenly hit me in a "very" clear manner that these dreams were created by an intelligence beyond my own!

When I woke up I was in an expanded state of consciouness. Lots of energy ran through me.  I heard a voice say, "Just as you found inconsistencies in your dream state, find inconsistencies in your waking state."  I asked if I was in contact with my I-there (I hadn't read Bruce's books yet, so I didn't know about the term "disk").  I could feel and hear numerous voices answer yes. I could also tell that they were happy that I finally made contact with them.  I see spirits appear as flashing points of white light. This is how I see them when I see them through my crown chakra. Usually I see only one flash at a time. During this experience I saw numerous points of white light flash at the same time, on an on and off basis.  I figure my I-there members flashed in such a way in order to make their presence known.

As I already wrote on my last post, while in contact with my spirit guidance, it will create short waking dreams in order to make points. This shows how spirit guidance is involved with the dream making process.

Another clue is that when I'm too sleepy to wake up to take dream notes, I'll hear a voice say something in order to wake me up.

Another clue is that as I write dream notes, I'll see little brilliant points of white light flash either on my right hand to say "right," or they'll flash on a key word as I write it.  I'll also be shown images and sent additional thoughts that provide additional input. 

Robert Monroe went out of body for a number of years before he found out that he was being helped by his guides.  The same happened for me, even though I first saw a guide during my first OBE years ago. The guide appeared in a monk's gown that had a hood.

Robert wrote in Far Journeys that his guidance created all kinds of experiences for him in order to help him progress.

Being in touch with guidance doesn't mean that one doesn't put in self effort. I put lots of effort into my spiritual practice. There are many times my guidance won't answer my questions. Especially when it comes to cosmological questions.  They figure I'll learn more if I figure things out for myself. Plus, I often already have the answers. I'm just not acknowledging them.

The guidance I receive serves the purpose of helping me overcome psychological limitations. My guidance will also point out psychological isses I haven't noticed.  My guidance will also bring up aspects of mind so I can deal with them.  It also provides significant energetic work I couldn't possibly reproduce with an energetic technique.

There is no need to take on a spiritual warrior attitude. We are all one. There is nothing wrong with helping each other. Even those who do the helping sometimes learn by helping others.  What's most important is that each of us evolves as quickly as possible,  so we can help raise this World's vibrational rate. Plus, eventually a point will come where we will want to humbly show grattitude towards those who helped us. 

No man is an Island.


Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #55 - Apr 10th, 2008 at 10:44pm
 
I totally agree with you that guidance is 100% involved in helping all of us evolve and expand our consciousness.  My point was that usually this guidance is not removed from us, but actually a part of us.  You said that you recieved confirmation that your I-there group was helping you, just as Robert Monroe did.  Well, that is exactly what I am talking about.  I stated that I believe a lot of help comes from other personalities which are part of our higher self/I-there, which is what you are also saying, if I am not mistaken.  I simply wanted to convey that although these seem to be separate personalities, they are still a part of the LARGER YOU, for at another level of existance we are the sum, and actually greater than the sum, of our individual personalities.  Therefore, in essence this guidance IS you, just at another level, just like Monroes INSPECT friend WAS him. 

My self retreival of last year is a perfect example.  At face value, we were totally different and separate beings.  In this case, I was the guide.  Yet on another level of existance, we were one.  I had direct knowledge of this fact during the experience. 

I just feel it would help people to know that all they have to do is simply look inside themselves to recieve their desired results.  I am not saying they will come up with the answers through their own logic and reasoning.  I am saying that by realizing their own true power and looking inwards rather than outwards, they will be able to open up the doors to reach their inner self, where knowledge, ideas, and symbols will come from dimensions farther removed, and where the other personalities of their I-there will be to offer guidance.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #56 - Apr 11th, 2008 at 12:31pm
 
Dude:

I see where you are coming from now. Sorry for the misunderstanding. One and many at the same time.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
Berserk2
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 844
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #57 - Apr 11th, 2008 at 2:44pm
 
Swedenborg (ES) experienced several apparent past lives during his astral travels.  The issue for him is the meaning of these experiences: e. g. evidence of reincarnation or soul mergers that create the illusion that the "new" memories are one's own, and not those of a separate other.  As ES trevaled to higher planes, he received specific instructions on how he had previously misunderstood the I-There.  He even experienced a kind of group soul of merging selves.  But these selves had nothing to do with reincarnation or parallel incarnations of the same oversoul.  Rather, they were separate souls grouped together on the basis of the principle like attracts like.  ES's guides even offered to demonstrate the reincarnation error by descending to the lower reincarnation planes, but the residents of those planes were so stuck in their reincarnationism that they refused to witness these demonstrations.  All I-There talk seems meaningless to me without an honest engagement with ES's discoveries, which directly challenge reincarnation.  ES has spectacular verification of his astral claims.

Don
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #58 - Apr 11th, 2008 at 3:28pm
 
Dude said:  Smiley My self retreival of last year is a perfect example.  At face value, we were totally different and separate beings.  In this case, I was the guide.  Yet on another level of existance, we were one.  I had direct knowledge of this fact during the experience. 
______

you folks know how Inpec turned out to be BobM I/there...part of the disc personalitys, guides helpers, individuals, yet it explains our oneness, that monism discussion we were having awhile back.

from another slant on monism, we can see how we influence each other's reality, here or there by the tiniest gesture or word. then we are impressionable, to be effective of what is desirable to create.

I sometimes hear voices in C1. here's a few things I've heard last year: "you said I could come anytime."
I knew who was speaking, it was a disc member I had definite relationship with out there, at night. at first when I reacted to the voice, I was annoyed. I replied back, yea, I probably did tell u that, but now is not a good time."
Then another time, lol, this same disc member who now had managed to impart tonal quality along with the voice imprint, said "you are some special spaceship."

It was not a compliment! lol, but I took it as a complement because I love to be flattered, keeps me positively oriented even when I know I've lots to learn and in most cases I do not deserve such a fine compliment. I should write a book on what I don't know. It would surely be a continuing series and wouldn't sell very well.

Might be fun though to write a book on all the voices I've heard over the years and what that means as to who and what I am, and how a human being can be like a receiver set, and even the flesh itself can pick up signals from I/there.

In the book I've already written is stories about my own Out of Body excursions, all done before reading up on Monroe, Bruce and some other voyagers. Dude is talking about a self retrieval he did and in a way, Monroe was doing his own self retrieval with a continuing relationship with the Inspec.

With my studies of other travelers of these inner dimensions of self, I notice they  too have their I/there they are in relationship with, who often drops tidbits of wisdom, little hints which come in quite useful at some point.
When I first began to write my book I was sitting in the yard thinking "oh, where to begin?" this is where guidance began to help me shape the thing as my head was buzzing with too many ideas, all of them seemed good to me and so I felt overwhelmed a bit, but eager to begin.
I was quietly reminded of a psychic minister who told me I had been a zealous minister, quite judgmental with some natives whom I had grown to love, however, I was not loving them the right way. I was filled with sorrow at the end of the life that I had preached too severely and JC took me to task what his real message was.
so guidance was saying name this fellow DP, short for dead preacher, as he's dead, and he no longer preaches, but he had some writing talents, so start out your book by letting him start it out.

So he writes most eloquently, but basically doesn't say nothing, it's just pretty. But at least he helped me get started to writing..got my juices going. I soon began to associate DP with the way Monroe had his Inspec. The relationship was fascinating. sometimes I was a man, sometimes I was just me, alysia, with my own life,  until now, I'm ok with that we are one and he was here just for that time period so I could get my book written. It's because we never die. any life that is lived is continuing. Yet he is me, as I was born in this life to continue this man's consciousness evolving. I am not threatened by this concept, I feel instead the PUL he learned from the other life is given to me as a gift, to continue my evolvement.  the PUL makes us one, more than any character traits I might have carried over in an essence distilling process. Nothing that is real and true will be destroyed. Im sorry Dude, I am messing up your thread!

I love that Dude started his journal here and I love reading about Recoverer's guidance, and that process. Kudos to you guys..... Smiley Smiley
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #59 - Apr 11th, 2008 at 3:45pm
 
Don:

I believe it is important to consider the audience factor. It probably wasn't appropriate for Swedenborg to speak about the oversoul principle to the people who lived during the time period in which he lived.

In a way there isn't a lot of difference between the disk and soul group viewpoint. If a bunch of spirits merge together so they can learn together, then this is what they do.  When it becomes time to create a new incarnation, the same needs will come into play.  The traits that are required for a particular incarnation, and the traits that need to be utilized by the group.

My feeling is that members can be added to a disk from other places. If I remember right, this is what took place with BB from Robert Monroe's I-there.  I believe that Spooky once wrote that he wasn't intially a member of his disk. He joined it after he already existed elsewhere. I've received messages that disks aren't isolated and they interact with other spirits quite a bit.

I figure there are two possibilities when it comes to where a disk gets the extra consciousness/creative energy (CCE) to create additional selves. Either it starts out with a lot of CCE and keeps creating additional selves until it runs out of CCE, or CCE is added to it according to need. Sometimes this CCE comes in the form of selves that already exist, and that hook up with a disk for the sake of development.

It might seem unfair to pass on traits to an incarnating self because this seems to contradict the principle of self determination.  However, if one considers how such supposed unfairness exists simply by incarnating into a lifetime that will have its collection of influences, it is probably better that something such as a disk provides traits that will better enable an incarnating self to deal with the circumstances it incarnates into.  Eventually a point will come where a self won't be limited by any of the traits it makes use of for a while. It will evolve to the point where it will have a huge amount of knowledge just as an oversoul does, and will be able to live accordingly.

I haven't read a lot of what Emanuel Swedenborg wrote, but it didn't take long before I saw that the knowledge he obtained wasn't perfect.  Some examples:
1. He wrote that all spirits pass on to the same place after a body dies, and it is determined at this location which realm they move to. It makes more sense to me that a spirit moves to a realm that matches its overall mind set/energetic right away.
2. His idea that female and male spirits marry each other, merge and become one, the male spirit takes over the thinking role, and the female spirit takes over the volition role, doesn't sound right to me. Sounds kind of chauvinistic.  Gender is a body based thing.  Our spirits have both female and male aspects, not just one gender. Eventually our oneness becomes so complete, how would marriage fit into the picture?
3. He claims that many spirits end up in hell like realms for all of eternity. I don't buy this at all.  
4. He seems to be a big Martin Luther fan.  Perhaps Martin Luther did some positive things, but he was antisemetic.  Adolph Hitler was inspired by Martin Luther's antisemetic viewpoints. I can think of a better hero.
5. Going by what I read, he seems to state that we maintain our body based appearance. I believe we are beings of light that have little to do with bodies.
6. He wrote that when a spirit tries to find which realm it will abide in, a ritual takes place where a spirit will walk up to various groups of people, and they will turn around and show such a spirit their back, if they don't believe this spirit belongs in their realm. I find it hard to believe that such a ritual exists. Perhaps he was provided with symbolic information. My feeling is that once a spirit decides to become honest enough to want to overcome its limitations, spirits who live according to love will be more than willing to help such a spirit. I could never be completely happy in a higher realm, as long as I knew that spirits abided in lower realms. If one considers things from a no time perspective, the moment where all spirits find their way back to a higher realm is "now."

I believe you are underestimating the people who have made contact with their disk/I-there/oversoul.  The same spirit guidance that got me to the point where I would open myself to the spirit support of Christ, is the same guidance that let me know about the disk/I-there/oversoul viewpoint.  I know of a few other people who have also made spirit contact with both Christ and their disks.

Another factor to consider is that sometimes the soul groups people see are collections of disks/I-theres that work together.

Howard Storm wrote that angels help God with the process of creation. Isn't it possible that "angel" was his word for disk/I-there/over soul? Perhaps he understood that his intended audience wouldn't take to the oversoul viewpoint. If an oversoul lives according to divine wisdom, divine will, and love, where is the problem with oversouls helping God with the process of creation? Don't each of us do the same in our own way? In a way oversouls are an extension of God.








Back to top
« Last Edit: Apr 11th, 2008 at 7:58pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #60 - Apr 11th, 2008 at 5:15pm
 
jiminy cricket R! I do so enjoy you lately! just to add a thought about angels...

we really shouldn't get the idea that angels and guides and helpers are somehow ranked by the size of their wings. the wings are symbology of something that can fly. I once asked Don a long time ago, "do u believe we can entertain angels unaware?"  I never got a response so I just went off and figured it out on my own, which I think we can all get our own answers by going within anyway. I was at the time just making conversation with Don, as I already believed that yes, we can be entertaining angels unaware. Vicki here did receive an angel who made himself look like a man. Vicki does not lie and is not deceived by fantasy, my opinion of course.
I think I met such a fellow once myself. knocked me right off my feet! after he left I was a nicer person, lol.

A friend of mine handed me a huge book couple years ago when I was thinking about angels and I'll tell u why he did that in a moment. I found a definition of Angel which satisfied me for the moment: it said angels are Messengers.
Didn't say they were ascended masters or gurus, or born leaders, nothing like that. just that they deliver messages to mankind. Sounds a lot like guidance factor, where we are picking up a message from out of the blue, right? guides and helpers, thats what angels are, but we are in a different time period now, and so we call them helpers or guides, because we have new language now.

We are all in different levels of our soul development. PUL is what makes us one. One day I needed a man to fix my foundation and I asked spirit to find me an honest person, who does good thorough work. when I need something fixed I always get the right person, they just show up. its like a prayer thing.

In walks this sort of man that I had prayed for. He was psychic as it turned out. He said with his eyes bugged out I had a vision of you Alysia. You are an angel! (ah, not hardly chum, I was thinking) this man didn't know what to do or how to interpret his vision. he explained that he saw my book being made into a movie (I have no information on this, the thing is not even selling) At any rate we became friends over the 4 weeks he did excellent work on my foundation. We would discuss things like book writing, and he wanted to write his own book and he told me his dreams, which I knew then, I was supposed to inspire him to write this book of his own.
One night he called me crying. He'd just been evicted. he vented awhile. Spirit let me talk to him. Spirit said to disengage his anger as he had some rage there, and I was the only one in town who could deal with it, so I felt it was an honor, the position I was placed in, to listen, and still believe in his ability to get through this without becoming fearful of all of this emotion he had, rage and sorrow and tremendous in quantity. I was able to help him by being his angel.

so why can't we be each other's angels? life is hard. no doubt about it. There may be some angels never come here..they may be afraid to tread here even. they are innocent, these ones who stay in the heavens. We here are dreaming we are separate from God and all that is good.

We may have lost our innocense but in my humble opinion we will all get it back shortly and we need each other to do that.

...
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #61 - Apr 11th, 2008 at 10:23pm
 
A few words on Swedenborgs soul-melds versus Recoverer's point of view:

When a soul would merge with another so that each one has the memories of the other, then there is no difference between past-life memories and memories of this other soul, because in both cases it's first-hand memory. Rather, those souls would be one, if they shared all their memories.
  This is the basis from which I look at my own could-be-past-lives- experiences. I simply can't tell if this were past-lives, or if it is coming from another source which I share the memories with. Actually, there is no difference as I said, because as soon as you're in the shoes of the protagonist in those "movies", it is simply your own memory, your own experience, as it is a holistic memory, meaning not only a time snippet, but with all feelings, beliefs and knowledge which stems from all the time before.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #62 - Apr 30th, 2008 at 8:26pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 56

This morning I was laying in bed in an altered state of consiousness.  I wanted to do some exploring, as usual.  I saw an image of a dollar, and focused in on it.  I began travelling closer and closer to the bill, until I was so close I could see microscopic-sized patterns.  As I would get closer, new yet similar patterns would emerge, and it would constantly change as I scoped in further and futher. 

Finally I broke through and emerged in what seemed like a different world.  This was probably some type of inner dimension.  I was next to this little funny looking man.  There were thousands of these people, all dressed in strange clothing and armor.  They were fighting in a war, with their opponents on the other side of a closeby bridge.  Then this little man began charging at the enemy, and strangely enough, I knew this little person was me, and yet I still had a third person perspective.  I travelled around the area to see what was going on at the other side of the bridge.  Lucidity may have been lost around this time, for any futher memories are blurred and seem unrelated. 

It was interesting how I seemed to travel through the pattern of the bill and then finally completely through it to another dimension.  This is a new method of travel for me. Cool
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #63 - Apr 30th, 2008 at 10:25pm
 
I Am Dude wrote on Apr 30th, 2008 at 8:26pm:
JOURNAL ENTRY 56

This morning I was laying in bed in an altered state of consiousness.  I wanted to do some exploring, as usual.  I saw an image of a dollar, and focused in on it.  I began travelling closer and closer to the bill, until I was so close I could see microscopic-sized patterns.  As I would get closer, new yet similar patterns would emerge, and it would constantly change as I scoped in further and futher. 

Finally I broke through and emerged in what seemed like a different world.  This was probably some type of inner dimension.  I was next to this little funny looking man.  There were thousands of these people, all dressed in strange clothing and armor.  They were fighting in a war, with their opponents on the other side of a closeby bridge.  Then this little man began charging at the enemy, and strangely enough, I knew this little person was me, and yet I still had a third person perspective.  I travelled around the area to see what was going on at the other side of the bridge.  Lucidity may have been lost around this time, for any futher memories are blurred and seem unrelated. 

It was interesting how I seemed to travel through the pattern of the bill and then finally completely through it to another dimension.  This is a new method of travel for me. Cool   


Hi Dude. its like the dollar bill was a focus point to enter into another life situation. perhaps we could call it an alternative life peek. I find it fascinating, when I looked or as you did, scoped in like a camera lens, while obe, into my deceased dog's eyes (not the physical body, she was not there physically)
and as I did so, deeper I went, I found she and I were one, the love I put in her was staring back at me as my essence.

the patterns you saw, I saw molecules in the wall moving, like they were alive, it was another focusing in of the mind..very exciting! the molecules were not alive exactly, but they moved in back and forth pattern, like oscillation and slowly. their form appeared like dots and also rectangular squigglees.

oboy..this is hard to describe.

Spooky, a meld I did, during a retrieval was at first in observer stance, and this was not a past life, as I was shown it was a lady whose memories I took on momentarily, as soon as I entered the form as her, I began to get into the role. I knew we were on stage. I had only a few basic memories of her life. but this not past life like yours. those I just see moving pictures when that happens, only twice.  I don't like to see past lives. just what I need to know about several of them pertains to this life.

I know what Spooky means, that sometimes you can't tell if it's sharing another's memories, but sometimes you CAN! Especially if there's a bunch of people standing there telling you to jump into a form and go for it. it was so similar to characterization in Thesbian society but this was a retrieval, not on the gal, on the party I was to interact with. I don't know if the gal was real, or if the form was just a dummy form, but I had memories of being a different sort of personality. for one thing, she was very ambitious, in a business like way, me? no way jose.

I remember thinking...wow! I just walked into this other body like it's normal!
Dude, Can't wait to hear about your next wild flight into alternate dimensions!
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #64 - May 30th, 2008 at 1:36pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 57

Yesterday afternoon I lay down to take a nap after a short sleep period that night.  I listened to the lifeline track (my favorite one).  I quickly entered an extremely deep state, the sensation of my body fading as the sensation of my energy body increased. 

I strongly had the urge to open the connection between my physical aspect and my greater aspect, and remember it.  I will sometimes intuitively have the strong impression that I was communicating with my higher self after dreaming or meditation, but I have no solid memories of this.

I believe I began to phase into a nonphysical level.  It seemed as if I was traveling, I was nonphysically sensing my environment, for my vision was mainly black with colors in all sorts of intricate shapes and designs.  I continually sank into a deeper states.  Visions of people and events manifested, symbolizing knowledge which was on the tip of my tounge, yet unexpressable at this point. 

The intent of making contact with my higher self was strong.  I felt an energy above me, and began reaching out my consciousness towards this energy which I knew was my higher self.  I saw a vision of a majestic being.  It was a slender human form with a human face, with grace flowing from his inner being, I was almost in awe.  He was doing a graceful movement while spinning in place.  I then saw his face and realized it was me.  However, the face did not really look like mine.  But I KNEW it was me.  I intuited that this was a higher aspect of myself which I am physically-consciously unaware of at the time.  I was shocked by the feeling I had in the presence of this being.

I went even deeper, and my memories become very blurry from this moment on.  I have the impression, the feeling, that I was communicating with someone, there was some type of exchange of information. 

I believe I was in an area of consciousness where the experiences there can only be translated through symbols, and this graceful aspect of myself who I encountered symbolized my higher self.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #65 - May 30th, 2008 at 2:38pm
 
OBE Dude wrote: "I went even deeper, and my memories become very blurry from this moment on.  I have the impression, the feeling, that I was communicating with someone, there was some type of exchange of information.  

I believe I was in an area of consciousness where the experiences there can only be translated through symbols, and this graceful aspect of myself who I encountered symbolized my higher self.   [/quote]"

This is similar to how it is for me. Occasionally I'll have a dialogue with a being, but it is hard to remember what was said after the communication is over. When it comes to what I can remember, it is better if I am communicated to with symbols received either through a regular dream, waking dream, OBE or visual image. I do receive isolated sentences that I remember, but not entire dialogues. I hope that my ability to remember the dialogues improves. They probably have their effect even when I don't remember.  I also believe it is possible to receive thoughts that are as loud as our regular thoughts, but sometimes these are difficult to separate from our regular thoughts.  I've also found that aspects of mind sometimes throw in some peanut gallery comments.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #66 - May 31st, 2008 at 1:51pm
 
same here Dude and R. often find myself dialoguing at length to someone, sometimes more than one person and only remember the flavor of it all, meaning the emotional content.

one particular dialogue happened more than 20 yrs ago, just now remembering more parts of that.
these communications is what TMI calls receiving rotes. balls of thought to take back to C1 for unraveling..it's just that TMI does not mention, unraveling, or remembering can take a very long time, which leads me to think the future happens before the now moment. but we handle the details here in the now by at least trying to remember.

I've heard we can set an intention to remember more before going to sleep or meditating. I think this works to a degree, if when we are "out" we can remember to nudge ourselves to remember.

Buhlman says when he goes out CLARITY NOW! Sort of a leap of faith idea.

I have reports that you can't judge a book by it's cover Dude! many report we can change what we look like over there, and some friends create me to look different when they say they have visited with me, as well, Gordon does not look like his picture either when I have met with him. I think form is so malleable. I can very well see Dude as spinning, as i even see myself this way, spinning; it has to do with your energy signature, your frequency. we are basically energy, not solid components.

I'm glad you continue to share your explorations here Dude, it is really helpful to me, speaking personally. I think we are all due for more clarity and remembrance.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #67 - Jun 3rd, 2008 at 6:14pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 58

This morning I meditated while listening to the Lifeline track.  Within seconds my energy body became active.  It soon increased greatly, expecially throughout my main chakra circut.  I simultaneously lost most sensation of my body and felt like I was floating inside my body.  I felt like I was rising and falling, expanding and contracting.  At first the energy was strongest in my heart and solar plexus chakras.  I would sometimes feel deep rumbling throughout my spine. 

After a little while of experiencing this energy, I expeirenced a burst of energy inbetween my ears.  It began with an extremely loud and startling electrical explosion type sound, along with an extremely energetic reaction in the area.  I had to sit up for a moment after that, for it was a bit too much.  After that a mild energetic pressure was present in the area. 

I began to focus into a scene, and soon became part of that reality.  I was in a strange and beautiful world inhabited by inteligent beings of a totally different species.  I feel that some type of communication was taking place, particularly with one who I perceived to be standing above the rest of them(spacially speaking) on some type of rock structure. 

It seemed as if this reality faded into my consciousness just as fast as it faded out, and yet I am definately aware of an event taking place with my consciousness present, as if a series of moments took place during just one.  These memories are different from normal memories.  More feeling is involved, as well as a nonphysical component which blurs details and adds a mystical vibe. 

I was becoming involved with seeminly random events in seemingly random places, left with a daydream type memory after the experience.  Symbols were shown to me, but I began phasing deeper, and soon after this point solid memories are lost and I am only left with feelings.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #68 - Jun 3rd, 2008 at 8:01pm
 
I'm reminded of Monroes first book. You know he sometimes found himself in a very different environment, and got a brief snippet of what was going on there, but couldn't really tell what it was all about, only that it had been a different world ("Locale 2"). Later he was able to more structurize his journeys, meaning he invented a system, or developed a feeling for "where" he is in his journeys.

What I (and surely others, too) envy is your ability, or gift, to really shut down your body awareness through these journeys. I can do that only when sleeping/dreaming. I'd expect much more vividness and a higher feeling of "reality", "being involved" as compared with split awareness.

Btw, I too find that a Lifeline track I have (moving between F23 and F27 and back) is absolutely relaxing. I think about prolonging it and cutting out the instructions.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #69 - Jun 6th, 2008 at 3:53am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 59

Last night during one of my dreams, I was at work looking at the schedule to see which post I would be at for that day(it was the next day in my dream).  There are about 25 different posts.  The schedule clearly read that my post was 42.  This part of the dream was as clear as daylight.

I woke up from my sleep this morning with the memory of that dream in my mind.  I thought, if I am at 42 today it would prove my beliefs about the reality of dreaming to be correct. 

I was not surprised when I walked into work and saw that I was post 42 today.

This is an example of how we glimpse into probable realities for future events during the dream state, choosing the one which is best alined with our beliefs at the time.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #70 - Jun 14th, 2008 at 2:35am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 60

Recently I have had a number of experiences in which I seem to focus in on another level of reality momentarily.  It feels as if I am tuning my consciousness into another dimension and seeing my environment from a new perspective.  This has occurred before, but not as often as it is happening now.

Last week I was in my friends car on my way home from work.  I slipped into a trance-like state while sitting in the passenger seat.  I suddenly became aware of a duality within my consciousness, for I realized that I was outside of the car, looking at myself talking to my friend, and yet I was inside the car as well.  From my point of consciousness outside of the vehicle, I observed myself talking to my friend, yet I could not hear what I was saying.  At the same time, the aspect of my consciousness which was still inside the car was explaining to my friend what was taking place.  I was amazed at this duality that I was experiencing.

After a little the duality subsided, and I began thinking of seemingly random things.  To my further amazement, a picture perfect, fully colored, 3 dimensional image of a symbol representing each thought flashed before my eyes.

After explaining this new experience to my friend, I consciously willed the duality back, and once again I was inside and outside the car.  After a little while longer my consciousness resumed to normal.

A few days later, I was at the casino with my wife.  As we were walking up a set of stairs, my consciousness seemed to shift.  I suddenly became aware of being at another place at another time.  I felt as if I was in the past.  The stairs became something they were not before, they were no longer the stairs at the casino, they were the stairs at a mystical place that vibrated of nature and royalty.  After about 8 stairs I was back to normal.

Yesterday I became aware of a higher form of my energy, as if I tapped into the source of my being.  This was induced through a song.  I was sitting at my computer, and entered a slightly meditative state.  The song at first activated an emotional state, the feeling of beauty growing stronger as the song progressed and changed.  I reached a state so intense that I could feel my energy body buzzing with a magnificently beautiful energy.  By this time tears were coming from my eyes.  I left this state when the song ended.

Today I was on the jitney coming home.  I closed my eyes and began to see all types of imagery and symbols, as well as intricate patterns of what I believe may be structures of some type of energy.  I then started to reach my consciousness inside and feel for the energy of my higher self.  I felt only a slight presence of this energy, but received some symbols and moving imagery which represented my inner being and related ideas.



Back to top
« Last Edit: Jun 14th, 2008 at 11:43am by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
blink
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #71 - Jun 14th, 2008 at 9:12am
 
Dude, you said:

...As we were walking up a set of stairs, my consciousness seemed to shift.  I suddenly became aware of being at another place at another time.  I felt as if I was in the past.  The stairs became something they were not before, they were no longer the stairs at the casino, they were the stairs at a mystical place that vibrated of nature and royalty.  After about 8 stairs I was back to normal...."

Very interesting and wonderfully detailed accounts of your experiences, thank you! Stairs are often part of the imagery in the guided meditations I have used. When you describe the feelings that you had on the stairs it does seem that you were being transported to another time or place. Fascinating reading as always...
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #72 - Jun 15th, 2008 at 4:59am
 
good one (gasp!) Dude. thank you so much for sharing with us.

once read of two ladies who were on vacation in Europe and the difference between your slipping into this other dimension of time, and theirs, was there were two people involved, to verify to each other what they had seen while there.
it happens. suddenly as they walked, the scenery all shifted from modern to something like horse and buggy days...I'm not sure whether they interacted with the people they saw as the dresses they wore were out of place, so maybe they couldn't be seen, but everything was quite real.

Some would say a label, what you did as Dual Consciousness. I only did this once or twice but it's very vivid and real. Bruce mentioned here once, that he was splitting his consciousness up more than two places, during some classroom seminar, and he was made aware of it.

Monroe was reported to be able to be in several places at once, why am I not surprised? Smiley

Interestingly, my guidance factor explains Yeshua was able to be in more places than one, and in the form of his body.  I just read about that he could make himself a new body by gathering those particles around him and they would vibrate to denseness according to his will. Also I think he walked on water in this other body, the astral body.

then to compare a bit to your experience (truly amazing!) one day I was discussing, I thought all in my head, just me, myself and I, right? to a person on this board, responding to a post. I remember thinking about the question they had asked. I was on my porch, about ready to respond to the post.

I "pretended" to talk to them. A conversation began. like an interaction. Suddenly I knew what I wanted to say to them in the actual post. I jumped up to go post it without excusing myself from the interaction, lol, after all, I thought I was just talking to myself.
as I opened the screen door and walked to the puter, this interaction continued and I heard myself still talking to them and they were still responding, even though "I" had left the whole scene, I was no longer pretending, and it seemed another me was still talking, but I had no clue what I was saying!

I was just watching that from like peripheral consciousness. Since then I can sometimes hear conversations going on here. I can sometimes hear people's thoughts..I sometimes read my own posts "with them" as they read it. weird, but fun! It's part of this oneness thing.

very interesting that you heard yourself explaining what was happening while it was happening Dude. this phenomenon is also discussed in Bruce's books concerning how Rosalie trained herself to use the recorder when she did explorations.

this has something to do with the subconscious mind and the conscious mind becoming completely merged, so that the "split mind" (explained in ACIM) is no longer split, you become then the observer of a new definition of what reality is, and of "who" you are.
and you sir, have my admiration as a pioneer explorer. love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #73 - Jun 17th, 2008 at 11:28am
 
Thank you Alysia.  I by no means consider myself a pioneer, but I'll admit, I'm certainly an explorer  Wink
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #74 - Jun 17th, 2008 at 11:31am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 61

This morning I awoke with the memory of a dream, during which I was being sought after by a group of people(can't remember who, or how exactly they were after me), they wanted me because I had special abilities. I wish I could remember the details of the abilities, because I remember thinking how mindblowing they were in the dream, I remember how amazing the abilities were, but can't recall the specifics.

Anyway, this was the third dream I have had in a short period of time(maybe a month) in which people are more than interested in me because I have acquired amazing abilities(for example flying, telekenisis, and basically the ability to do whatever I want).  As dreams are a translation of nonphysical experiences into physical symbols, there is a deeper meaning to this dream.   

I believe that I may be harnessing advanced abilities or new abilities during sleep, while in nonphysical dimensions.  Or perhaps I could be phasing into a reality in which another aspect of my inner being/higher self actually is acquiring or using new abilities while in the physical... perhaps in a time in the future on Earth or somewhere in a physical-type universe, or quite possibly a species totally different from ours, in a dimension very different from ours.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #75 - Jun 18th, 2008 at 12:03am
 
U said; I believe that I may be harnessing advanced abilities or new abilities during sleep, while in nonphysical dimensions.
_____

I feel this is correct, only because I'm aware I'm doing the same thing at night.
_____

the reason I called it pioneering, is because Monroe could be said to be a pioneer for sure, and then Bruce followed. of course we can include Buhlman and some other obers who wrote about it. I think anytime someone writes about it, it's making it more clear for others, even if the interpretations are varied or conflicting with each other, still, it's a new field for most folks, so I call it pioneering in that sense.
as everybody knows, when the first pioneers crossed the country to get to a new land,most of them died along the way from the hardships. so it's not like a pioneer should be applauded, but they had to be either 1) foolhardy or 2) courageous.

so I like the way you make your inner life public is all. I'm sure many benefit from your explorations.
I always take a risk here myself to be using too many adjectives and accused of coddling you.

crap. we will be the misunderstood ones and thats just the way the cookie crumbles. thanks Bruce, at least we can jabber on this board..and may reveal some secrets long kept.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #76 - Jun 19th, 2008 at 1:26pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 62

I have recently begun to perform exercises to aid in the expansion of my consciousness.  These exercises are given in Seth's books, the ones I am using now come from The Unknown Reality.  These exercises are designed to allow you to become accustomed to experiencing some of the other levels of reality which are normally blocked off from our normal waking consciousness. 

The exercise I practiced yesterday has two parts.  The idea is to first totally engulf yourself in your physical reality.  Try to become as aware as possible of your environment and your relationship in it, by analyzing the things around you.  Pay attention to each sound and determine where it is coming from, allow everything you see to enter your consciousness, feel your body sensations as they come in contact with the world around you.  Then, when you are at a level of highest awareness, allow your consciosuness to stray.  Let it go off in one particular direction.  It should be allowed to drift as far away from normal physical consciousness as possible.  Feedback such as visuals or feelings or sounds should enter your consciousness from other levels of focus.  As this is practiced more, you will become more and more accustomed to experiencing your consciousness in a different way, in different dimensions.  Basically, the idea is to learn to recognize your point of clearest conscious focus in the physical, so you can in turn recognize when your consciousness is off focus as well, or focused somewhere else.

I have just begun practicing this exercise.  As I drifted away from my normal state of consciousness ( I chose to move off to the left ), I faintly percieved another area of consciousness.  As I drifted, I became aware of having a sort of energy body.  I saw this body more than I was able to feel being inside of it.  I also percieved the environment, although I couldnt make out anything clearly.  I could definately tell I was moving though.  I began to feel as if I really were somewhere else.  It was a very strange feeling.  There was an aspect of duality in this feeling.  However, it also felt like something totally new, I couldn't put my finger on it. 

I was doing this at work, and would do it a few times during two two-hour periods.  To my amazement, the time flew by rediculously fast.  My perception of time was altered from this exercise.  Two hours felt like about half an hour.  This, to me, was amazing, for it was real.  I know what these two hour periods feel like, for I have been working at the two-hour post for a while now.  This is definately something I am going to continue.   
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #77 - Jun 19th, 2008 at 10:02pm
 
I've practiced something similar Dude. something about getting in the present moment, frees one from the bondage of clock time. makes concentration and focus better.

I believe I picked this up from Elias, the guy who came after Seth. more psychology was offered in Elias.
Every few moments of the day ask what you are thinking or feeling. just to be aware, maybe this increases awareness, which spills over into out of body adventures as well. after some practice, days, or weeks, the opened awareness becomes habitual and you don't have to ask yourself what you are feeling or thinking. it's sort of a wake up exercise but definetely helps the energy body that goes obe.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #78 - Jun 20th, 2008 at 3:54am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 63

Last night I was in a particularly expanded state of consciousness.  I was walking towards a window, and in the glass I could see my reflection.  Suddenly an idea came into my consciousness.  I began to ponder the reality of my reflection.  I thought, what is it like to be my reflection?  I understand that everything is consciousness, and because consciousness is always conscious of itself in its own way, I realized that my reflection must have a reality of its own.

I suddenly seemed to focus into this reality.  I was in a dark space, in front of me was a window which I could see through.  On the other side of the window was the environment I was in when I saw my reflection.(I was still seeing my reflection, although now this aspect of my consciousness was out of focus)  I was my reflection.  I understood that the reason for my existence was to do whatever my human counterpart did while in front of a reflective surface.  I was in a state of happiness and even slight excitement, for I knew my purpose and was content doing it.  This state soon faded and I was back to normal.  This was a very odd, and awsome experience.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #79 - Jun 20th, 2008 at 2:28pm
 
thats great description of your obe Dude. I can totally relate. these experiences are mind expanding, especially the happy feeling of self discovery is prominent.
along with that a wish to share with others who and what we are, or can be.

this you've told us, using a  mirror as symbol, reminds me of a holographic universe, spinning off aspects of itself..I can only share another obe like experience as reference point.

I was looking for my lost dog once in obe. I just knew if I looked long enough I could find her Out There.
I came upon her, she was in somebody's locked in porch area. I sensed she was ok. I wanted to know if she missed me, as I missed her. a guide said to look into her eyes. I became a camera lens on full zoom feature up close. As I looked into her huge brown orbs I found that I was my dog. she had my personality in her, my own unconditional love had fed her life source.

She was ok, because we were one. that's what I got out of that experience, that it was a little holographic, although she had a little body all to herself, she was an aspect of me. and if I was fine, she was fine too.

the windows we look out of, frequently these are like portals in time to pass through, or a window of opportunity even, but like looking at the future happenings. one time I crawled out a window in order to cross a bridge. like focus 21, I believe is the portal between how we see the after life area as a nonphysical dimension, a crossing point where we leave all doubts behind that this is real.

as well both realities are real.  anyhoo, cool description, you have a good grasp of the english language which makes you understandable.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #80 - Jun 25th, 2008 at 1:10pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 64

Last night a series of syncronicities occured which further proved to myself my beliefs of the reality of the dream state and its intimate connection with the waking state.

Last night I received a message from a guy who works with my wife(and obviously thought my cell phone was hers), saying that he wants to pick up thursday or friday.  However, I read this wrong, and thought he said he wanted to pick [i]her[u] up thursday or friday.  I was devistated, thinking he and my wife made plans to go out behind my back.  To investigate this further and see what he wanted to do with my wife, I asked, what do you want to do?  He said, its your call, then he said somthing about their boss which was irrelevant and rather odd.  Then he said something else to even add to the irrelevancy, having to do with their schedule at work.  It didn't matter to me.  By this time, I was having physical symptoms due to my new mental state of shock and heartache. 

However, I received a final message from him.  It said, just let me know if you want me to work thursday or friday for you.  I said, wait... and looked at the first message.  I then realized he wanted to pick up her days at work, not her herself.  I was extremely relieved.

About a minute later I had an amazing realization.  The night before I had a dream that I found out that my wife was going out and having dinner with a guy behind my back. 

Now, one would think, well your dream didn't predict anything because your wife wasn't actually going out with this other guy.  However, in my reality, for that brief and emotionally intense period of time, this was a reality in my eyes.  I mentally and emotionally experienced what it was like for this to happen, even though it was not a fact in physical reality.  Therefore, whether this event was a fact in this reality is irrelevant, for I still experienced it's reality.  The correlation with this event and my dream is uncanny.  Even the time of day she was would have gone out matches with the dream.

During my dream I experienced a probable reality in which my wife was going out with another guy.  The next day, I experienced this same probable reality, only it was temporary.  The reality then changed to another probable one, in which I realized it was actually a misunderstanding on my part and this wasn't happening.  It seems like the dream state is a nonphysical level where probable future realities are experienced in a nonphysical way and manifested into the physical reality later in time.  This is not nearly my first experience in which this occurred, and each one further solidifies my ideas of what dreams really are. 


Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #81 - Jun 25th, 2008 at 2:21pm
 
Dude:

Perhaps a simpler explanation is that the dream served a purpose of showing you a concern you have, so you'll seek to clear it up.

I've had dreams which suggested something bad is happening, when nothing bad was happening.  The dreams served a purpose even though they didn't correspond to physical reality, because the worrisome part of my mind was nevertheless troubled.  Perhaps what you experienced is a strong way of letting you know that you don't need to be concerned about infidelity.

I wouldn't go too far with the parallel universe business. If you really think about it such a viewpoint doesn't add up. We have much more control over our destiny.  It isn't a matter of every single possibility "having" to manifest in some way.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #82 - Jun 25th, 2008 at 2:38pm
 
Recoverer

That is a very logical explanation, and basic, like you said.  However, it feels too basic for me.   There is obviously a strong relationship between the dreaming state and the physical state, for there have been too many syncronicities for this not to be so.  They key here is to try to understand this relationship, and grasp what is actually occurring during these higher levels of consciousness. 

You said the dream showed me a concern I have, and this will lead me to solve my issue.  However, this dream literally manifested in my physical reality to a certain degree.  Your explanation does not touch on this most important aspect of the situation.  We need to understand the mechanics of this manifestation, even if it is a very basic understanding.  This will lead us to the true understanding of what occurs during the dream state.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #83 - Jun 25th, 2008 at 3:33pm
 
Dude:

Perhaps this relates, sometimes I'll have dreams where I become conscious that I'm dreaming and either I'll interact accordingly or will myself to wake up. It seems as if this happens partly with the hope that I'll apply the same kind of intent to this physical World.

Regarding the parallel universe business going too far, this would mean that there are an infinite number of universes in which a satan like being not only exists but rules. It would also mean that there are an infinite number of universes in which spirits burn in a firey hell for all of eternity. Each universe would be a little different. In one universe satan would be red and not wear a hat. In another universe satan would be red and wear a pink hat. In another universe satan would be red and wear a blue hat, and so on and so on. I know this sounds ridiculous.  Hopefully it makes the point that the creative aspect of our being doesn't spin off in limiteless number of ways beyond our control simply so the parallel universe viewpoint can be acknowledged. This viewpoint is believed in by a fraction of the quantum mechanics community, and perhaps some channeled sources used such a way of thinking in order to have something to say.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Jun 25th, 2008 at 7:48pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
Aquamarine3344
New Member
*
Offline



Posts: 1
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #84 - Jun 25th, 2008 at 4:05pm
 
Hi OutOfBodyDude,

I have been lurking here and reading your journals. I had registered, then lost the password. Now I have re-registered here so I can participate in the forums.

Thank you for such detailed journals. These are especially cool for me to read because I have started my own Gateway Experience CD's. 

Are you still using the Gateway CD's?

Thanks,
Aquamarine
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #85 - Jun 25th, 2008 at 10:18pm
 
I've just read the "Reality Transurfing" books by Vadim Zeland, and he has the same theory Dude has, that in dreams you make journeys into alternate realities, in Zeland's theory there are infinite alternate realities, but only some are manifested in physical matter.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #86 - Jun 26th, 2008 at 1:51am
 
Recoverer

I don't feel I am overdoing it.  I am just beginning to explore this concept.  When your dreams begin to manifest in the physical reality, it is important to know why, and perhaps then begin to take control of this ability/mechanism to further create your ideal reality.  That is all I am doing.

In doing sufficient research on this topic, I feel that maybe you are overdoing it with your interpretation of the parallel universe concept.  The keys behind this idea are experience and choice.  The idea is that everything possible to experience is experienced, each infinite variation in its own dimension of reality.  Every possible choice is therefore explored, and different choices obviously lead to different experiences, and therefore a slightly(or extremely) different world.  

However, these parallel worlds also exists in universes which follow certain fundamental laws, and a parallel earth will exist in a parallel universe, and while events will always be different, in this system the fundamental physical laws remain the same, as they will in parallel earths.  No thought pattern could ever lead to the creation of a Satan being in the physical, this would not follow the basic physical laws.  This being may be encountered in another level of consciousness, a nonphysical one.    

I am not claiming to have all of the answers regarding this theory, for I have just begun to explore its dimensions.  However, I am most certainly not going to disregard it as a possibility, especially since my experience has shown that at least one aspect of this idea is most likely true.  If you agree that the universe is infinite, and that our existence is infinite, and that there is more than one dimension of reality, then this idea should at least be entertained and explored before it is discarded.  

Is it so amazingly "out there" that in other levels of reality we experience every possible choice and thought during a physical life?This would indeed make an experience in the physical earth system more beneficial and practical, wouldnt you think?
Back to top
« Last Edit: Jun 26th, 2008 at 11:09am by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #87 - Jun 26th, 2008 at 12:47pm
 
Dude:

I wrote the overdoing thing not so much with you in mind, but because I've seen of other cases where people would believe things such as in another universe Adolph Hitler won the war, because of what a channeled source says. 

There are some differences between the dream world and physical world.

1. The dream worlds we experience dissapear when we wake up and our life in such a World comes to an end without having to complete anything.  The physical World we experience not only exists for us, it exists for many other people plus other beings. Even if we woke up to what the physical World really is, we'll still need to take care of whatever our role within it is.

2. Energy is used in the physical World differently than it is used in the spirit world. In the physical world molecules, atoms and sub-atomic particles are a part of the game. As far as I can tell, energy arranged in such a matter isn't a part of a dream world.

3. Our physical life continues from day to day, even though we have nightly breaks from it. This isn't true for our dream worlds.

4. The physical World was created long before we started to take part in it. This isn't true for our dream worlds.

5. Similar to number 1, this physical World would exist regardless of whether we exist. This isn't true of our dream worlds.

6. Our dream worlds are created by our higher selfs or some part of ourself, while the physical World is created by various levels of being for a prolonged period of time.

7. Dream worlds tend to be symbolic and abstract, while the physical world isn't. 

8. Except for a sentence or two, conversations in a dream tend to be a matter of knowing what was communicated, rather prolonged conversations taking place.

9. Inconsistencies are much more easily recognized during physical life, than they are during a dream. For example, in a dream you could have a conversation with a deceased or famous person as if it was an ordinary event.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #88 - Jun 26th, 2008 at 1:55pm
 
I feel your interpretation of the dream world is limited. 

During sleep we drift into nonphysical levels of reality.  These experiences are translated into physical-ness, as dreams.

These levels have always existed and will always exist so long as consciousness is infinite. 

These realities do not simply dissapear just because we are not focused in them, just as the physical world does not dissapear when we sleep and our consciousness focuses into other levels of reality.  They will always exists, and a part of our consciousness will always be a part of these other levels.  It is simply a matter of focus.

I believe we do have activity in these nonphysical realms even when we are physically oriented during the day.  It makes perfect sense when you think of our higher selves.  They are always in these nonphysical realms.  It is quite easy for me to access these levels while awake, however my perception of them is different due to the different mechanism I am using at that time to access these levels.  They may come through as a visualization, daydream, or intuitional thought.  That is where intuition comes from- the nonphysical levels we simultaneously exist in.  Nevertheless, I can tune into these nonphysical realms to a certain degree while awake, just as everyone can although they may not realize what is actually happening, and therefore we must exist in them to some degree while physically awake.

I am actually surprised that you believe the physical world is more real than the nonphysical dimensions.  You must look past the illusion of time and realize that all levels of existence are simultaneously being experienced, and therefore at a higher level none came first and none came last.  They just exist.  To be honest with you, if you look at it from the illusion of time, you are wrong.  Our physical world comes from these higher nonphysical realms.  Where do you think our unlimited energy comes from???  The nonphysical comes before the physical in a linear way of thinking.

You are right that experience in the physical is much different from experience in the nonphysical.  However, that does not mean one is more real than the other.  My personal experience has proven this so. 


Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #89 - Jun 26th, 2008 at 2:40pm
 
My experience is that dreams are created for short term learning purposes, while the physical World is created for long term learning purposes. In the dream world other beings don't need to be involved.  For example, I don't believe that Hillary Clinton actually visited and admonished me the other night in a dream where I found myself in the white house.

There are many beings who don't incarnate into a physical World. They believe that a physical lifetime is too dense and intense, and can't be separated from in the manner that a short term astral experience can be seperated from. Once you're in a physical lifetime you are basically stuck in it until it is over.

I believe that the energy that is used to create dreams and the physical World is the same, however, it is used differently. In the dream state we can easily cause energy to take on the form we want it to take. This isn't true for the physical World. In the end it was found that not even Uri Geller was able to make spoons bend simply by using his thought.  The physical World was purposely created by higher levels of beings so it could be experienced as a World that isn't easily transformed by thought.

Back to top
« Last Edit: Jun 26th, 2008 at 7:47pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #90 - Jun 27th, 2008 at 1:55pm
 
In a sense, dreams help us become aware of our unlimited selves. which we could call higher self.

limited self would be in the area what is defined as C1.

everyday waking conscious mind, necessarily focused on the days activities is C1.
the next state of consciousness is Focus 10. body asleep, mind awake.

Dreamwalkers is another term for those who surf their dreams for signs of reality, or gaining more lucidity of who and what we are, as human beings passing here.

physical reality is limited awareness, due to we are focused into generally, some job, or function we perform, or role we are in. In truth, we are unlimited beings when these dreams are trying to show us more info about ourselves.

In Dude's latest example, if we look at the emotions of the dream carefully we see a clue to who and what a human is. A useful clue, because once attained, Dude becomes aware that he loves his wife, but in his subconscious, he is fearful, and this produces a heartache as he describes it.

therefore, Dude becomes aware he is mistaken about the inference of the phone call, that he alone created the misperception. He relaxes, he creates his environment of returning to trust of his wife, he enhances the love that is there, which is the truth, and the fear was a misperception only.

To do all this, he stepped into focus 15, or into a future time and gathered the data, brought it back to real time and utilized it as he was supposed to.

Now, my complimentary obe story. I was traveling with a guide, a young man of nonphysical reality and I went for a test drive of the new van I would someday purchase, which I had asked him to find for me, in another state. This guide and I spoke mentally back and forth. he said he was inbetween lives. He did this sort of thing as a service to us in physical reality.

it was a pleasant ride. I accepted the van. several months later I move to the state, and find the van. Somehow I just "know", yes, this is the van and this saves me time of searching around for the "right" van. As I'd told him, it's very important, the motor is good, the ride is smooth, the color and body look good. when I drove in the van the first time, I re-experienced the same sensations of smoothness, and the same feeling of my mind expanding around the boundaries of the van. I was used to smaller vehicles..and the first time you drive something larger, you will know what I mean, about the feelings.

the dream had the same sensations as in real time, just as Dude experienced the effects of misperception of fear, or insecurity issues around his relationship.

The ability of the mind to go ahead of time and take a look at probabilities of what we will experience means the mind is in the act of creating it's own future outside of C1 boundaries.

It is taking ahold of the reins, and manning your own ship of destiny.

we are far more than we think we are.

recently I got guidance that before I can create my own reality, I must first be able to imagine it.
If I cannot imagine an event to take place, it will not happen. it must first be within the imagination which is to say I must entertain the possibilities, and then, if you entertain the possibilities long enough, it will be so.  focus has much to do with reality creating.

but it is true, we might be debating the egg or the chicken, which came first, from my pov, they both appeared simultaneously and both are real, as real is totally relative to the perceiver.

thanks Dude, it's been good to reflect on these things.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
Reborn
New Member
*
Offline



Posts: 19
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #91 - Jun 29th, 2008 at 6:45pm
 
Dude

Thanks for sharing your experiences.  I have read all your entries in 3 days.  Fascinating stuff. 

All this OBE stuff is new to me.  I managed to get my arm out when I was a teenager but did not pursue it further.  Recently I found out that there are books on how to do OBE's.  Stumbled on Hemi Sync and hence your journal. 

I started the "orientation wave 1" 3 days ago.  Today was my first session on "introduction to focus 10".  I did not feel anything different.  Do you know why that is?  Do I need to give it time for my brain to adjust to the sounds?  Does it matter if the room is dark or not?

Thanks....can't wait for your next entry.
Back to top
 
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #92 - Jun 30th, 2008 at 12:26am
 
Reborn

The arm is a very good start.  Isn't it a cool feeling to have your energy body's arm floating around?  The best books to read on astral projection are Robert Bruces.  I own Astral Dynamics and have read it a couple times, that book should be at the top of your reading list if you want to learn about OBEs, for it contains both theoretical aspects and practical ones, not to mention he is one of the top explorers in the field(who is publicly known anyway).   

Its not a big deal if nothing happened your first time.  Its important to notice even the slightest changes in your state of concsiousness when doing these exercises, and yet you should expect nothing and just flow with the experience.  Any sensation out of the ordinary should be seen as progress.  Total relaxation is the key.  You want to obtain the most relaxed state as possible, by tensing/relaxing all of your muscles and doing mental exercises to quiet your mind.  Turning the lights off will best allow your eyes to relax, so therefore it should be done.

The best mental exercise to use, in my experience, is to simply notice what is happening in the blackness behind your eyelids.  This takes away focus from the physical and shifts your focus to nonphysical levels.  Usually when I use the gateway tracks, I do not try to leave my body, I instead phase my consciousness to other dimensions by doing exactly what I just said.  I usually begin to see snapshots of other realities and symbols relating to the nonphysical experience I am having.  As you progress further, the experiences will become more intense, more frequent, and more syncronistic in your physical life.  This is what you can expect if you regularly meditate with the gateway tracks... and its just the beginning.  Good luck!

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Reborn
New Member
*
Offline



Posts: 19
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #93 - Jun 30th, 2008 at 7:46am
 
Hey thanks for the advice Dude.

I am 29 now, but when I was a teenager, I was really into trying to get out of body.  I did not have any one taught me, or read any books on techniques.  I just kept on thinking of trying to get out.  On occassions I would find the following (not occuring all at one session, all of this happened years ago):

1.  I would be able to see whats in front of me while my eyes were closed.
2.  I had a sinking feeling while paralysed
3.  I tried to get my hand/arm out (really concentrating) by doing it physically and what did
happen was I moved my 2 arms but when I placed it in front of me, I saw a dark see through version.
4.  I felt sliding down the bed which really scared me as i felt was going to go under the covers.
5.  In later experiences I decide to the sliding continue, and what I felt was like hands pulling my legs down the bed and upwards.  I literraly felt my physical legs being pulled upwards with the duvet too!
6.  Once I was sleeping in a position facing the wall (this was at university accommodation), in the middle of the night.  I awoke in a paralysed state.  Next thing I felt was tingling on the back of my neck.  Then I felt cold surges hitting my body in regular short intervals.  I heard very loud buzzing noises.  I starting getting scared and thought it maybe a spirit visitation.  I started hearing my name being called.  I felt a presence and felt the bed behind me went down abit like someone just sat next to me.  I started hearing this strange voice.  It sounded awful like it was talking to me in a demonic language.  It scared the hell out of me as I thought it was a evil spirit.   So I thought, the more I am scared, the more i will get bullied.  Hence I started trying to scream with emotion that I am not scared of him and will beat the hell out of him.  It soon stopped really quickly.  After reading William Buhlmans book on adventures beyond the body, I think it probably was not a visitation but me about to leave my body?  What do you think?

I will try to use Hemi Sync everyday.  I have bought the astral dynamics book on amazon and it should arrive in 9 days.  In terms of what you said about looking at the closed eyelids, I did this in "focus 3" 2 days ago.  What i saw was like a bluish/purple colour which slowly went smaller.  Could that be a shift of focus to a non physical level?

Also listening to focus 3 and intro to focus 10 I felt like I was about to fall asleep but didn't.  You know where you get these random thoughts and images coming to your mind.  Is this snapshots of another reality or just me about to fall asleep?

Thanks
Back to top
 
WWW  
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #94 - Jun 30th, 2008 at 9:18pm
 
Hi Reborn,
I'm practicing the TMI/Moen "phasing" method, which leads to a split consciousness, meaning I'm fully aware of my physical body, and at the same time aware of another "place". This is easy to achieve, most of those who use HemiSync or follow Bruce Moens advice can do this.
More difficult it is to achieve to become totally unaware of our physical body, as in dreams, but remain our awareness, the type of awareness we have in the physical, so that we're able to bring the memory of those experiences back to the physical. I had that a few times, I can't do it at will. I twice could look through my closed eylids, had two etheric OBEs (well, you KNOW when you have one Wink ), a few lucid dreams with awsome visuals, and a similar case as you told under no.6 (I think I've told this already, sorry):
  I had slept, and awoke from a series of dreams with "cold surges", as you told, not uncomfortable, a cool-wind feeling through my body. I felt someone was entering my room. An inner voice, or I myself, said: Nothing to fear. So I remained to be bodily asleep, but mind awake. This entity laid down beside me, then melted with me, again with that cool feeling. I think it was a kind of OBE, but viewed from an aspect of me which had stayed in physical awareness. Robert Bruce has an elaborated theory of this. I doubt that this theory is true, but it surely is a kind of theory you can work with.
  I appreciate your effort to master these different consciousness states. I second Dude, when you're practicing with HemiSync, notice and remember (write down) everything what "happens" (or not happens).

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #95 - Jul 2nd, 2008 at 4:14am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 65

Tonight I once again slipped into an altered state of consciousness while active.  I was about to get onto an elevator, when I looked to my left and saw my reflection in the mirror.  This triggered an expansion of my consciousness, and suddenly I was experiencing "myself" from a higher consciousness.  

I felt like I was enormously expansive, and had some sort of perception of being somewhere else, yet not another physical place... I had a duality in which my main focus was in another level of consciousness, another dimension, and I was observing everything taking place in the physical reality through my physical body... and yet I was absolutely not my physical body.  In fact, I have never felt so separate from my body than I did in this state.  My body became a puppet, a shell which I was maneuvering around in the physical dimension.  Everything about the current physical situation I was in, including my physical body, became almost alien.  My perspective at this time was extremely removed from the physical.  

However, upon close inspection of my body, I realized it was so much more than a puppet.  My body seemed to shine with an energetic radiance.  I realized it was the expression of who I am, who I REALLY am, in the physical dimension.  I realized that my innermost being was being materialized into the flesh, and that my most prevalent mental states were determining my experience, resulting in the happenings of my physical body and circumstances, at any given time.  I realized how amazing our innermost abilities actually must be to create such an intricate physical design, the physical body.  

I was not only thinking these things, but I was experiencing the emotional reality of them to an extremely large degree.  The information felt like an appiffany, even though I already had knowledge of it.  I was experiencing the truth of this knowledge in a new way.  

Shortly after this, I was riding in my friends car.  I began to have visions of a cartoonish looking being.  First he seemed to appear the same each time I focused in the reality he seemed to be in.  All I had to do was think of him and it was as if I turned the switch from "physical mode" to "the reality this being was in mode."  When I would switch from my physical focus to the focus of this being, my physical surroundings would gently fade from my awareness(yet still being present to a small degree) and he would come strongly into view.  This being seemed enormous, but not hostile in any way.  He seemed friendly.  I got a feeling that he would always be there whenever I thought of him.  He then began to change his appearance when focused upon.   When I switched focus back to the physical, I could still sense him in the back of my mind.  Shortly later the experience ended.

I did not really think about this at the time of the experience, but I now remember reaching my consciousness out to my higher self shortly after the elevator experience.  Perhaps this later experience has a relation to this.  Perhaps this enormous friendly character was a symbol for my higher self.  Perhaps I was actually focusing my attention to a level where the connection with my higher self was able to be consciously received in the form of that symbol.  Perhaps during my initial experience on the elevator, my consciousness expanded to a level where I was able to observe my own personal physical being through the perspective of my higher self.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #96 - Jul 2nd, 2008 at 5:13pm
 
must have been higher self, or like your more unlimited self interacting with you, by telling you that you could trust it would be there whenever you focused in on it.

when I first started thinking about how TMI coined certain concepts for us, the C1 = limited perspective. as I/there.  "I" is limited perspective, so to gain a particular experience.

There is to mean our greater self, or unlimited self, which is formless, so we get all sorts of form images to work with in this area, you received the cartoon, a large cartoon. you were being told that when you shift your focus, HS is there. When you want to ground into physical reality, you make another shift in focus.

Might be relevant to the little finger bending exercise in Bruce's reference.
Some personal comparisons: the dual consciousness I experienced is quite similar to yours, only instead of HS coming in as a cartoon which engenders a trusting nature, it came in as looking exactly like myself in this same body, only the facial expression was relaxed and smiling.

what HS did for me, in this respect was to show a glowing light within the eyes, to say it was the real me, while I had been suffering from an inferior complex, this then was quite instructional, as well a delightful visitation of the future possibilities of myself.

thanks again for your journal. I very seldom enter another focus level from C1, waking, except, sometimes when blogging I cannot type fast enough with what's coming in. seems like a couple dozen perspectives try to feed into the same paragraph. in that case editing must be done.

I remember a few years ago, daily feeling like an alien; the body became quite foreign. It couldn't be me, I would say to myself, for I have no zipper to unzip it's mysteries, see what's inside of this thing. it seems it was a phase I went thru to understand what the real me is, the I/there.
when I started dreaming true, where the events would play out in real time, I began to panic, because I was now a puppet it seemed of HS. or once I called it a hologram of higher self, this body and personality/ego.
that seemed to work ok as a thought system for awhile, as a dream vision was given of a funnel of light narrowing one end to the body, and widening at the top to say, the connection was wider from HS.

I noticed a change in the obe scenario. instead of the energy body walking, running or leaping out there, instead I started to glide everywhere, attended by a feeling of mental spaciousness.

when I first started obe-ing I used to flap my arms to get off the ground. lol. the effort was excruciating and yielded only a few feet.
now I just glide or ride something like an escalator, or it's like I'm on it when I think of someone to visit.
I like the way you said your innermost being was being materialized into the flesh, and that your most prevalent mental state determined your experience.

I found this is true.

Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
Reborn
New Member
*
Offline



Posts: 19
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #97 - Jul 9th, 2008 at 4:36am
 
Spooky2,

thanks for sharing your similar experience.  I think my experience manifested into something nasty because of the lack of understanding in the subject at that time and thus my negative thoughts

Dude,

After taking 5 days out of the programs (I was moving property), I started the "intro to focus 10" yesterday.  During doing the excercise for total relaxation where Monroe counts to 10 while telling me to relax each part of the body, I found it difficult to maintain my attention.  And then all of a sudden I hear, "now breath deeply...this is the end of the exercise".  I was like WTF? Did I just fall asleep?  Time just passed without me noticing.

Also when doing my resonant tuning, I breath in visualising light energy coming into my mouth and then head.  When I exhale and hum with the voices, I imagine stale grey dull energy coming out of the mouth.  After the session, I read the instructions and it says visualisint the energy coming from all parts of the body and when you exhale, energy comes out of your feet.  I am not sure I am doing it right (I just followed the visualisation instructions as described in the first session for focus 3).  How do you visualise or do the resonant tuning????
Back to top
 
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #98 - Jul 9th, 2008 at 2:34pm
 
Reborn

You experienced what I call "clicking out".  This is when you have an experience in a nonphysical dimension, but cannot remember it due to your innability to translate it into physical terms.  Instead, you simply experience a period of missing time.  It used to happen to me all the time, and still does occasionally. 

During resonate tuning, I usually bring the energy through my mouth, or sometimes through my entire head, or sometimes through my whole body, as if it is seeping in into my pores.  I then release the old energy either out of my mouth, or out of my entire body, once again as if it is coming out of every pore in my body.  You should experiment with different techniques and do whatever seems to work best for you.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
blink
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #99 - Jul 9th, 2008 at 3:21pm
 
Reborn wrote on Jul 9th, 2008 at 4:36am:
...I started the "intro to focus 10" yesterday.  During doing the excercise for total relaxation where Monroe counts to 10 while telling me to relax each part of the body, I found it difficult to maintain my attention.  And then all of a sudden I hear, "now breath deeply...this is the end of the exercise".  I was like WTF? Did I just fall asleep?  Time just passed without me noticing.


I think it is good to make note of this point more than once. The "clicking out" is a common experience and, in my opinion, does not mean nothing is happening. This has happened to me many times. It is helpful to me to meditate under varying circumstances, so that I might receive the full benefit of any program I am using. I consider both "heightened" awareness and "clicking out" to each be useful states of consciousness. Information is absorbed in both cases, although that may not seem apparent immediately.

Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
Reborn
New Member
*
Offline



Posts: 19
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #100 - Jul 11th, 2008 at 5:53am
 
Thanks Blink and Dude.

The day (9th July) before yesterday I moved onto "advanced focus 10" session.  When I was doing my resonant tuning I felt that each time I breath in, I feel tingling all over my body like goose bumps.  I guess this is energy coming inside me.

Not much happened yesterday.  I did the resonant tuning but no tingling.  I did however feel tingling in my feet as I did the resonant energy balloon (visualizing energy coming out of my head like a fountain and then back into my feet).  But much of the tingle was in my right feet.

When I got into focus 10, there was no difference at the beginning.  Then after a while, I felt a change in state.  It felt darker and there was a build up of pressure in my head (I am all the while accepting the fact there is the energy balloon happening).
Back to top
 
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #101 - Jul 29th, 2008 at 6:32pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 66

Last night I was laying in a meditative state listening to an audio track of a channel named Bashar.  Suddenly I felt an energetic sensation somewhere in my head, and I heard a voice, separate from the one I was listening to on my ipod.  It was a soft female voice.  The first time I heard it I couldnt understand what was said.  I came back into my previous state, but wanted to hear the voice again.  I was able to bring back the sensation in my head, and I began to hear the voice again, but once again could not make out the words, it was too brief this time. 

I beleive this could be the begining of a channeling experience, in other words this may be the begining of a communication with another aspect of my higher consciousness. 

I recently decided to attempt to open up communication with my higher self of a more verbal type, rather than the usual imagery, symbolism, and syncronistic manifestation, but so far the only effort I have put forth was the recognition of the decision and the desire.  Perhaps this alone was enough to bring the experience into my consciousness.

I will now put more effort forth in this new endevor and see where it takes me.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #102 - Jul 29th, 2008 at 7:21pm
 
Dude:

I've heard a voice quite clearly numerous times. I've found that only one sentence at a time can be communicated this way.  There have been occasions where I had dialogues, but it is hard to remember what the dialogue was about once the conversation is over. I remember one time I was holding a conversation with a being and I noticed it was smiling at me funny, as it waited until I realized that I was having a conversation with a spirit being. As soon as I realized this the conversation ended.

For some reason it is easier to receive visual images than hear a voice. Even when it comes to dreams, either waking or asleep, very little dialogue takes place. It is more a matter of having an understanding of what was communicated.

My feeling is that spirits don't have vocal chords. Therefore, they create words that can be heard in a manner that is different than we create them. It also seems as if they deal with blocks of information, rather than a word by word manner. They also think in a manner that is more abstract yet more complete than linear thought.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #103 - Aug 1st, 2008 at 11:17am
 
Dude said: I recently decided to attempt to open up communication with my higher self of a more verbal type
____

in my experience Dude, whenever I make a decision, such as you did, it's like setting an intention which always yields up something. what exactly, theres no real expectations, just that making a decision or intention itself sets in motion an experience, in order to try to comply with the intention.

so the desire of verbal dialogue, it happens, personally, very short communications, but the shorter, the more ability to remember is there.
Leland in his book of "Otherwhere" I retained something from that book noteworthy.
he was like us, doing the normal type obes and what not, when eventually he entered a new level of clarity and full discussions, as well as memory of that, were attained, he said it was like a huge breakthru, and quite like what Bruce describes as "getting beyond all doubt" that this too was a real and true environment to study, enjoy, and interact with others in.

the way I see it, there is only the most limited awareness in C1 physical being, while our greater beings are participating in all sorts of activities and we simply don't remember, or get the barest glimpses, of this greater self.
I think there's a plane of pure sound, of nonphysical measure.
the rise and fall of human emotion will emit a pitch strata around the Earth, the higher the plane, the more musical it gets.

just thinking of chorus's of angels perhaps.

music is the universal language.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #104 - Aug 2nd, 2008 at 3:23pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 67

This morning I entered an expanded state of consciousness as I remained awake while my body fell asleep.  I became aware of a presence approaching me to my left.  It came so close, it was touching me.  I felt its energy right against my body, a tingly warm pressure.  I knew it was some kind of spirit.  It touched my hand and began to speak to me.  I felt its gentle energetic hand in my hand.  I couldn't make out what it was saying, however.  It almost seemed as if it was speaking in different language.  I then snapped out of this state with a burning curiosity of who it was and what they wanted.  Ill find out in time... this is the second time this week I have heard a voice.  This time the being even touched me.  There must be a connection.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #105 - Aug 3rd, 2008 at 9:19am
 
thats kind of neat Dude, I think some beings come just to express gratitude and give inspiration, they don't want anything from you in that case.

I'm reminded of how angel's just hold hands of humans, that is enough communication for those that are on the receiving end.

I for one give gratitude to you also for your journal here.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #106 - Aug 12th, 2008 at 1:51pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 68

This morning was the first time I have attempted to leave my body in quite a while.  I woke up earlier than usual and went back to sleep about 25 minutes later.  I stayed awake while my body fell alseep, and quickly entered an extremely deep state.  I willed myself to fall downwards, and as if I were being pulled by gravity, I began falling at high speeds.  My visual perception was not quite working, all I saw was blackness and vertically moving grey blurs (I was the one who was actually moving).  I stopped falling, but my vision was still nonexistent.  I then tried an old trick and began to spin in place.  I forget what moment I began to see exactly, but the next thing I can remember I was in an unfamiliar room.

I was flying around this room joyfully, remembering how amazing it is to be out of body(its been a little while since Ive been consciously out!).  There was a large mirror in the center of the wall.  I flew right through it, and flew right into a room exactly like the one I was just in! 

Upon entering this new "mirror room," my perception changed in a way that is hard to explain.  It was almost like I could see from more than one place at once, or maybe I could see in more than one direction at once. 

Flying through the mirror was fun nevertheless, and I did it a few more times.  Approaching the mirror, I could see my face with amaaaazing clarity, as if I were not only physically there, but that I had super vision and could see every minute detail on my face. 

While flying through the mirror the second or third time, I realized that there was now another me flying around.  I am almost sure I saw myself pass by me.  I thought, "did I create a copy of myself by going through that mirror?" "Maybe that is a 'mirror me'"... or maybe I became the 'mirror me'... I dont know what happened to the mirror me after I saw him the first time.  Maybe he left and did some exploring of his own...

The last time I flew through the mirror, I began to concentrate on changing the imperfections I noticed on my face and making my face perfect... with my super vision, it was easy to see every tiny flaw right before passing through the mirror.  I went through thinking that when I reemerge, my face will be a perfect version of what it is now.  I turned around to look in the mirror again, but it was gone!  The mirror disappeared. 

I immediately knew what this meant.  Without the mirror, I couldnt concentrate on the little imperfections because I could not see them.  Like the saying goes, out of sight, out of mind.  Less focus on my physical appearance will bring more confidence and allow me to be myself to the fullest.  I have made breakthroughs over the past couple of years in terms of my self confidence, and went from the low side of the scale to the high side.  I am still not always operating at 100% self confidence, however.(if I get a pimple or something it will drop a little)  I feel this experience will help me to remember physical appearance does not and should not dictate my true inner self.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #107 - Aug 14th, 2008 at 12:39am
 
that was kind of funny; when u said, hmm, didn't I just see myself go by? now where am I?

one time just once, I was an orb Dude, and I could see in back of me and in front and to the sides, and I thought, no, this is too weird, as I don't know now if I'm coming or going! so I purposefully brought my focus to just face front, but as an orb I didn't have a face really, just a ball of awareness visually speaking. although it seemed a person in a body did notice me, from their subconscious mind I believe. asked me if I need some direction! haha!

well cool. thank u for yet another fine rendition of astral flight.
I was worried that focusing on your face might make you zip back to the body but not.

love, alysia Smiley
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #108 - Aug 14th, 2008 at 5:15am
 
Alysia

You are absolutely right, it was a very funny experience.  Especially when I told my friends about it, they thought it was hillarious.(none of them are really into obe's or spiritual things but they love hearing about my journeys)

I haven't thanked you lately, or everyone else, for responding to my thread, for your interest motivates me to continue the journals.  You guys are awesome!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #109 - Aug 14th, 2008 at 3:14pm
 
I Am Dude wrote on Aug 14th, 2008 at 5:15am:
Alysia

You are absolutely right, it was a very funny experience.  Especially when I told my friends about it, they thought it was hillarious.(none of them are really into obe's or spiritual things but they love hearing about my journeys)

I haven't thanked you lately, or everyone else, for responding to my thread, for your interest motivates me to continue the journals.  You guys are awesome! 

____

well maybe then Dude, if your friends ever experience something like you do, then they will be in a better place to access what's happening to them due to your talking about it, and they won't be so frightened, because when it first started happening to me, I was like Monroe, thinking something seriously wrong with me.

and your welcome Dude, my responses help me figure out stuff too, to your thread. as it's the relating thats important, not sometimes the content, and it helps me to write stuff down, as I get further info from doing that, in the writing of it.

like the point about us being able to see in all directions while obe. to see someone else noted this facet of our being, then I confirm I am not so crazy after all!

and point taken, I encourage your input here regarding these explorations..so I guess my ulterior motives have been revealed..
Cool
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #110 - Aug 22nd, 2008 at 8:08pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 69

This morning I woke up after 6 hours of sleep, stayed awake for half an hour, and then meditated to the lifeline track with the intention of having a nonphysical experience.  

I entered a trance very quickly.  My body was still tired, but my mind was alert. Half an hour seems to be just enough time to relieve my morning grogginess.  

I felt as if I was collapsing into myself.  I was waivering from a semi-deep to a very deep state.  It was difficult to achieve a state deep enough to leave my body.. I believe this was because I was dehydrated from drinking the night before.  

I began to see through my closed eyelids.  My vision of the room faded into focus, but then faded out.  In a final attempt to leave my body, I began to climb an imaginary rope.  This brought me into a much deeper state.

I began to float up, although I had no sensation of my energy body.  I sensed that I was approaching my ceiling, but I could only vaguely see.  This was probably more of a mental projection.  The expeirence only lasted momentarily.  

Had my physical body been in a more optimal state, I could have had a much more intense and prolonged experience.  I am going to try to make morning meditations an everyday thing.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
blink
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #111 - Aug 22nd, 2008 at 8:40pm
 
Love your posts. I am also experimenting with meditations in the just-waking state (however, I don't do the levitating/out of body thing). Actually, everytime I find myself waking at night I try to enter a specific location or apply a specific intention. Seems like a marvelous opportunity. My concentration is weak. So, maybe takes a lot of practice.

love, blink     thanks for your posts
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #112 - Aug 30th, 2008 at 4:14pm
 
Thanks blink

You would love the out of body thing.  Takes a little practice, but under the right conditions it's actually pretty easy, even for a beginner.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #113 - Aug 30th, 2008 at 4:33pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 70

This morning I had one of the most profound Out of Body Experiences of my life.  It's wasn't the length of the trip, but it's intensity, and the power of what occurred. 

I don't remember the separation, it may have happened right out of the sleep state.  I found myself in a strange location, probably on Earth, and it was night.  I floated up to see above the horizon, and my breath was taken away as I was filled with an intense level of joy.  Before me was an infinite expansion of what looked like the most beautiful stars in a hazy purple[and possibly other colored] mist.  Some where HUGE, some were smaller in size.  Most were equally intensely bright. 

I was then struck with an amazing realization.  These were not stars.  They were conscious entities of some kind, shining with an immense brightness.  I realized that all types of spirit activities were occurring in this dimension, including oversouls. 

I was suddenly filled with an strong desire to make contact with my higher self, and immediately found myself going through some kind of energy structure which I cannot explain.  I was instantaneously before a GIANT presence which I knew was the greater portion of my total being.  I then felt like I was a raindrop falling into a large puddle, only I seemed travel sideways instead of falling down into it. 

The moment I made contact with this enormous entity (which I am 100% sure was my higher self)  a feeling of infinite love, bliss, and ecstasy shattered through my being with a mind-blowing intensity.  I felt infinite compassion and love, and at that moment it was all for me.  The joy was too strong, and I felt like I would explode if remained in that state for any longer.  I aborted ship and came back home.

This is my first conscious exploration to the true vibration of my higher self(that I remember).  No filters this time.  I become so excited by just remembering the trip.  This will not be the last one, for this has exponentially increased my desire for more journeys to this level of being.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #114 - Aug 30th, 2008 at 6:27pm
 
clapping my hands for you dearlite! it's strange, today I also received a report from my trusted friend BMc, another absent forum member who had an obe aboard a UFO last night, was told that he too is advancing beyond expectation into an "alignment."
formerly Bob Mc. explained the alignment to be called process of ascension, while I call it the shift in consciousness (resonates better with me as a shift in perspective requires a focus on things of a spiritual nature rather than material existence matters.)

anyhoo, I think we are all in for a ride here, if I am reading the signs correctly. and you are getting way out there Dude!

just a little word; it's said no two experiences of this nature will be the same, so I expect we will hear something different next time.

cant wait. love, aunty alysia Smiley
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #115 - Sep 1st, 2008 at 9:46pm
 
Wow Dude, what great things are waiting for us.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #116 - Sep 2nd, 2008 at 1:59am
 
Thank you Alysia

Your right, I know too from experience that no two experiences in our nonphysical reality are the same.  Of course there will be similarities in experiences in the same nonphysical dimension, just as there are similarities in our daily experience here in the physical due to natural laws. 

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #117 - Sep 4th, 2008 at 9:15pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 71

This morning I woke up early and meditated(with Lifeline).  Within minutes I lost all sensation of my body.  I was floating in a void, my energy body buzzing very gently.  I entered an enormously expansive area, with more depth than anything here in 3D physicality. 

I began to phase in and out of different locations.  My awareness was waivering.  I would phase into a local, and go so deep that my awareness would fade out, but I would catch myself before loosing it completely and snap back to at least a semi-conscious state.  It seemed as if my consciousness would go to areas it couldn't comprehend and therefore would loose all focus.

I can't remember where I was or what I was doing, I am only left with the feelings of the experiences, or at least the translation of the experiences.  I can almost visualize a few remembered scenes, but nothing concrete.

At one point I became conscious as suddenly an extremely intense sexual energy exploded in my lower chakras.  I became semi-aware of something taking place as this happened, but it seems to be just too nonphysical for me to explain.  If I could send the feelings of the experience directly to you then you would have a better understanding of what I was experiencing.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #118 - Sep 4th, 2008 at 11:11pm
 
hi dude, according to everything I've read on going obe, travelers have to work on raising their energy into the upper chakras or else we often encounter the sexual vibrations. but only in the beginning explorations.
I've been studying the chakras quite a bit, they have much to do with levels of consciousness.
Its the 2nd chakra responsible for sexual feelings.
if something is chasing you however, that is the survival chakra, the first one.
if you are in a battle and win, that is the 3rd chakra, of self empowerment.
if you are feeling love, you are in the fourth or heart chakra.

the other day I was sure you had reached the 7th crown chakra, where is these seldom experienced revelatory/god chakra.

apparently, we work with all these energies at one time or another.
well, back to the books for me!

one time obe I went into a lecture hall, met a forum friend there and we left together to talk about things. I wonder if u could find a lecture hall out there somewhere? of your interest. or the library, etc. it seems you are out there, but not able to identify where and that may cause you to blink off, as nothing is grounding you that is familiar. ? just a suggestion, I am not a very good ober, but in my dreams I do often verify in real time that I've met that person whom was seen there.

love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #119 - Sep 5th, 2008 at 1:17am
 
Alysia

I agree about the chakras.  That reminds me, I have been slacking on my energy work.  I should get back into that... hey, I'd like to thank you because you bringing up the chakras has suddenly sparked my interest to continue my energy body work.  

I have made my way or found myself in classroom type settings quite a few times in the past, but I never remember exactly what I was learning.

It is true, I need to start realizing where it is that I travel to exactly (or at least generally).  I know that I usually project to the Real Time Zone or Astral Planes, but there are certain places I have been that I do not really know where to categorize them.  I feel that if I simply open up to my higher self and let the information come to me while I am out of body, rather than trying to rely on my intellect after the experience, I will learn much more while exploring.


By the way, speaking of the crown chakra, two nights ago while meditation I saw a large violet circular shape with intricate patterns dancing within it. (Violet is the color of the crown)
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #120 - Sep 5th, 2008 at 3:37am
 
yes, now that I've reminded you, you have reminded me!  Smiley about doing the energy work, especially the 3x3 breaths and circling it from the feet up thru the head and around and expanding it.

do you do the 3x3 breaths before an obe?  the one time I did it for about 20 minutes..long time for me. I had the most mind blowing obe retrieval combo in my entire life.

possibly, I may want to do some more energy body work then. love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #121 - Sep 6th, 2008 at 8:21pm
 
Just wanted to add one more thing.  Often sexual feelings are considered "negative", something we must transend.  However, I believe this to be false. 

Like you said, sexual energy is actually generated by the chakras.  Each chakra is valid in its own right without the need to assign good/bad positive/negative lables to them. 

Sexual energy is simply an expression of PUL which is a natural part of our being.  It is not something to fear, or try to surpass.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #122 - Sep 7th, 2008 at 9:38pm
 
I agree the movement of the 2nd chakra, sexuality is just a human nature thing, not good or bad, yet I think the higher chakras are just my focus now; I am 61, had enough sexual experience so that it does not interest me personally, unless the heart is active also.

not saying your heart is not active, I think it is and all of your upper chakras seem to be working in sync as far as I can tell from what you've written here, which isn't much to determine just from our chit chats of words.  and I think your reporting here of your journal is important, which includes any sexual activity, it helps others to see they are normal.
if they are going obe. I don't know how many of the population goes obe, I think it's a small number.

I'm aware of a friend who was working obe, experiencing a dysfunctional sexual appetite out there, (lusty character) and it bothered him as he knew it was dysfunctional and he felt guilty. I tried to help him raise it to a new level but I didn't do him much good I don't think. I know this is not your problem out there and it wasn't Monroe's.

keep telling us what happens..I won't judge you!

love, alysia  Smiley
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #123 - Sep 8th, 2008 at 12:57pm
 
Dude:

Great higher self experience! Thank you for sharing. I believe one of the reasons you can have such an experience is because you don't allow fear to monitor what you will allow yourself to open up to.

Tell me something. Is what you experienced based upon your imagination, or did you experience something that was beyond your imagination?  Were you provided with physical evidence so you could verify your experience?  Wink
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #124 - Sep 8th, 2008 at 2:23pm
 
hahahahaha

Thanks Recoverer
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #125 - Sep 8th, 2008 at 3:17pm
 
You're welcome Dude:

Regarding chakras, receiving energetic work from our higher self/guidance can show how much we are in touch with them.  The other night my left buttock was bothering me. I figured it was some kind of energetic block. I got the cue to meditate. I did so and energy in this area was activated so I could clear the block.  I would get a sharp pain at times, this was okay, because I understood that the pain was necessary. I tried to get clear on the related issues. As has happened before with other blocks, whenever I thought of the issue that caused the block, the energy in this area would become more alive and I'd feel a jolt of pain. I let the spirit being I was in contact with know that I didn't mind the pain. I believe what happens is that the responsible thoughts come to life when you think of them, and this causes more energy to be alive within the relevant area.

This process continued some more when I went to bed.  It didn't take a long time. The pain is now gone.

I saw a chakra on one occasion. My throat chakra. This happened during a period of my life where I forgot about my spirituality. I believe my higher self/spirit guidance caused me to experience this because they were trying to get me back on track.  I closed my eyes while fully awake, and I saw this really intricate structure within my throat. I heard crystal like sounds I had never heard before. These sounds were very clear. This happened for about 45 seconds.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Sep 8th, 2008 at 7:54pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #126 - Sep 19th, 2008 at 1:57am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 72

Last night I had an experience which I believe was contact with an aspect of my higher self.  This experience occurred in the dream state.  During this dream, I was in a room with quite a few people, all of who I knew then, but do not know now, in this reality.  An alien entered the room and freaked everyone out, including me.  The alien came to me, and opened a telepathic link, allowing me to open up to lost memories.  Suddenly it all came back to me.  In another life, and another physical reality altogether, I am basically soul mates with this being.  ( I am using "am" rather than "was" because a perspective outside of the framework of time is necessary to see the true reality of the experience and what it entails. )

In this other "alien" focus I am a member of that aliens species, and I believe possess more female characteristics.  I received images of myself and the other alien together in an intimate connection, and simultaneously received what can only be described as direct knowledge of our intense relationship, feeling as if this being, although a separate identity, was a part of my higher being.

The next thing I knew, the being was gone.

The alien was wearing a white mask during our encounter.  The other people were still there, or most of them anyway, after the alien left.  I began to look for a white mask that I remember being my own in the other reality, possibly mixing up memories of my current being with my alternate identity.  I wanted to be with the alien again, I felt strong love for it.

The alien came back, and the people started to run away again.  I got a little nervous again, yet conquering most of my fear of aliens, and it came right over to me once again.  We embraced each other and I felt great love at this moment for this being.  

The memories stop there.  It was an intense dream, and when I awoke with the memories, I did not even have to interpret it, because the interpretation was done during the experience, for I remembered the direct knowledge I experienced.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #127 - Sep 19th, 2008 at 10:05pm
 
It seems to be a quite good experience. If taken literally, it would shed some light on your feelings/experiences about aliens. If not taken literally, it would be a lesson for you in overcoming fears and/or preconceptions/prejudices.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #128 - Sep 20th, 2008 at 1:46am
 
Absolutely, this dream can be interpreted in many ways.  I usually use my intuition when analyzing my dreams and go with what feels right.  Usually I think of my dreams in terms of symbols.  However, in this case, the interaction with this being was on a different level than my normal dreams, it seemed almost like a totally different type of experience.  I believe the conquering fear part was just one aspect of the total experience, in fact I know there is much more depth to what happened than just that.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #129 - Sep 27th, 2008 at 3:31pm
 
That was beautiful experience Dude. you are an outstanding voyager to my perception.

Do u remember when Monroe told us about his visiting his home planet where they played games all the day long? and then he said, he just couldn't get back into it. ever since I read that story, that system of life, I could see and almost remember a planet like that.
and I know I could not return there either!

ok, I had something similar to share:
yours is much better. but I'll share. and you're right, some of these experiences go way beyond what  a dreaming symbology describes. in that they are life changing.

and let me add some adjective: inspiring, creates our reality, makes us feel not so separated from all of life, gives hope, builds our faith, changes our beliefs.

Sometimes I need to find out why I go obe in the first place. as mine are involuntary.
I was having a problem. a relationship with a sister 10 years my junior, so I'm a big sister. she had told me F...U.
lol. I went obe to find out how to deal with her but I didn't plan on going obe. it seems whenever I am disturbed about something, that's when I have gone obe. however, it can work to set an intention to go obe for prosperity or well being.

ok, so believe  it or not, I ended up in some Italian guy's abode, whom was having the same problems I was, only with his daughters, all teens.  the part about being one with him, I saw him step from a mirror. when I first looked at the mirror, I did not see myself. I saw his house and then he walked inside the mirror, a burst of love and recognition passed between us, like a reunion was occurring that was not scheduled to occur, but I had created it, from my need.

then the mirror disappeared. I think it was shown as a symbol within the obe to say, the mirror usually reflects our own self, in this case, the mirror was saying he is me, and I am him.

as I then looked into his eyes closely. I saw my own eyes. this another symbol, because the eyes carry a person's energy signature. eyes never lie, and neither does the heart. he seemed to say, if I had been born a man, I would look like him, this life. but his nose and mouth were different. just the eyes were mine, or the energy as well within the eyes.

so we sat down within these areas and discussed my problems. He told me sis needed me to run her head against, to make her take self responsibility, in other words. the job was not one I'd planned on, to be this discipline guider for her. He didn't say it exactly like that. He demonstrated to me how he was the discipline factor for his girls, and how they were designed to break his rules while seeking their own identity apart from his rules. He said they always come back to him later, at some point and agree he was right. but pushing against the rules was what made them grow too. to allow them to make these mistakes was meaningful, he said.
this obe allowed me to gain confidence in myself once more that I had made the right decision in kicking my sister out of the house.
it was really hard for me to do. I had always wanted to take care of her, but I never allowed kids to cuss at me. it was one of MY rules!

lol. yes, I was glad indeed to meet another part of my disc I suppose.

thanks for your post.


Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
Romain
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 817
North/West Coast
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #130 - Sep 27th, 2008 at 4:08pm
 
That was beautiful experience Dude and nice read
Thank for sharing.
R.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #131 - Oct 5th, 2008 at 11:53pm
 
Alysia

Nice experience.  I wouldnt say one is better than the other, I feel they are both equally valid, as are all experiences of this nature.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #132 - Oct 6th, 2008 at 5:17am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 73

A couple weeks ago I saw an aircraft in the sky simply vanish.  The other night I was outside gazing out into the star filled sky, and I had UFOs on my mind. I made a mental request to see a UFO.  It didn't happen.  However, I believe this triggered a nonphysical event unlike any other I have experienced.

I was dreaming that night.  From what I remember of the experience, I was with my wife at an outdoor party.  We were quite high up on a large deck, possibly on the side of a mountain, with a lot of people.  There was music playing and everyone was dancing.  I remember the dancing signifying a means of expressing my creativity and individualism.

There was a newspaper on a table near us which my wife pointed out.  The headline story was about a sighting of four UFOs somewhere in the U.S.

We continued dancing, until suddenly my wife points behind me and screams "UFO!" in shock and maybe even horror.  I turn around and am blown away at what I see. 

This moment separates this dream from almost all others, for the impact it has deep inside of me is great.  At this moment I experienced emotions stronger than anything I've ever experienced while awake, a combination of utter shock, amazement, awe, and fear. 

What I saw before me was a aircraft type structure larger than anything I can imagine.  It was almost like a flying ship, 5 times the size of the titanic, made of either metal or some kind of stone. 

It rose up from below us and hovered at about eye level.  Everyone was in panic mode.  Suddenly it made some kind of noise, and shot straight up into the sky at an unimaginable speed, releasing a wave of energy which came crashing over us all.  I felt this energy ripple through my being, and immediately everything went black and I collapsed ( I think with everyone else but I can't be sure).  My entire energy body was activated and vibrating with a very intense but rather delightful energy. 

This shocked my consciousness right back into my body.  I laid in bed astonished at what had just happened, and to my surprise I was still feeling the after effects of the blast of energy.  The sensations did not leave, but were only slowly diminishing, even when I started to move.

Interesting that this happened the same night I reached my consciousness out to other beings and suggested an encounter. 

I feel that it is a good possibility that this experience was a nonphysical encounter with an alien consciousness, a preparation for an encounter in physical reality, and a receiving of an energy from these beings possibly for the reason of raising my consciousness to a level more suitable for contact.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #133 - Oct 13th, 2008 at 4:52am
 
I just got some news from a channeled source, I posted it a few days ago somewhere, we're supposed to see large ship or ships over Alabama, and maybe a southern portion of the US.
it's supposed to be a huge event, that cover up attempts won't be possible because it's said to remain there 3 hours for video cameras to come and the media will be there.
they are the friendly ones.

on a personal note concerning ufos. my dreams are often precognitive and awhile back I told Dood I had this dream, old dood, not dude dude.  ok, we were standing there and this huge blimp like ufo was really close down, so I could even see the people in the window. they didn't look alien, they looked like us, only they were more evolved spiritually than us, and they were waving at us.

Old Dood was ecstatic, then the people, or aliens, beamed a huge beam of light unto us. Dood turned to me and handed me a dollar bill. In the dream I had thought he was going to give me a ticket for breaking down on a public highway. my brakes had failed in the dream. Instead I got a dollar. then he says to me, all you have to do now is express love.

so now I hear from you your obe. and this other is supposed to occur on Oct 14, 08.  we'll see. thanks for your post, you now have 6,000 hits on your journal, that's not just us that live here.
quite an interesting journal Dude. love, alysia
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #134 - Oct 13th, 2008 at 3:29pm
 
Dude:

Thank you for sharing your alien experiences. I appreciate your doing so. I've received a limited amount of information about aliens. Going by the information I've received friendly aliens have things under control.

I don't want to speak too much about my experiences on your thread, but I'll mention a few with a minimal number of words.

-Went out of body with all the effects, flew around clusters of stars that seemed to be clusters of spirit beings, found myself on alien planet by a beautiful lagoon, there were creatures in this lagoon that were similar to jellyfish, except that they weren't transparent and were different bright colors, but only one color at a time. I understood that these creatures had something to do with my past, but I don't know how.

-One morning I had a lucid dream and three large orbs came down from space and struck me.  Each time I tried to get away but failed. Each time one struck me I had a lucid OBE (OBEs within a lucid dream). When I woke up I heard a lady screem, "Don't think about it!" Next, I was shown two visual symbols that also made the point that it was important for me to not think about it at the time. I guess the day of knowing what the above is about will come eventually.

-One evening I woke up and felt a presence. I asked, "Who's there?" I heard, "It's us." I looked at the ceiling of my room and within a glassy area I could see about five aliens looking at me.

-One night I was meditating and I saw an alien looking at me.  Not only did I see him, I could feel him looking at me. It felt like he was far away. It was as if we were looking at each other through a telescope.  I had a negative thought about how he looked, eventhough he didn't have a negative vibe, and I stopped meditating. I felt really bad about judging him according to how he looked. I saw a little white star flash in front of my heart chakra.  This wasn't the first time I've seen such a star in front of my heart chakra. Occasionally this will take place when a light being wants to express love towards me.

-I had a night where I made contact with an unfriendly spirit, and the next night I didn't feel like making contact with spirits again.  As I lay in bed, while fully awake, I heard what sounded like a radio message coming from the back of my head.  I could hear the voice real clearly.  The voice stated the reasons I've been selected. It seemed like the source was alien. After the communication was over, I felt really good about who I was in contact with.  Regarding the radio sound, I don't believe a radio receiver is in my head.  If you think about it, we can hear what sounds like a radio when we listen to a radio, even though we don't have a radio in our head. It is a matter of how our nerves get activated.

-One more experience that is more humerous than bonafied.  I was reading a Robert Monroe book and even though I don't doubt the possibility of Aliens being in contact with the human race,  for some reason I had doubt while reading a particular passage about aliens. Suddenly in front of me I heard a crackle. I saw a large and comical looking alien swoop down towards me and then go away. I believe my spirit guidance did this as a joke.  I believe this was a way of asking: "Do you really think we're alone?"  
Back to top
« Last Edit: Oct 13th, 2008 at 7:45pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
LaffingRain
Super Member
*****
Offline


Choose this Day

Posts: 5249
Arizona
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #135 - Oct 13th, 2008 at 8:00pm
 
interesting sharings R. I enjoyed that, as it's all personal experience rather than heresay. your intention is just to share. so is mine.
so is Dude's, is why I like that guy. good thread.
I am not interested in aliens at all but like to read other's accounts or encounters. I think they are our future selves slipping in from the future dimension. because I believe we are all One, thinking we are individuals and living separate lives. I am not afraid of what is different than myself so I would handle an encounter easily I think, I just don't think it's important to encounter one intentionally. some of my guides appear as just average people.
usually they introduce something humorous. they know I can accept the laughter while I'm learning something new.

these kind of experiences expand awareness and make us open up to consider all the possibilities that we'd never thought of before. that maybe there is a round world instead of a flat one.
Back to top
 

... Who takes away death's sting deprives life of bitterness
WWW http://www.facebook.com/LaughingRain2  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #136 - Oct 29th, 2008 at 1:42am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 74

Two mornings ago I had an out of body experience which was simply amazing, especially because it has been a little while since my last one.

I do not recall the exit.  My memories begin while fully out.  I seem to have been out in space, or in some type of dimension of infinitely vast proportion(which are all dimensions, yet it could really be sensed and felt as a reality). 

A feeling almost indescribable was flowing through my inner being, and I can still feel it to a small degree now and each time I remember this experience.  Sort of like a feeling of awe mixed a small dose of bliss.

I seemed to have been developing some sort of skills, or maybe simply playing with them.  I was first flying from location to location. I cannot remember exactly where I was leaving from and arriving to, but I do remember being surrounded in this vast dimension by star like things, either planets or beings, out in a dark space of immense depth and clarity. 

I get a strong feeling like I was learning something, some kind of nonphysical ability. 

I remember thinking of a destination(which I don't remember)  and where as earlier I was flying from place to place, I began stretching my consciousness from place to place in a way I don't think I've done before. 

I usually shut out almost all sensory input and just think of the place while stating the desire, and I almost automatically rip through dimensions until I arrive at my destination.  This time I was fully aware of all sensory input, and I stretch my consciousness in a way that almost can't be described in words and phased into the new dimension.

I get a feeling as if I was manipulating an energy in some magical way. I have a visual of myself holding a very bright ball of light or sphere of some sort during some point of the experience.

When I awoke in bed I remembered much more than I do now, and felt an enormous amount of love and awe.  I went right back to sleep after waking, a mistake on my part, for a lot of the experience and almost all details escaped me upon arising the second time, as if they were replaced by the dream memories of the next experience. 

For the entire next day that wonderfully mysterious feeling lingered within me.  This experience has seemed to change me in some way, it has added a depth, a new dimension to life.  I suppose all experiences of this nature which are remembered add greatly to your perspective.  However this one seemed to have been.. almost more important.. than some OBEs in the past.  Like I am consciously delving deeper and deeper into my inner self than ever before.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #137 - Nov 1st, 2008 at 2:51pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 75

This morning I had another OBE.  I wasn't trying to, but recognized I was in an ideal state to leave my body and I willed myself up and out.  There were no heavy energetic sensations or resistance, it was an easy exit.  

I floated up and realized I was at a dinner party where my family and a couple friends of the family were eating (although these people have no relation to me in this life, I definitely know them from somewhere).  

I began flying around the room.  They were aware of my presence.  I went over to one guy, an uncle-type figure, and put my hand on the back of his neck and squeezed a little bit, jokingly.  He cringed up like a demon was sucking the life out of him, so I let go.  I thought that was odd.  There seemed to be some discussion of the implications of my OBEs, and they decided it went against their religious beliefs and therefore they were bad.  Of course I could care less, I know the truth, and I was having so much fun flying around and simply being out of my body that I didn't even bother trying to convince them otherwise.

I wanted to fly off through the ceiling, but each time I got close to it I would sink back down.  This seems to be a reoccurring problem of mine.  I then imagined I had jet-pack like devices on my feet, and I took off like a rocket.  I could feel the energy shooting from my feet and propelling me around.  

I went off into the beautiful day sky.  I was flying all around the town, when I came to this place that seems to have been in the sky.  It was a little structure and inside was some kind of religious shrine that had something to do with my family and especially my sister.  I remember communicating with her at or near the shrine.  I can't remember about what.

I flew off, visiting a couple places which I cannot totally remember.  I then somehow wound up in the casino which I work at.  They were playing a song that sounded familiar, and I knew my friend made this song.  I then payed him a visit.  He was at home recording music.  His house was different than in real life.  I began talking to him about something but cannot remember what.  That is my last memory of the experience.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #138 - Nov 1st, 2008 at 10:49pm
 
What d'you think of this meeting with your relatives? A visualization of what you're concerned with, or a visualization and kind-of-meeting of the subconscious of you and your relatives, or an actual, more "literal" meeting? Of course, could be a mix of all.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #139 - Nov 2nd, 2008 at 1:33am
 
Spooky

I believe I may have encountered a family I have from another life, because during the experience with them I knew for a certain fact that they were my family, and at that time I totally forgot that I had a different family in this life.  This other family was my family- and if I am correct, then in a way they still are.

I had not thought of it in terms of symbolism, but now that I am, I cannot really relate it to my life in any meaningful way. 

I believe this was more of a literal meeting. I was at this place witnessing what obviously seems to be the family of one of my simultaneously-reincarnational selves talking about me...and its quite possible that this "me" they were talking about was not the "me" I know, but another aspect of my higher being in a totally different life, maybe even occurring now.

But its also very possible that there is at least a little symbolism thrown in there which I am not picking up.  When you think about it, its all symbolism anyway.. this physical life AND these memories of OBEs and Dreams.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #140 - Nov 2nd, 2008 at 1:39am
 
I wanted to mention an interesting thing.  After my last OBE, upon arriving to my body I remained still and kept my eyes shut to have a moment to meditate on the experience in order to remember it better.  I began going over the details of what happened mentally.  However, I soon realized that I had slipped into a dream, because the next thing I knew I was somehow magically transported to another place writing my mental notes of the experience in my journal.  I immediately got up and physically wrote the experience down before the memories started to fade, but by that time some of the experience was already gone from my mind, and by the time it was all written down I realized I only retained about 25% of the total experience.  Oh well, better than nothing!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #141 - Nov 2nd, 2008 at 5:03pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 75

This morning I believe I had some type of communication with aliens while in the dream state.  During this dream I and at least several others had walkie-talkie radios.  I do not recall where we were, but we were spread out.  We were instructed by some kind of ETs to listen to and remember the messages which were coming in through the radios.  They seemed to have been spoken by another human.  I cannot remember exactly what the message was, I only remember that what I was hearing was truth being imparted by these beings to help us evolve our consciousness.  I woke up almost able to remember the last sentence dictated over the radio, but it immediately faded from my consciousness.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #142 - Nov 4th, 2008 at 4:26pm
 
There have been a number of times where I was too sleepy to wake up after a dream, so I'd start writing notes with a non-physical body believing it would do the the trick, only to eventually wake up and find that no notes were taken, and the memory of the dream gone.

It has happened about 3 times during a lucid dream where I was communicated by what seemed to be a radio with a human sounding voice. As I wrote earlier on this thread, one night while wide awake I heard a radio voice speak to me for a while, and I had a strong feeling the voice had an alien source. Some of the words supported this.  This experience caused me to have a very positive feeling, as if I was communicating to very friendly beings that have human welfare in mind.

Back to top
« Last Edit: Nov 4th, 2008 at 8:42pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
hawkeye
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 886
canada
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #143 - Nov 4th, 2008 at 8:11pm
 
A voice operated recorder can be a useful tool for some explorations. Mind you during my explorations I find myself all but on the other side and rairly have the connecting to my body in able to make the voice box work. The recorder was suggested at "Lifeline".
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #144 - Nov 5th, 2008 at 2:23am
 
Recoverer

Thats very cool that we've had similar experiences and interpreted them in basically the same way.  

Lately I have been experiencing a lot of what seems like nonphysical alien interaction.  Either I will have a memory of an entire dream dealing with ETs, some even more real than my average dream, or I will remember only an image of scene involving aliens along with at least a vague feeling of something occurring involving these beings the night or morning before.  Very interesting stuff. 

Hawkeye

The voice recorder is a good idea, but I don't think it would work with me.  99% of my experiences are done with what seems like 100% of my consciousness in the alternate level of reality.  It is very rare that I experience a duality of being both in the physical and in another dimension as well.  I understand that it is something you can train to accomplish, retaining the duality... Yet it seems far more real and intense when I am totally immersed in the altered state.  Of course, ideally I would like to retain my consciousness equally strong in both realities for maximum recall.  I believe it helps when you have a partner or at least a recording of someone to almost guide you along and ask for feedback to keep a part of "you" here.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #145 - Nov 13th, 2008 at 2:03pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 77

Yesterday morning I lay down with the intention of leaving my body.  I was listening to lifelines.  I entered trance very quickly.  I soon lost all sensation of my body, and was floating within my physical body, my energy body buzzing gently.  My legs separated and began to float up, and it seemed like my head was also rising.  However, my midsection did not budge, and my legs and head phased back into my body.  The problem this time was that as I began to separate, I lost the observer state of mind and began to think like I normally do... "come on! lets go! lets do this! don't mess up! " and other thoughts which distracted me more than helped.  Better luck next time...

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #146 - Nov 13th, 2008 at 2:22pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 78

Wow.  This morning I awoke with the memory of being aboard an alien craft and interacting with aliens.  I don't remember how I got there.  We were traveling, and the aliens were showing me what our larger universe is like.  I first saw our Milky Way galaxy become really small as we flew farther from it, yet it seemed like we were getting bigger because I was still seeing it up close.  We then panned back farther and I saw other galaxies nearby ours(or the one I thought was ours- maybe it was another).  This whole time they were communicating with me, but I cannot remember the dialogue.  They made me aware of an agreement that I had made... or maybe that I was going to make... an agreement to come with them for a certain amount of time... and there was a purpose for all of this, one which I cannot remember.. I wish I could.  There were other people there as well.  I don't remember what these beings looked like.  Perhaps I blocked it out.  Or maybe they did.  I don't know.  All I know is that I was with these beings in what seemed like a space craft, they were showing me and telling me things I did not know, and there was some kind of agreement made to have interaction with them and a specific purpose for it.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #147 - Nov 13th, 2008 at 3:42pm
 
Dude:

On the one hand you have people who claim to receive messages from aliens with all kinds of detailed information, on the other hand you have people like you and me that receive only bits of information. The people that claim to receive lots of information tend to contradict each other. Perhaps friendly aliens don't want to share too much information at this point, because they don't want to add to the large amount of contradictory information that is already out there. What's more important is that some of us become ready so that when it is time to do something, we'll be ready to do what we need to do.  When it is time to do so the truth of what aliens are about will be revealed.

I like what Rosanlind Mcknight's book Cosmis Journeys has to say about aliens, because the information provided is very basic and doesn't name who any of the players are. Perhaps this is a way of not getting connected to the contradictory information that is available.


I Am Dude wrote on Nov 13th, 2008 at 2:22pm:
JOURNAL ENTRY 78

Wow.  This morning I awoke with the memory of being aboard an alien craft and interacting with aliens.  I don't remember how I got there.  We were traveling, and the aliens were showing me what our larger universe is like.  I first saw our Milky Way galaxy become really small as we flew farther from it, yet it seemed like we were getting bigger because I was still seeing it up close.  We then panned back farther and I saw other galaxies nearby ours(or the one I thought was ours- maybe it was another).  This whole time they were communicating with me, but I cannot remember the dialogue.  They made me aware of an agreement that I had made... or maybe that I was going to make... an agreement to come with them for a certain amount of time... and there was a purpose for all of this, one which I cannot remember.. I wish I could.  There were other people there as well.  I don't remember what these beings looked like.  Perhaps I blocked it out.  Or maybe they did.  I don't know.  All I know is that I was with these beings in what seemed like a space craft, they were showing me and telling me things I did not know, and there was some kind of agreement made to have interaction with them and a specific purpose for it.  

Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #148 - Nov 13th, 2008 at 6:43pm
 
Recoverer

It is true, those who interact with ETs do not always have the same story.  I believe this is simply because of the vast amount of different alien species which exist.  Not every species is going to have the same appearance, the same level of development, or the same motives. 

Some reports I have heard begin with the person only remembering bits and pieces of the interactions, and then develop to a point where detailed information can be recalled and relationships are developed between the individual and the ETs. 

It definitely seems as if things are advancing in my situation.  First I would only remember seeing them briefly during altered states of consciousness- a time when I had deep fear of them.  As my fear subsided,  I began having more interesting experiences with them, and I feel I remember this latest experience aboard their ship because my conscious mind is finally able to accept and handle their reality and intrusion into my life... and I am almost beginning to desire this.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #149 - Nov 13th, 2008 at 7:48pm
 
Dude:

Good point, the memory part.  I've had some interesting experiences I remember only a little bit.  There are probably experiences I've had that I don't remember at all. There have been a couple of occasions where I became more conscious than usual during such an experience, the being I was with would realize this and start smiling at me as it waited for me to realize that I was more conscious than usual. Or anyway, the image this being projected would start smiling.


I Am Dude wrote on Nov 13th, 2008 at 6:43pm:
Recoverer

It is true, those who interact with ETs do not always have the same story.  I believe this is simply because of the vast amount of different alien species which exist.  Not every species is going to have the same appearance, the same level of development, or the same motives.  

Some reports I have heard begin with the person only remembering bits and pieces of the interactions, and then develop to a point where detailed information can be recalled and relationships are developed between the individual and the ETs.  

It definitely seems as if things are advancing in my situation.  First I would only remember seeing them briefly during altered states of consciousness- a time when I had deep fear of them.  As my fear subsided,  I began having more interesting experiences with them, and I feel I remember this latest experience aboard their ship because my conscious mind is finally able to accept and handle their reality and intrusion into my life... and I am almost beginning to desire this.

Back to top
« Last Edit: Nov 13th, 2008 at 9:52pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #150 - Nov 16th, 2008 at 5:45pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 79

I just had a breathtaking out of body experience.

After a short nap I awoke in an ideal state to leave my body.  I relaxed deeper into the state and soon I was out, floating up.  I tried to fly up and out of the house, but movement was slow.  "Forget this!" I thought.  I shut out all senses and mentally yelled, "I'm going to my higher self!"  

With the intention set to go to higher self, I instantly began moving through these images, it seemed to be shadows of people flying around in patterns and other designs as well.  I soon ended up at my destination.

It was a place I have never been before, but it was beautiful.  The sun was out and I was surrounded by buildings and trees.  There were murals painted on several buildings which I noticed.  I then realized that it actually wasn't sunny, but the sun was painted on the buildings as well!  

Examining the place more, I flew through one of the windows into a building.  I felt the glass of the window as I passed through it and I felt instantly cooler inside, as if the temperature was actually lower.

But then I remembered... "Hey, I wanted to go to my higher self!  Where am I?"  

I began to look for people.  I flew to a restaurant type place where several people were hanging out and talking.  I flew to one of them.  It was a middle aged woman, not sure what race.  We began to converse.

I asked her, "I wanted to go to my higher self!  Why couldn't I?"
She replied, "We are plugged in.  We can't go there yet."
I said, " Well I've been there before.  Not for long though, only a few moments."
She replied, " Well then maybe you are ready."

Amazed at what was happening, I flew off excitedly to see more.  

There was one or two metal statues of people outside of the restaurant, and I flew to it, grabbed a hold and swung around it really fast.  I felt the cold metal as I was holding on.  

I saw a building with large windows on the ground.  Inside were many trees inside what seemed like beautiful blue and green energy.  I entered this area and instantly felt this energy become a part of me.  

I looked at my hands to make sure I remained lucid.  They did not melt like they do during most Astral Projections.  

Soon after I was sent back into my body.

While out exploring this place, I began to think of where I actually was.  I instantly thought, "this is MY place, the place of my mind."  I began to wonder if I created this entire place myself.  It sure seemed like it-  I am an artist and I love to paint and sculpt... I actually just painted a mural at work, and I plan on painting murals all over my house when I move back to Brazil.  Well, in this dimension there were murals all over the buildings and walls, and sculptures and statues as well.  Something I would have definitely loved to create.

Also, who were those people I encountered?  They seemed just as conscious and real as I was.  Perhaps they are members of my disk/higher self.  After all, I intended to go to my disk.  Maybe this was a meeting place where my other reincarnational selves go to interact.  It certainly was a different dimension than I'm used to, I know this because the melting hands phenomenon did not happen.

Now that I think of it, I should have asked that lady more questions... but I am satisfied because I remembered some of what was said, which is rare for me.  I suppose it shows development of sorts.  Next time I am out of body I am going to request higher self again and see where I go!

Another interesting note, the lady said we were "plugged in" and therefore unable to go back to our higher self.  She most likely was referring to our connection with our physical body.  Perhaps she thought I meant I wanted to merge into my higher self and not return back to my body.  Or maybe she has never accessed her higher self before and doesn't know its possible to do while still physical.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Nov 16th, 2008 at 6:56pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #151 - Nov 16th, 2008 at 10:59pm
 
Cause I learnt "phasing" from TMI, I had created my "special place in focus 27". This place served as a meeting place with personal guides, which I found are members of my higher self. Could be the same with you.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #152 - Nov 16th, 2008 at 11:55pm
 
Very true.  Perhaps I created this place without consciously knowing it. 

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #153 - Nov 17th, 2008 at 5:03am
 
Something I'd like to mention-

I recently read that affirmations work 100 times better if stated out loud.  Up until this point I have been making affirmations mentally.  Well, this morning I decided to try the out-loud approach.  Needless to say, it worked!  I only made one affirmation... I said, "I am going to leave my body" in a gentle voice.  Then I meditated and eventually fell asleep.  The OBE came after I woke up.  I'm going to try it tomorrow to see if it works again!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
blink
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #154 - Nov 18th, 2008 at 12:16pm
 
OutOfBodyDude:

I was told in a meeting yesterday that there are 61 trees per person in the world.

61.

http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=96758439
--------------------------
quote from the article:

"After all, says Nadkarni, quoting the Indian poet Rabindranath Tagore:

Trees are the earth's endless effort
To speak to the listening heaven."

love, b
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #155 - Nov 27th, 2008 at 3:52pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 80

This morning I woke up early and was going to go back to sleep.  I began nodding off, and Im not sure why, but I almost resisted, trying to keep awake.  I seemed to instantly shift into another level of consciousness and I became aware of a being standing right beside my bed.  It was an reddish orange color and very skinny.  I saw that it was an alien, with large black eyes.  I was not afraid.  I snapped back to normal consciousness, and slipped back into the state again and the being was still there.  

I shut off my senses and was in darkness.  I began to see faces of aliens swirling around.  I entered an even deeper state, and became aware of a voice, it seemed to be the being next to me communicating.  I was only in that deep state long enough to hear a sentence, but I didn't make out what was being said.  This was definitely a telepathic communication... it felt as if alien thoughts were being implanted into my mind.

At this point I fell into the dream state and it seemed as if I woke up from my previous altered state in another place, another time, with other people around me, but still with the memory of the previous experience.  I think I tried to get back into that state from the dream with some success, but the memory is blurry.

A question that comes to mind is whether the being was a hallucination created by my mind or a separate consciousness which was actually visiting me.  I would usually say the former, but the communication I received which seemed to come from the being leads me to believe the latter.  
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #156 - Nov 27th, 2008 at 9:37pm
 
I forgot to mention something of significance.  Before the communication began, I was concentrating on my heart chakra to increase the feeling of love and subside any possible feelings of fear associated with aliens.  The love grew inside of me until I reached a point where the communication was able to occur. 

Lately I've been listening to interviews with alien contactees, and one mentioned that most of his contact occurred in a meditative state when he would concentrate on and expand the heart chakra until the love inside of him raised his consciousness to a high enough level for the ETs to communicate with him telepathically.  Perhaps this is what happened in my case as well.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #157 - Nov 30th, 2008 at 3:51pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 81

This morning I woke up for a while and went back to sleep intending on leaving my body.  I made three verbal statements, "I am going to leave my body."  to test the effectiveness of spoken affirmations, and once again it worked like a charm. 

I entered a deep trance as my body fell asleep, and I was able to see the room around me.  It was a different room.  It seemed to be a room from my past, for it was very familiar, and yet I have never seen it before in this life.  My legs began to float upwards and I could see them rising.  The funny thing was that I was wearing red sweatpants to bed, and my energy body's legs were wearing the sweatpants as well. 

I was shifted into my energy double but still in the confines of my physical body.  I mentally rolled over and out of my body.  I floated around the room.  It was a little bit dark.  I could tell that my energy levels were low so I went back into my body to try again.

I floated out this time and tried to leave the room, but I have seemed to acquire a mental block which tells me it isn't possible to go through walls, even though I know I can, and I stop when I get to a wall and float backwards.  So that happened.  I turned around to my bed and saw my wife floating above her body.  I went over to her and hugged her.  I felt her energy in mine, but then she seemed to disappear.  I didn't feel very comfortable in the darkness I was in, so I returned to my body.

In both projections I had low energy levels, and the dimension I was in seemed dark and gloomy.  Perhaps it has something to do with the crappy weather.  But I am happy that the verbal affirmations worked again.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #158 - Dec 8th, 2008 at 2:04pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 82

This morning I woke up after about five hours of sleep, stayed up for an hour, and went back to bed with the intention of leaving my body.  I entered a deep trance, and after about a minute something very interesting occurred.

My consciousness began to phase from my normal awareness, and it seemed as if I began picking up broadcasted vibrational signals directly into my mind.  First I phased into a television program signal where lady was on a talkshow discussing a subject with crystal clarity.  I heard every word she said as if the TV was inside my head.  I then phased into a radio signal and began hearing music.  I phased out of this signal rather quickly.

Realizing I could leave my body, I floated out with absolutely no vibrations or exit sensations.  It was a direct phase into what I believe was my mental body.  I say this because Robert Bruce recently wrote to me that phasing is different from the classic OBE because he thinks phasing is a projection of the mental body and not the projected double energy body.  He says the mental body is of a higher vibration than the astral body. 

So I floated up, but my senses were not totally functional- I could barely see where I was going.  I then mentally requested, "Higher Self!  Take me to Higher Self!" 

Suddenly I found myself arriving at a large room where there was obviously some kind of gathering taking place.  There were many tables with people wearing suits and dresses eating dinner.  I flew between the tables towards the front, where there was a stage.  There were people on stage dressed in what seemed to be uniforms.  It reminded me of an award ceremony for a military branch.  This is when I lost it and phased out of this place and back to my body.

After the experience I began thinking about where I went and what I saw in relation to my intended "destination."  Perhaps I arrived at a gathering of my Disc members.  If this is the case, I would assume my mind created the dinner party/award ceremony scenario as a translation into something I could comprehend in physical terms.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #159 - Feb 7th, 2009 at 3:44pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 83

Ive been on an out of body dry spell lately.  Having recently gone through a period of change in my life (I moved), and preparing my gallery for the library, I've been very focused on physical matters.  Now that I am settled into my new home I can exert more energy into my nonphysical activities.  

Last night I woke up and immediately slipped into an altered state.  My body became paralyzed as it fell asleep, and I immediately felt a presence near me, while simultaneoulsy feeling extremely intense energy sensations on my left side.  What I saw as this happened scared the sh!t out of me.  A large humanoid being had partially merged with my energy body, and was floating on top of me.  It seemed to be facing me, looking at me.  I was jolted back to my normal awareness.  

I totally forgot this until a minute ago.  I have no idea what triggered the memory, but I am glad I remembered.  This was a very interesting experience.

I have many theories of what may have happened.

1.  What I experienced was my "lower" energy body floating above me as it shifted out of my physical and etheric bodies.  My consciousness was merged with my main etheric energy body which is attached to my physical body, and was aware of another aspect of myself, my etheric energy body double, which was vibrationally nearby.  

2.  The being was performing some type of energy work on my etheric energy body/physical body, which would explain the pleasant, yet intense, energy sensations on my left side.

3.  This being perhaps was a previous owner of my condo who had died and was not happy about us being there, so they were attempting to scare me away.  However, despite the shock of having this being come out of nowhere, and a bit of fear of not knowing who it was or what their purpose was, the energetic sensations the being caused me to feel were pleasant, although rather intense.  I would imagine I would feel negative, maybe even hurtful sensations if this being was hostile.

4.  This experience was a hallucination in that this being was a projected thought form, manifesting a situation which could potentially cause fear.  If so, it succeeded only a small degree, but perhaps it was more of a suprise-type fear.  The experience did not last long enough for me to really analyze the situation until after it was over.

I would appreciate any input and other perspectives!


Back to top
« Last Edit: Feb 7th, 2009 at 7:25pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #160 - Feb 7th, 2009 at 6:42pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 84

The other morning I awoke and layed in bed for a couple minutes, mentally going over my dreams.  I looked at the door, which was open, and instantly what seemed like a memory came to me of an alien appearing out of the doorway.  I received a strong visual of this along with a feeling like this had happened the night before.  The memory stops there, however, as if what happened the moment after the alien came into my visual perspective was erased from my memory.  A memory of that visual and sensual clarity cannot just suddenly end.  What is interesting is that I expeirenced absolutely no fear upon recollection.  I remember a feeling of almost expecting this being as it entered, or at least not being very surprized.  I get good vibes from this being.  It was rather tall and skinny, maybe 5 foot, greyish in color, with large black eyes.  The last alien I percieved was the same size with a very similar apperance, but it was an orangeish color, not grey.  I receieved a similarly good vibe from the last being I encountered as well.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #161 - Feb 7th, 2009 at 9:28pm
 
I've had a similar experience. On page 7 of this thread I told it. Someone entering my room while I was asleep, just phasing out from a dream. I don't know who, or how he/she looked, but I KNEW there was someone. This one melted with me, I felt it. I don't know what it was, there are many possible explanations. Well, but I'm still around and feel not possessed or so.

Since then, when I go to sleep, I lock the door of my bedroom. Simpy because, when I again have that feeling of someone entering my room, I'd be sure it isn't someone in physical, like a burglar or so, so I could stay calm and decide if it's better to wake up fully to the physical or wait and see what'll happen.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #162 - Feb 22nd, 2009 at 3:16pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 85

After my nap this afternoon I laid in a trance state.  I began to mentally fall, which caused me to shift out of my physical body.  I floated straight up and out with no energy sensations, just a smooth exit.  I floated up to the ceiling and as I went through, my vision faded.  Suddenly an image of Jesus came into focus.  It was almost the same image of Jesus that I recently painted.  It was more of a shadow image, no color or detail.  I felt an energy of love coming from it.  This image faded and I found myself standing in my room near the window.  There was a middle aged man standing there with me.  He took his shoes off and said, "walk a mile in my shoes".. something along those lines.  We then switched shoes.  I was thinking, "I have to remember to get my shoes back before I go to work.." I guess I lost focus momentarily.  He began talking to me about something, but my focus was a little off, so I only made out a couple words.  While we were talking I was looking out the window, and saw that I was obviously in a different location then where I really live.  I soon faded out of the scene totally and woke up in bed.  

I had a feeling from the energy of this individual I met astrally that his life was more negative than positive.  I feel like this experience was meant to teach me to look at the world from other's perspectives, especially those dealing with negative thought patterns, so I can better appreciate my own life and avoid these same patterns of negativity. 

A side note... before laying down for my nap I verbally affirmed that I would consciously leave my body.  Once again, the power of verbal affirmations works its wonders.  I plan on starting a routine of using verbal affirmations daily for all areas of my life which I am currently persuing.  It is about time I really begin to harness my true powers.  Time to make the magic happen!
Back to top
« Last Edit: Feb 22nd, 2009 at 6:57pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #163 - Feb 22nd, 2009 at 4:53pm
 
I love the stories, dude, I mean it. Help me find the glory of it and I'll be able to contribute. I just got the Going Home Collection...haven't listened yet...really looking forward though. I just want to say thank you  to ALL for being here. My big fear is waking up to no one ever again.
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #164 - Feb 22nd, 2009 at 7:04pm
 
Beau

I'm happy you are enjoying my journals.  You will love the hemisync.  It really works wonders.  I now no longer need it to enter very deep states, but still use it occasionally anyway. 

By "helping me find the glory", I assume you mean help you consciously enter nonphysical dimensions.  This I can do.  Send me a PM with some more details on what you would like to know and I'll gladly give you the knowledge you need to succeed.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
DocM
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2168
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #165 - Feb 22nd, 2009 at 8:02pm
 
"
A side note... before laying
down for my nap I verbally affirmed that I would consciously leave my
body.  Once again, the power of verbal affirmations works its wonders.  I plan on starting a routine of using verbal affirmations daily for all areas of my life which I am currently persuing.  It is about time I really begin to harness my true powers.  Time to make the magic happen!"


Hey Dude, affirmations, or the stating of intent, while profoundly relaxed in meditation really do work.  I know this because I have experimented with it.  The thing I have found, however, is the more we know about love and correct action, (the golden rule), the more we generally lead our lives according to how we should - and the less egocentric we feel.  For me then, I find myself using affirmations, not as often except for severe issues.  I too have wondered why I don't use affirmations more often...

I guess part of me sees the proper use of affirmations as "magic of old," and the game of life in some ways doesn't seem to require it once we live by the rules of love.  On the other hand, there are many many successful people who have incorporated the "secret" of affirmations into their lives with fantastic results.  

Ultimately, I realize that manipulating events in physical reality through affirmations are not pure good or evil, they simply are.  We therefore should use affirmations when we feel we need to, keeping in mind the highest good, and not looking only for selfish results.  

I have heard of advanced practitioners of meditation incorporating general terms and phrases such as "love," "grace" and the like to be sent out with intent but without, an attachment to a situation.  Affirmations, in my opinion are identical to directed prayers.  As such, we can direct them toward general issues or specific requests.  

When Thomas Edison was asked by a woman at a social event to define electricity, I believe his reply was something such as:  "Electricity is Madam, use it."  The same could be said for affirmations.


M
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #166 - Mar 11th, 2009 at 1:59am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 86

Last night I had an amazing experience in my dream state.  I was in a dimension which was heavily populated with plant life of all varieties.  This plant life was radiating intense healing energy.  Life energy waves of every color were vibrating through me.  I could clearly see and intensely feel this energy.  There was such love and peace in this energy.  I realized that all plants produce this energy for all life, not just in the dimension I was in, but in physical life as well.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #167 - Mar 29th, 2009 at 2:29pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 87

Last night I had an encounter with my deceased great grandfather in the dream state.  He was living in a home with his best friend John who had died about 2 years before my grandfather did.  There was also an elderly lady there sitting near my great grandfather, but I did not recognize her.  My aunt, uncle, and cousins were with me visiting him.  We began discussing my cousin who is currently in jail.  My grandfather seemed upset about it.  We talked for a while, and the memory fades.

I am wondering if this was a real encounter with him or just a symbolic event.  It is interesting that he was with his best friend who is also deceased.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
seeking_answers
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 111
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #168 - Mar 29th, 2009 at 2:37pm
 
im sorry OOBD, if this sounds like a stupid question...but did u like visit them in the afterlife zone..?...or wud u be unsure if this was a dream..im sorry i aint too well experienced in this field...so do pardon my question Embarrassed
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #169 - Mar 29th, 2009 at 5:28pm
 
Your question is perfectly legit.  In fact, I am asking the same question.  The dream experience is so complex, I usually have to rely on my intuition to know "where" I was.  Some dreams are symbolic in nature, designed by our higher selves to teach us lessons, and some dreams are actually memories of journies into less symbolic nonphysical dimensions, such as those vistied during OBEs and afterlife explorations.  My intuitions are leading towards this being more of an afterlife exploration.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
seeking_answers
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 111
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #170 - Mar 30th, 2009 at 2:43am
 
i myself had a dream today...i saw a muslim guy...stand up...n he had a grendade like thing pressed against his chest...and suddenly he dissapeared...as if he was blown up...but like u cudnt see flesh flying around....i didnt know what to make up of this dream...just felt like sharing Embarrassed
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
betson
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 3445
SE USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #171 - Mar 30th, 2009 at 10:36pm
 
Hi Seeking,

It's difficult to know if you dreamed up your own thought /concern,
or
if you were connected for an instant with a suicide grenade-guy. Perhaps if you had thoughts and feelings related to his in that instant, your channels of thought might have matched up and you would see him in a vision.
For ex., you have spoken here about your love for your family--so what if his last thoughts before his suicide were about how much he loved his family?
We are all connected by love and other attitudes.
I googled 'suicide grenade' for both Mar 29 and Mar 30 and for both those dates, unfortuantely, there were such people who did that.

Bets

Back to top
 

There are more things in heaven and earth, Horatio,
Than are dreamt of in your philosophy.
Shakespeare
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #172 - Apr 5th, 2009 at 5:28pm
 
Here is a reply to my 86th Journal Entry about my projection into a nature healing plane (from another forum) which I found very interesting.  Tgecks, you may find this especially facinating, as it correlates with your findings regarding the thinning of the BSTs.

Quote:
As it stands now, where I live in Honolulu, there is probably only 2% of the original dreamtime planes left. This includes even the real time zone. It's freaky; kinda like the nothing in neverending story. I have literally lost my ability to project "externally", save for a few rogue planes full of entities ready to possess anyone who interacts with them. The only place left to project to is internally, and for me this has been the healing planes of nature associated with earth, and the ancestral planes (not to be confused with the place where lost souls hang out).

Now, it seems the healing planes of nature have been anchored directly around people's fields as opposed to where they used to be; in the "center of the earth" (earth's consciousness). We can supposedly now access these planes much easier than before, as all other non-useful astral and dream planes are being removed along with the insidious negs that inhabit them.

My experience with these healing planes have been exactly as you described in your latest post. I also have an easier time projecting into the ancestral planes, where ancestors help with healing and spiritual growth.

I'm very interested to find out what the experience of other projectors is like at this time.. check out this article I think youll find it interesting:

http://ascendpress.org/Community/NatureKingdoms/ElephantandWalrus.htm
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #173 - Apr 6th, 2009 at 1:43pm
 
In his recent book Dannion Brinkley wrote something quite different. He stated that millions of souls are stuck in various states of being near this planet. He said this level is becoming so crowded, it's intermixing with this World in a problematic way (paraphrased).
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #174 - Apr 14th, 2009 at 11:06pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 88

This morning I had another nonphysical healing experience.  I was in an aquatic setting, somewhere in some ocean, with at least one guide.  There may have been others with me.  There were large jellyfish-type beings swimming in the ocean.  The guide was teaching me how to absorb the healing energy that these beings were giving off.  First I was told to put some sort of gel on my fingers, float above the jellyfish, and then touch the top of it gently.  I did this, and an extremely tingly energy went through my fingertips.  It did not hurt, and only lasted briefly, but felt quite intense.  I believe the gel was some sort of conductor, or maybe for protection.  I also remember being instructed on how to absorb the energy from a distance.  It was a beautiful experience.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #175 - Apr 18th, 2009 at 6:27pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 89

This morning I am pretty sure I did a retreival during my dream state.  I was with an individual who had passed over and had been stuck in an astral reflection of his neighborhood for quite some time.  He conveyed to me that he did not know where to go or what to do.

I basically told him that he could go where ever he wanted to.  The first step was leaving that place.  We walked up to a highway, and almost instantly a limo pulled up in front of us.  I had expected something like this to happen.  In the back seat of the limo was young lady who was happy to see us.  We rode for a bit in the limo, and I cannot remember what happened after that.  My feelings tell me that the female was a being who guided the stuck individual to a higher level.

This was a very cool experience.  At the time I was aware that I was helping this individual move on to the next level, but I felt very casual about it, as if it was a normal, everyday occurance for me to do this.  Perhaps I have been involved with these types of affairs all along and just haven't remembered any of the experiences until now.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
nonphysicalguy
New Member
*
Offline



Posts: 16
Floridaaaaa
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #176 - Apr 19th, 2009 at 6:29pm
 
Hello OutOfBodyDude

It appears to me after reading your entire journal, and other posts on random threads, that you are most likely a final incarnation being, and one of the more spiritually advanced members here.  I look up to you and hope to one day achieve your level of consciousness, although I realize you are still advancing your own.  To think that after less than only two years you have gotten this far in your travels and become so wise.  Thank you for being such an inspiration! 

Love,

NonphysicalGuy

P.S. I have PMed you with some personal inquiries.


Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #177 - Apr 20th, 2009 at 7:15pm
 
Thanks nonphysicalguy! You the man!  Wink
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #178 - May 1st, 2009 at 5:09pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 90

Last night I was roaming around what seemed to be an astral reflection of my great grandparent's old house, when my deceased great grandparents appeared before me!  It was such a spectacular event.  They were radiating with white light and love.  I was so estatic, I rushed over to them and gave them huge hugs.  I knew that this was really them, and not just some manifested thought form, for I felt their unique energy signatures and the connection between us was so strong.  It was an amazing experience, although this is the only part of it that I can remember.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
moonsandjunes
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #179 - May 1st, 2009 at 7:14pm
 
Dude, think for a minute...can you remember...was there any pie there?



I Am Dude wrote on May 1st, 2009 at 5:09pm:
JOURNAL ENTRY 90

Last night I was roaming around what seemed to be an astral reflection of my great grandparent's old house, when my deceased great grandparents appeared before me!  It was such a spectacular event.  They were radiating with white light and love.  I was so estatic, I rushed over to them and gave them huge hugs.  I knew that this was really them, and not just some manifested thought form, for I felt their unique energy signatures and the connection between us was so strong.  It was an amazing experience, although this is the only part of it that I can remember.

Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #180 - May 1st, 2009 at 7:50pm
 
Nice experience Dude.  I believe what moonsandjunes is suggesting is true. If there wasn't any pie there, the experience wasn't perfect. Just for the sake of being flexible, chocolate chip cookies are a good substitute for pie. Sorry to any of you who have a savory pallet. Life is, as it is.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #181 - May 11th, 2009 at 10:53am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 91

Wow.  Insane experience.  I was out walking around my neighborhood, or what seemed like my neighborhood.  It was day time.  Something caught the corner of my eye.  It was a shooting star.  I looked up, and then there was another... and another... suddenly close to 15 stars, which actually looked more like strings of light, began to take off at extremely high speeds.  It was a surreal sight and blew me away, and with it came a tiny burst of lucidity.

That is when I noticed something even crazier in the sky.  Two UFOs in plain sight, maybe 200 feet high.  This is when I became even more lucid.  I began mentally screaming, "I am ready!"  "Take me!"  "I am not afraid!"  Suddenly a ship came overhead, and a string of aliens began lowering themselves down and out of the ship, hand in hand, until they were low enough for me to grab on.  They pulled me up.

Inside the ship there was a large group of ETs.  They looked similar to "greys", only they were more of a pale orange color(not the first time I have encountered this type).  They were sitting in a circle, indian style, in a meditative position.  There was one alien in front of them all.  He was a darker color, and he was the leader.  They all had tribal beads around their necks, and seemed very zen-like.

It was such a weird thing... I somehow knew these aliens, especially their leader.  He began talking to me.  I wish I remember what he was saying.  Then I looked at the walls of the ship.  There was all this information about animals and humans.  For some reason the idea came into my mind that these aliens had this information because they ate us, and that they were now going to eat me.  It seemed like I remembered someone once telling me a story about aliens who ate people.  I said screw this, and jumped out of the hole in the center of the ship.  That was basically the end of the experience.

I now regret leaving the ship, all because of what was most likely a misinterpretation of what the information was for.  I do remember a story about aliens who came to earth to eat people, and I guess that story came to mind during this experience... and basically ruined my chance to interact more with these beings.  Of course it was my fault, not the story.  They honestly gave off a very friendly energy, and were not scary in the least.  I am glad I was brave enough to accept these beings and let them take me into their ship.  I just have a little more work to go, and it seems I will be ready for the real deal...
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #182 - May 11th, 2009 at 1:25pm
 
Dude:

Some people might say your imagination spinned out this experience, but going by how my experiences have played out, I believe it is much more likely that you had this experience for a reason other than your imagination playing out.  Regarding the precise purpose of the experience, I can only guess. Perhaps it is preparation for something that will happen in the future. Perhaps it was a way to tell you to be careful about how much weight you give to stories about aliens who eat people, because the beings you met were too friendly to want to eat you or any other human. There are a lot of contradictory alien theories out there, and we need to be discerning about which are true.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #183 - May 11th, 2009 at 1:33pm
 
That story I referred too is actually a fiction novel, not something I would even consider believing as fact.  Perhaps my imagination did take over at this point of the experience.  I think it symbolized how fear will interfere with new opportunities.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #184 - May 11th, 2009 at 1:41pm
 
Regarding the color of the Aliens, in the movie Communion, the story about Whitley Strieber, the aliens that looked like greys weren't gray in color. If I remember correctly, they were a light orange color.

That night after watching the movie I was sent a message and an image of Christopher Walken (the actor who played Whitley in the movie), and he vehemently told me "It's a fact," I can't remember what I was shown next, but I believe I was shown an alien. If I remember correctly, the alien I was shown wasn't friendly, and it didn't look like a grey. I could tell that my imagination didn't create this message.  I believe the point of this message is to state that some unfriendly aliens have abducted people.

I'm not certain, but going by the small amount of research I've done and the messages I received, I believe it is possible that friendly aliens have brought unfriendly abductions to an end.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #185 - May 11th, 2009 at 2:32pm
 
I agree.  It seems that the horror abduction stories detailing painful medical experiments and negative experiences are a thing of the past.  These days I hear nothing but positive ET experiences which all seem to promote spiritual growth and the advancement of human consciousness, especially from long term contactees.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #186 - May 14th, 2009 at 10:56am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 92

This morning I awoke mid-OBE.  I was flying through space when I became lucid, and I burst with joy and delight from the realization that I was having a projection.  I did not have any specific destination in mind, so I pushed my consciousness as far and as fast as possible.  This seemed to warp me to another place.  I found myself in some type of mall.  I was just flying around and observing all the people around me.  There was a tiny stage there where a concert was going to be held.  The band playing is one of my favorite bands.  But somehow I was in the band, and I was imagining what it was going to be like to perform on that stage.  I then met up with some friends nearby and gradually lost lucidity until I was back in a dream.  There are details about the projection that escape my memory.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Rondele
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #187 - May 14th, 2009 at 2:14pm
 
The story about aliens eating humans originated with an old Twilight Zone episode.

A UFO landed on earth and initially the people were excited and happy to make contact.

But at one point, a book was left behind by the aliens written in code.

When the code was finally broken, it turned out to be a recipe book.  How to cook humans.

A classic episode.

R
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #188 - May 14th, 2009 at 3:22pm
 
Yeah thats the story I was talking about.  The book was called How to Serve Man.  lol
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #189 - May 23rd, 2009 at 1:59pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 93

This morning I had an amazing OBE.  But this one began a little differently from my others.  This OBE happened directly from my dream state, and in quite a peculiar way.  

In my dream I was in my room with two of my friends and we had just smoked some marijuana.  I laid back to relax as I slipped into an altered state.  I began to feel my energy body becoming loose from my physical body.  Suddenly after a brief motion I found myself out of my body with a burst crystal clear lucidity!  I knew I was having an OBE, and even though I projected from my dream state, it was no different from any other projection.  

At first I could not see too well, so I began flying upwards.  I regained sight and found myself overlooking a large city at night time.  There were huge buildings and other brightly lit structures that I did not recognize.  I continued to fly around with an intense feeling of excitement from my enhanced state of consciousness.  The moon was huuuge and shining sooo bright it blew me away.  I began to fly in its direction.  I looked in another direction and saw another planet that I did not recognize which was rather dark compared to the moon.  I always get a strange feeling when I observe planets that are alien to the physical world.  Its like I directly experience the energy of the planet I observe, and it intensifies the closer I get to it.  

I must have been 500 feet in the air, flying parallel to an extremely tall building.  At this point the building turned into a large dresser, with mostly empty drawers.  One drawer caught my eye... it had a guitar sticking out of it.  I opened it up and took out the guitar.  It was actually a bass, and a pretty crappy one at that.  I put it back and flew back down.  Suddenly I saw my dad.  I dont know what he was doing up there, but there he was.  Only it didn't look like my dad.  It looked exactly like me.  But I knew it was him.  We were talking but I can't remember what was said.  

I began wondering what my other two friends were doing next to my sleeping body.  I went back into my body and began telling them what had just happened, not realizing that I was back in a dream.  

I am now convinced that projecting from a dream is no different from projecting from the waking state.  I honestly did not experience one difference.  The same sensations occurred before and during the exit, the same heightened levels of awareness were reached and maintained, as well as the other usual phenomena of projections.  

What was interesting was that during the projection I believed that my normal state, my normal life, was the dream that I projected from.  Perhaps I did not enter a finer dimension during the projection, but stayed in the one I was currently in during the dream.  It is possible that I projected from my dream body.. but it is also possible that I remained in my dream body, and simply activated its full powers of lucidity.  
Back to top
« Last Edit: May 23rd, 2009 at 8:30pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #190 - Jul 3rd, 2009 at 11:27pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 94

I recently started practicing kundalini yoga as part of a movement to get back into my spiritual practices.  It seems to be working...

This morning I was meditating and shifted focus from the physical plane to the real time.  There were beings walking around in my room.  I was unsure of their intentions, and my initial reaction was one of fear.  I quickly remembered that I had nothing to fear, and that these may be manifestations of my own making, and was no longer afraid.  I saw one of the beings walking towards me and went inward, closing off all senses, for I did not know what this being wanted and got a creepy feeling from it. 

I was drifting in a void until suddenly I was facing an orange, textured wall.  I wanted to go to a higher level, and felt movement without seeing anything.  I suddenly was in a place with someone by my side.  This may have been a guide.  I directed my intent towards the being with me, and we started moving throughout this scene.  It seemed to be the inside of an enchanted looking castle.  There were robed beings doing something, perhaps conducting some sort of ceremony.  There were areas of light and light orange clouds, and upon my request we began going into the light.  From there I entered a couple more scenes which I do not remember very well.  I do remember when I came to a realization... what I am seeing isn't what is really there... it is my mind's translation of the energy before me. 

This was a phasing experience, probably a type of mental projection, not an astral projection.  I plan on having many more as I continue my yoga practices.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #191 - Jul 19th, 2009 at 6:29pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 95

I wasn't going to write this in my journal until I came across an excerpt in Moen's Voyage Beyond Doubt which mirrored my experience. 

The other day I was meditating and decided to try to contact my deceased great grandfather.  Suddenly his image appeared.  He was smiling and radiating with a brilliant loving light.  I felt his energy, and its loving connection with my own.  However, almost immediately his appearance began to transform. 

It is very hard to describe this, but it was like he became a crystaline being of light.  He seemed to be larger than life.  Something about him was very different.  I sensed that he was now a higher level being.   His consciousness had evolved by leaps and bounds since the last time I contacted him, and his new appearance and the now extremely intense energy of love radiating from him reflected this.  I felt such joy, mixed with a rather strange feeling caused by seeing him in this new state. 

So I was reading Voyage Beyond Doubt today and got to the part where Bruce recontacts a lady from an old retrieval he did.  He realizes that she is now in a different state.  He sees her as being almost painted by pastels and light due to her consciousness evolving to a higher level.  This instantly reminded me of my recent experience with my great grandfather, and now that I think of it, in a way it seemed like his image was painted by pastels or some other medium, painted to give him a crystal-like look.  The lady Bruce visted was merged with the light surrounding her, as was my great grandfather as well.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #192 - Jul 23rd, 2009 at 2:10pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 96

This was absolutely insane.  I was outside near a large building with a bunch of people.  I guess there was some kind of event going on outdoors.  Suddenly I saw a huge UFO in front of the moon.  I then noticed another one to the left of it.  They started abducting people into smaller ships which flew by remote control.  I got abducted as well, yet from the moment I was abducted my consciousness remained down below watching the event 3rd person.  The UFOs which we were in were hovering just at the top of the building.

Out of nowhere a huge blue misty cloud appeared half way up the building.  It then became grey, and all of a sudden swallowed the entire building, forming into a think grey cloud and rising up the sides of the building, totally engulfing it and the tiny UFOs which we were in.  

As soon  as the cloud reached us at the top, it was like all power died, and the ships came crashing down to the ground.  I remember watching the UFO that I was in fall and crash to the ground and thought, there is no way we survived this.  The other ships crashed as well, and all of a sudden I wake up to a whole group of people sitting/standing near the crash site.  I instantly knew that these were all the people who had died in the incident, and I was one of them.  I felt no fear or negative emotions, yet I wasn't exactly filled with joy either.  I was just thinking... wow.  I can't believe that just happened.  

I was talking with a few of my newly deceased friends who were there with me.  One of them said he saw the aliens.  He said they were orange with large black eyes.  I thought, I have seen these suckers before!  But why did they kill us?  I wanted to make contact with one of them, and set the intent.  Suddenly a misty figure of an orange hue appeared before me.  I asked, Why did you do this to us?  The reply was, To set an example.  I did not investigate any further, I just left it at that, and the dream ended.

Crazy!!!
Back to top
« Last Edit: Jul 23rd, 2009 at 3:39pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #193 - Jul 23rd, 2009 at 3:50pm
 
Dude:

What you wrote sort of reminds me of what I posted on another thread, as seen below. Different experience, but perhaps the same message.


Here's another link. I'm uncertain about whether I should post it, because I don't believe the book of revelations is futuristic. Regarding what Whitley Strieber says about killing the pig, I received a message the other night which said that if we don't change our ways for the better, the aliens will destroy us. It is hard to say how I received it. It was a mixture of thoughts, imagery and understanding. The message was connected with a man (Philip Kraft) who claims to have contact with aliens he refers to as the Verdants. He claims that they are friendly aliens who were going to make their presence known in 2002, but they changed their mind when 9/11 happened.

The feeling I got is that unfriendly races have caused great harm in the past, and if the human race evolves in a way where they can be a threat, it won't be allowed to continue. Think of it, it might be possible to create a weapon where you can destroy an entire planet. I once read that a day will come where nanotechnology can be made that will destroy matter. It will also be possible to develop viruses that kill only a specified race.

Would the human race be allowed to travel afar, if it has people, perhaps even a megalomaniac nut case, who will do great harm to other beings if given a chance? If some fear influenced people believe aliens are Satan, and have the means, what would they do?

http://www.unknowncountry.com/journal/
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #194 - Jul 24th, 2009 at 2:36pm
 
I have a few more thoughts.

The cloud going up the building is like an opposite 911 thing.  The fact of how you were all alive as spirits at the end of the dream, seems to make the point that whatever happens in this World, it doesn't ultimately effect the spirit reality we come from.

I believe that there are way too many tough incarnations in this World. Perhaps if we don't do something to make life in this World significantly better, it will no longer be used as a place for souls to learn. How long can the divine powers that be allow us to create horrible lifetimes for souls to experience?
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #195 - Jul 24th, 2009 at 3:22pm
 
Healing energy can be symbolized by blue. The gray might've been the effect of cleansing taking place.

I meditated as I lay in bed this morning, I went into like an out of body state, somethings took place as I opened up to love, and at the end it seemed as if a light being was in the room with me.  I can't remember clearly, but this being might've had an orange like color, perhaps auburn. I mention this, because Dude saw a being with an orange hue.




Quote:
Perhaps the blue cloud has a special origin. If everyone simply pauses for a moment every day and imagines a world at peace, where each being has its place and its significance, there would be an immediate shift in our reality. Or, I imagine it is so.

Back to top
« Last Edit: Jul 24th, 2009 at 7:48pm by recoverer »  
 
IP Logged
 
goobygirl
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 167
USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #196 - Jul 24th, 2009 at 7:21pm
 
Last few days of meditation I have experienced these things:

Saw a tall, male in Red while I was in between sleep and meditation stages. It was a very clear vision, startling, and it jolted me back into consciousness;

One time it felt like my sheets were just being gently placed on my body, even though I was under them and a cover (maybe felt like my body was rising up through the sheets;

Another time, my body was very heavy, my dog barked and I opened my eyes while my body felt like it was rocking in a hammock. Couldn't continue the meditation because dog was sick... Sad

Had a couple more body slam ins, where it feels like I am falling down stairs. This usually wakes me up;

Had a meditation where it looked like I was flying down a tunnel or the walls of a tunnel were racing past me. Ended, nothing else happened.

Feels like I'm ready for take off any day.
Back to top
 

Goobygirl
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #197 - Jul 25th, 2009 at 7:25pm
 
Interesting parallels to my experiences, Recoverer.  

Sashabasha

I agree that the more people expand their consciousness, the greater the possiblity for positive change in the world.  What you wrote got me thinking about the direction Earth and its inhabitants are going in.  There are an infinite number of possibilities as far as the future of our world is concerned.  And as we all know, all things are in a way a reflection of ourselves.  So the change starts with the individual.  I believe in the infinite probable realities and selves theory.  So the way I see it, you and me may very well experience a different future scenario of this world when the time comes, depending on our beliefs and actions.  "You" may very well still be here in my future universe, in the one I choose to expeirence, but it may be another version of you, a version who chose to experience that same future.  

So basically what I am saying is, I believe that one experiences what they believe they will experience, or what they should experience, even if the belief is not apparent on the surface of one's consciousness, and so if one focuses on stiving for a positive future of spiritual growth and global enlightenment, one will experience this.  They will experience a world where negativity ceases to exist and the population as a whole becomes in tune with their higher selves and evolves.  If one focuses on all the negativity in the world, they will only experience more and more of this negativity, shifting more and more into the reality which best suites their belief that negativity reigns. 

Goobygirl

How long have you been meditating for?  Sounds like your getting close to leaving your body.  Have you ever had an OBE before?
Back to top
« Last Edit: Jul 26th, 2009 at 5:32pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
goobygirl
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 167
USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #198 - Jul 26th, 2009 at 5:47pm
 
Hmm, I have been using Holosync on and off for 3.5 years. But I changed to HemiSync Metamusic and got initiated into an eastern meditational practice in April of this  year, which made a huge difference in my experiences. I don't recall going OOB, but it feels like I'm getting closer, especially with the heavy vibration I feel as I relax.
Back to top
 

Goobygirl
 
IP Logged
 
Mark Andrew
Junior Member
**
Offline



Posts: 93
Indiana
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #199 - Jul 26th, 2009 at 8:15pm
 
goobygirl,

What, if I may ask, is the specific eastern meditational practice you now use? 

Thanks
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
goobygirl
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 167
USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #200 - Jul 27th, 2009 at 3:40pm
 
Science of Spirituality / Sant Mat. www.sos.org and www.jyotimeditation.org for more info.
Back to top
 

Goobygirl
 
IP Logged
 
goobygirl
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 167
USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #201 - Jul 27th, 2009 at 11:06pm
 
Oh and I wanted to state my meditation was very cool last night. I saw lots of clouds (more black and white looking) and the cool thing about it was that the view was very expansive, meaning it seemed like I had like 180 degree panoramic view v. just straight in front of me. It felt like I was in the meditation instead of just viewing it. I had to eventually move and it felt like my hand was totally glued to the bed. It moved like it weighed a million tons (my earplug was bugging my ear and I couldn't ignore it any further).

I also saw stars and a moon, and tried going to the Park, and had some feeling about that, imagining what it was like to be in a park at the same time. I saw flashes of outline of people, but things are still very dark. I'm also trying to listen (seems my auditory functions are better than vision) and haven't really heard much. Sometimes I hear a voice or someone talking that actually wakes me up from sleep, it's very close and loud. I keep saying "I'm ready, take me helpers/spirit guide!!" One day they have to take me up on my offer, lol. Kiss
Back to top
 

Goobygirl
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #202 - Aug 4th, 2009 at 11:25am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 97

This morning I tried something new to induce an OBE.  I set my alarm clock for about 6 hours after I went to bed.  Then I set the next alarm for 45 min after that one.  Then I set the third alarm for 45 min after that one.  With each alarm, I would turn it off, relax, and affirm to myself, "I am going to leave my body" over and over.  The first two times I ended up falling back to sleep, but the third time it worked!  I left my body.

I fell into the familiar deep trance, and exited smoothly with no strong sensations.  I was in another place, and my wife was there, out of body with me!  I remember communicating with her how cool it was for both of us to be out of body together, and she agreed.  I wanted to try something cool since I was with her, so I started shooting out energy balls from my hands towards her... only it was not energy balls that came out, they were packets of ketchup!  I didn't realize how strange this was until now.  She was shooting them back at me as well.

To do a lucidity check, I looked at my hands.  They did not melt away, but had a grainy look, and were a bit darker than my normal skin tone.  This instantly caused my consciousness to sharpen and focus.

I grabbed my wife and we flew over to the end of a corridor.  I wanted to evoke the deepest love that we have for each other, so we embraced tightly and burst up into the sky, letting our love flow out.  We maintained position above ground, and began to have "astral sex."  There was no taking off of our clothes.. it was more of an exchange of energy, especially from the root chakra.  I remember thinking, Wow, this is so much more intense than in the physical!!!  And it most certainly was. 

Shortly after this point I lost lucidity and slipped into a dream.  I remember my wife going to sleep while listening to my band's music in her ipod, and later being with people I vaguely know in a classroom(perhaps learning some nonphysical lessons).


It was yesterday that I decided to try this alarm clock routine to induce an OBE and incorperate it into my daily spiritual practices routine.  Being that it worked the first day, I am most definitely going to continue doing this.  Its ridiculously simply and obviously extremely effective.  Now its time for some yoga!!!
Back to top
« Last Edit: Aug 4th, 2009 at 7:47pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
goobygirl
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 167
USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #203 - Aug 9th, 2009 at 3:46pm
 
Would like some feedback on my meditations. Lately, I have been feeling extremely heavy in my body but feel like I am being pulled out by my feet. I also feel like I am separating from my body, feel little bubbles under my skin.  However, I'm not getting all the way out and parts of my body start to go numb and sometimes hurt. If I try to move it's like moving through glue.

I keep seeing a ton of symbols (some egyptian) and pyramid shape objects as well as some people, but very hazy on the people. I can move and still remain very relaxed but it takes some effort. I also still hear the sounds of birds and water even if I turn over completely.

Any thoughts?
Back to top
 

Goobygirl
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #204 - Aug 14th, 2009 at 7:36pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 98

Yesterday I had one of the most insane experiences ever.  I smoked Salvia Divinorum aka Diviners Sage, a natural psychoactive herb which produces intense spiritual experiences.  If you haven't heard of it, take a look here. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Salvia_divinorum

Within seconds I felt a change in perception.  I was sitting on my carpet, indian style, with my friend next to me.  Suddenly my consciousness entered an altered state which is extremely hard to explain.  The best way to describe it is abstract.  The very essense of my being was radically different.  It seemed as if I was streching out to the left.  I said out loud, "Oh, so this is what it is.  It is so different."  I heard myself saying this, yet it was not me who was saying it.  It was my body, but not me.  It seemed as if my body said this to me, and I was my higher self.  Everything I was observing changed.  I realized that everything was actually one thing, and I was in the center of it.  The air, the furniture, myself, my friend, we were all a solid energy.  The tv and comuter which I was sitting in front of lost all meaning.  I no longer knew what they were.  The tv seemed to become a doorway. 

I was no longer in this physical system, although I was observing it from the abstract system I was now in.  My thought process was totally different... things would make sense to me that make absolutely no sense in the physical.  I began to walk around the room, totally dissociated with myself and everything in the real world, wondering what was going on.  My friend told me to sit down and meditate, so I did.  I sat on the couch and closed my eyes momentarily.  When I reopened them, the tv and computer in front of me transformed into two people holding hands above their heads, forming an upside down v shape.  More and more of the same people holding hands appeared and beamed into my consciousness, one in front of the other, until all I was observing was them.  I remember saying with understanding, "their hands are in the center.".. or something like that.  It made perfect sense to me what was going on at the time.. it was an abstract concept which I was observing in my abstract state of consciousness.  In retrospect it makes absolutely no sense. 

I was feeling prickly energy all over my body.  My friend smoked it shortly after I did, and he was now crawling around on the carpet, talking to himself.  It was the funniest thing I have ever seen, and I was laughing so hard I could hardly breathe.  I was observing him in a different way.  His being had a different meaning to me.  It is almost impossible to explain.  I soon began coming out of it.  I would look at the carpet, and it would stretch out and come back to normal.  I began to think more and more clearly, until I was back to normal.

The total time I was in this state was about 5 mintues, although each moment in the altered state was almost timeless.  Things that are meaningfull in the physical meant absolutely nothing, and things/ideas/thoughts that dont even exist in the physical had great meaning.  This was an awsome experience, and has added a new dimension to my life which I cannot really explain or describe.  I plan on trying it again next week in a different setting.. probably on the beach.  Perhaps I will have a totally different experience.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #205 - Aug 14th, 2009 at 11:25pm
 
Interesting. Experiences like this always make me doubt about the value of metaphysical research, as they are indicating that our whole way of thinking in the normal, physical state is a nearly meaningless particle in the vastness of consciousness.

A part of your experience reminds me of the "Oneness" experience told by Richard Sylvester. He said in this experience, there was an emptiness, which at the same time was very full, solid. There were no single things, but just oneness. No time, just now.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #206 - Aug 16th, 2009 at 1:30pm
 
I agree, metaphysical research and our way of thinking in this physical existence, while they seem to have great meaning now, will loose their meaning the further we expand from our present state of consciousness, for they simply will not apply.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #207 - Aug 16th, 2009 at 1:38pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 99

Upon recollecting my dreams this morning, I suddenly remembered a lucid dream I had last night which I forgot to write down.  I was outside and looked up at the sky.  There were no stars, only clouds.  But suddenly the clouds disappeared, and some stars came into view.  Then more stars appeared, and then more, and eventually there were probably thousands of visible huge stars in the sky.  With the appearance of these stars came a huge burst of lucidity, and I exclaimed, "Im out of my body!" 

I flew up into the sky with great delight.  Flying around for a bit, I decided to go to focus 27.  Suddenly a scene flashed into my consciousness, and quickly faded.  Then another scene flashed and fleeted.  They came and went so fast that I didn't have time to distinguish where I was or what was going on.  Then the last scene came, and it stayed.  Wondering where I was, I inspected the area.  It slowly dawned on me that I was in my room!  My eyes seemed to be open, so I figured the trip was over, and went back to sleep.  Now that I think of it though, there is a good chance that my eyes were closed and I was using my nonphysical sight.  O well.

A side note..

My buddy recently tripped on shrooms and had an amazing experience.  When he looked at the night sky, the same exact phenomenon occurred as did in my dream.  The clouds vanished, and the whole sky filled with huge stars, ufos, and soul clusters.  Too cool...
Back to top
« Last Edit: Aug 16th, 2009 at 6:43pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #208 - Aug 22nd, 2009 at 1:44pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 100 !

This morning I made contact with a group of ETs.  I was dreaming that I was riding my bike down the street, when suddenly I saw a huge UFO flying above me.  Then another one came, and another one.  I mentally screamed, "Take me!!!"  Even more UFOs appeared, untill there was probably 6 or 7 following me.  The next thing I know, I am laying in my bed in sleep paralysis.  There is an alien on my bed, standing over me, reaching down, sticking his fingers into my mouth.  I felt his fingers going almost into my throat, but I could tell it was my energy body which was being probed and not my physical.  This was most likely happening in the Real Time Zone.  It spooked me out, and I snapped out of it and woke up.

On my way back to sleep I slipped into a deep meditative trance.  I was floating around in a huge void and sensed the presence of other beings around me.  One of them began communicating with me telepathically.  Not only was I receiving the thoughts directly into my mind, but I was getting visuals along with it.  I saw a map with coordinates on a computer screen, and the being told me that (at all times?) they have the exact location of my etheric/real time/astral bodies, but do not track my physical body.  I asked what they looked like, and received an image of a long, thin, light tannish-orange alien with large black eyes, much like the ones in Whitely Streiber's Communion.  I have had experiences with these guys several times. 

More information was communicated with me, but I began to loose awareness at around the same time I realized I had to get back and write what happened in my journal.  I slipped into a dream, where I proceeded to log my experience, I'm sure with much more detail than I can recollect now. 

This experience wasn't an accident.  Before bed last night I requested to my higher self that I would have an interaction with an ET who was in fact an aspect of my higher self.  I believe that if I sent these intentions every night, my experiences with higher intelligences will increase and evolve.  I only concentrated on this previous intention for a few seconds and it worked.  Not too shabby.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #209 - Aug 26th, 2009 at 4:32pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 101

This morning I had a lucid dream in which it seems I was given insight into the greater reality of dreams.  In this dream, an old friend was trying to mentally and physically harm me.  I became lucid and my higher mind took full effect.  I began reasoning with him and explaining why it was wrong to do what he was doing, to no avail. 

At one point I had enough, and screamed at him with extreme force which actually shocked me.  It was a strong feeling of power, that of a negative kind.  I witnessed my energy change from that of love to that of anger, and instantly realized that I must not allow myself to entertain these negative vibrations. 

I immediately regained my higher focus, and with it came a knowledge of the state of vibrations of everyone around me, and the reason for the collection/interaction of our different energies.  Unfortunately the details of this knowledge escape me.  I vaguely feel it had something to do with learning how to handle situations dealing with and help those of lower vibes.

I left my friend and meet a group of people who I probably knew but not in the physical.  They did not witness what had happened between me and my friend, and I was about to tell them, when another insight came into my consciousness.  I was "told," by my higher mind, that I did not have to tell them, for they telepathically (and empathically?) knew everything that was occurring in the dream.  It seemed to hint that we were all connected in some way, like perhaps those people were parts of myself, or at least really close spiritual friends.  I also got that all beings I interact with in my dreams, including me, have a strong telepathic link, regardless of how "physical" the dream appears.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #210 - Aug 26th, 2009 at 5:44pm
 
Dude:

Awesome experiences.

Related to what you said, I believe that the beings I'm in contact with always know where I am, because they'll make contact with me anytime during the day regardless of what I'm doing. I'm not saying that I'm able to have extensive conversations any time I want, but some sort of contact can always be made. I figure this is because we aren't separated from each other--the connection is beyond a 3d way of considering the matter.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #211 - Aug 26th, 2009 at 6:27pm
 
Word up man.

Regarding my lucid dream, before I went to bed I stated several times out loud that I would gain a high level of awareness during my dreams.  Gotta love those affirmations!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #212 - Aug 26th, 2009 at 7:20pm
 
Perhaps it was a matter of stating intent rather than making an affirmation. A person doesn't become a loving person because he affirms he's loving. It is more of a matter of understanding the importance and value of living according to love and getting over the limiting thought patterns that prevent him from doing so.


I Am Dude wrote on Aug 26th, 2009 at 6:27pm:
Word up man.

Regarding my lucid dream, before I went to bed I stated several times out loud that I would gain a high level of awareness during my dreams.  Gotta love those affirmations!

Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #213 - Aug 26th, 2009 at 7:59pm
 
It was definitely the intent behind the affirmation which made it manifest.  But for me, an affirmation IS placing intent, in a mental or verbal manner... for me to say "I placed an intent" and "I stated an affirmation" is synonymous in my eyes.  It is pointless to simply state an affirmation if there is no intent to drive it into manifestation.  I mentioned the verbal affirmations because I seem to have much more success with stating my intent out loud than saying it mentally.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #214 - Aug 31st, 2009 at 6:50pm
 
Although I have a steady amount of conscious nonphysical experiences, namely lucid dreams and out of body experiences, engage in other spirutal practices at least a few days a week, such as yoga and meditation, and manifest my creational powers in forms which highly resonate with my inner being through music and art on a weekly basis, I feel I have still not created my ideal lifestyle.  I feel I am still slacking. 

I want to have OBEs and lucid dreams EVERY DAY.  I want to meditate TWICE DAILY.  I want to practice yoga EVERY DAY.  I want to create music and art EVERY DAY.  I also want full control over my thoughts, and to better use them to create my ideal reality.  This is my ideal lifestyle.  This is my goal.  This post is going to lay out my plan to achieve this, and hopefully putting it out there for everyone to see will give me extra motivation to accomplish this.

The first aspect of my plan is the nonphysical explorations.  The method which works best for me is the Suneye method, or the wake/sleep/wake method.  However, this has worked in a couple different ways.  It works when I go to sleep for about 6 hours, stay awake for an hour, and go back to sleep while meditating on my goal.  It also works (sometimes) when I simply wake up early and fall right back to sleep.  So I am going to combine these two methods and hopefully achieve an OBE or lucid dream every day. 

I am going to set my first alarm for 5 hours after I go to bed every night.  I am going to set my second alarm for half an hour after the first.  The third alarm is going to be set for half an hour after the second.  After the first and second alarms, I am going to try my hardest to remain aware and alert while I fall back to sleep while concentrating on my third eye and affirming my intent to consciously enter nonphysical dimensions.  The third alarm is going to be the wake up alarm.  After this alarm I am going to remain awake for an hour.  When I go back to bed I will do a third eye meditation to plant the intent once again into my subconscious.  My goal is to succeed every time I try.

For the hour I am awake I am going to do kundalini yoga.

Recording my dreams is something I need to start doing more as well, so after I awake from every dream, and I do awake after each dream I have, I am going to log the experience.  Every time, without exception. 

After my final OBE I am going to wake up and meditate for half an hour out in the sun(weather permitting), concentrating on everything I want to accomplish, both short term and long term. 

I will then go to the gym, come home and either record music or paint until I have work.

During work I am going to mentally state affirmations, concentrate on thinking positive thoughts, and project love to all around me, all throughout the entire shift.  I am also going to do a type of functioning meditation, where I expand my awareness in all directions around me and slip slightly into an altered state while physically active.

Since I work till midnight, after my shift I will meditate again before going to bed.  The main focus of my nighttime meditations will be energy work.

On my days off, my schedule will remain the same, except instead of working I am going to spend most of my time recording music and painting.  This I do already, and will continue to.

Hopefully my life will really take off into new directions with my new focus!

Back to top
« Last Edit: Aug 31st, 2009 at 8:57pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
goobygirl
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 167
USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #215 - Aug 31st, 2009 at 8:01pm
 
Good Luck with your admirable goals! Some of my meditation tapes say not to meditate in the sun,don't know exactly why tho.
Back to top
 

Goobygirl
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #216 - Sep 1st, 2009 at 1:27pm
 
I believe its good to meditate if you actually accomplish something while doing so, but otherwise just sitting there won't accomplish much.

However, during my kundalini unfoldment process, I often meditated three times a day, on some occasions for 2 hours. Even if I didn't get clear on specific ideas, it gave my kundalini a lot of time to do its thing.  It did so quite quickly, and because this was the case, my energy was out of balance for a while. I had lots of spirit contact before I was completely ready to have it.  I had lots of energy flowing through me, before my energetic system was ready to handle it in a harmonious manner. My spirit guidance told me I had progressed too quickly.

I don't mind that I did so, because eventually my energy balanced out.

Spirit guidance provided me with lots of assistance with my energetic system. Because I received such help, I am able to provide non-physical spirit assistance that I couldn't provide if I hadn't received the assistance I received. When I went through this energetic development, I had the idea of helping out in some way.

When I meditate now, rather than just sitting or laying there, I try to become clear on specific ideas. I believe it is more about losing limiting ideas than focusing one's attention in a particular way. On some occasions it is good to just simply tune into love and your inner self.

Rather than doing affirmations, I try to pay attention to my state of mind, and if it doesn't feel as if I'm tuned into my inner self and connected to my heart, I try to do so. Doing so isn't a matter of making an affirmation, it's about letting go of the mental approach that gets in the way of your abiding in your inner self naturally.

I also believe it is important to keep one's body healty by staying away from alchohol, drugs, tobacco, and unhealty food.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #217 - Sep 1st, 2009 at 2:43pm
 
Quote:
I believe its good to meditate if you actually accomplish something while doing so, but otherwise just sitting there won't accomplish much.


I guess you aren't aware of the scientific research on meditation. 

Quote:
A study found that people who had been meditating for more than five years were physiologically 12 to 15 years younger than non-meditators.

Meditation decreases oxygen consumption, heart rate, respiratory rate, and blood pressure, and increase the intensity of alpha, theta, and delta brain waves--the opposite of the physiological changes that occur during stress.

Improved mental abilities: Increased intelligence, increased creativity, improved learning ability, improved memory, improved reaction time, higher levels of moral reasoning, improved academic achievement, greater orderliness of brain functioning, increased self-actualization.

Improved Health: Reduced stress and anxiety, reduced hospitalization, reduced incidence of disease, reduced need for out-patient medical care, reduced health care costs, reduce use of alcohol and drugs, improved cardiovascular health, reduced physical complaints, increased longevity

Improved social behavior: improved self-confidence, reduced anxiety, improved family life, improved relationships at home and at work, increased tolerance, improved job performance, increased job satisfaction

Meditation found to increase brain size---Researchers at Harvard, Yale, and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology have found the first evidence that meditation can alter the physical structure of our brains. Brain scans they conducted reveal that experienced meditators boasted increased thickness in parts of the brain that deal with attention and processing sensory input.The increased thickness of gray matter is not very much, 4 to 8 thousandths of an inch. "These increases are proportional to the time a person has been meditating during their lives," Lazar notes. "This suggests that the thickness differences are acquired through extensive practice and not simply due to differences between meditators and nonmeditators

Meditation build up the brain

Meditation may bolster brain activity ---Buddhist monks who spent years in meditation training show significantly greater brain activity in areas associated with learning and happiness than those who have never practiced meditation. They had a higher level of this sort of gamma wave activity before they began meditation and this difference increased dramatically during meditation. The extremely high levels of gamma wave activity are the highest ever reported.

Meditation balance the body's system ---Meditation produces long-lasting changes in the brain activity in areas involved in attention, working memory, learning, and conscious perception

Research on stress and meditation

Meditator's brain shows a pronounced shift toward the left frontal lobe. People who are habitually calm an happy typical show greater activity in this area.

Meditator has higher levels of certain immune cells.

Meditation is involved in the global coordination of brain activity and could induce both short-term and long-term change in the brain.

Long term meditation practice changes the baseline state of the brain.

Meditation is shown to reduce risk factors for heart disease such as high blood pressure, stress and smoking. Comparing with other techniques, the Transcendental meditation group had a 23% decrease in deaths from all causes, a 30% reduction in cardiovascular disease deaths, and a 49% reduction in the rate of death from cancer

During meditation, the monks in the study was able to raise the temperature of their fingers and toes by 17 degrees, three monks could lower their metabolism by 64%

Meditators over 6-9 months showed a marked decrease in the thickness of their artery walls.



Here is what Robert Bruce has to say on meditation "without a purpose.":

Quote:
Void and Meditation:

Void type meditation is often criticized as having no purpose on the surface, because in clearing the mind and holding that state one appears to be doing nothing, and hence nothing of value.

Holding the mind clear puts one in an altered state of consciousness. This state deepens with practice. Only in a quite altered state can one approach a higher state of being.

During this quiet time the lower mind / ego is suppressed, and in this state it is slowly entrained to be quieter and more obedient at all times.

(Other conscious training processes are also required to help with the training of the lower self, especially self observation and introspection).

Also during this quiet time, the higher mind, superconsciousness, the higher self (there are many terms for our higher aspects) is encouraged to come to the fore, to be one with the meditator.

A quiet minded altered state takes the meditator closer to his/her higher mind. The higher mind is attracted to this and so also moves closer to the conscious mind. This association slowly evolves the meditator through close empathic association.

The essence of all spiritual development is to entrain the conscious mind to take on some of the 'knowingness' of the higher self.

The way of knowledge is, generally speaking, to absorb a lot of knowledge and to train the conscious mind and body according to a certain discipline. In essence, this involves taking control over ones life. This path has much merit and it suits a lot of people.

The way of knowing, however, is to quieten ones conscious mind so ones higher aspects can take root and flourish therein. Instead of learning and training and honing ones skills, one simply remembers and realizes and 'knows'.

A mixture of the above is probably best, as we all need some basic knowledge in order to achieve a state of nothingness.

The way of knowledge is to take control and make things happen, eg, creating ones own reality. In essence, if one masters this approach, its a bit like using God mode in a computer game. This kinda takes the fun out of things.

The way of knowing is to relinquish control. This is the essence of what I call Bee Following. Instead of trying to make something happen, one just expects things to happen. There is a profound difference between these approaches.

Mind you, it takes a lot of self control in order to be able to relinquish control, if that makes any sense....grin.

Take care, Robert


Although quiet void meditation is obviously excellent for both mental and physical health, as well as overall spirituality, I also feel that if I am meditating, I may as well accomplish something, as you can see in my previous post.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #218 - Sep 1st, 2009 at 3:01pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 102

This morning I had two back to back OBEs and recorded 6 dreams, following my new schedule. 

I was laying on my side.  I slipped into a deep trance, and heard a lady talking to me.  She was discussing a spiritual topic which I cannot recall.  She faded out.  I then felt my energy body loosen, so I began to rock back and forth.  I actually couldn't tell if it was my physical body moving or my energy body.  I soon rolled all the way out.  I couldn't see anything.  Suddenly it felt like I was spinning around in all directions at 1000 miles per hour.  When this subsided I flew up towards the ceiling and up out the roof.  My sight came to me briefly as the beach came into view, then faded out.  I could sense almost everything around me even though I couldn't "see" it.  I waved my hands in front of me, and saw them.  They were black, darker than the void I seemed to be in.  They were also shaped strangely, with less fingers that were pointed at the tips. 

Instead of flying to the beach, I reached my consciousness to it and was suddenly there.  I flew in the ocean for a bit, and soon found myself back in my body.  I easily loosened and rolled out once again.  This time I could see better.  I went outside on the top story of my building (10 floors high) and jumped off.  It was a huuuuge jump, and I landed across the street.  A group of four people saw me and were amazed that I did not die.  I walked with them and followed them back into my building and into the elevator.  There was a strange man on the elevator, who was an employee at this nonphysical version of the building- he did not work at the physical version.  He began talking to me about one of the people in the elevator.  Suddenly they all vanished, except the strange man.  I flew up and out of the elevator, and seemed to loose consciousness.

I then had a false awakening.  I got up to record my experience.  Meanwhile all these strange things were happening in the process, and I realized, OH Sh*t! I'm dreaming!  I immediately woke up and once again, logged my experience.  Physically this time.

It is great that I had an OBE (two actually) the first day on my new routine.  Although the projections were a bit weak, they were still fun!
Back to top
« Last Edit: Sep 1st, 2009 at 7:35pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #219 - Sep 1st, 2009 at 3:17pm
 
As I wrote above, I believe it is useful to tune into our inner self and love at times, but I've found that real progress isn't obtained by focusing our attention in a particular way, quieting our mind, or abiding in silence for prolonged periods of time. The key is to let go of the thought patterns that limit us.

My higher self/spirit guidance (guidance) tries to get my attention, sometimes in a joking way, when during my meditation I use an approach that is based upon the idea that focussing my attention in "Just the right way," or that meditating for an extended period of time, will enable me to experience something deeper.

One time my guidance showed the images of three different guru types, one after the other, and each guru said "I'm a master of _____samadhi."  This message was intentionally sent so I couldn't understand what kind of samadhi they were referring to.  Then I was shown an image of the three stooges with goofy looks on their faces.

What my guidance usually does when my meditation doesn't become deeper as I try to focus my attention in the supposed right way, is show me a symbolic visual image that relates to the thought pattern that is preventing me from experiencing in a deeper way, or my guidance will create a short waking dream that makes the point in some way.

Light beings don't have to meditate in order to abide in a high level of being. Because they dealt with the thought patterns they needed to deal with, such effort isn't necessary. Such a natural way of being is a good thing to strive for.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #220 - Sep 1st, 2009 at 5:43pm
 
Quote:
Light beings don't have to meditate in order to abide in a high level of being. Because they dealt with the thought patterns they needed to deal with, such effort isn't necessary. Such a natural way of being is a good thing to strive for.


I don't think comparing humans to light beings applies in this case.  Light beings are consciously and intimately connected with their inner selves at all times, and so they obviously do not need to meditate to achieve that state.  However, humans are born into an illusion of separation from their source, and meditation is an excellent and very effective way of becoming more conscious of their connection with their inner self. 

Quote:
As I wrote above, I believe it is useful to tune into our inner self and love at times, but I've found that real progress isn't obtained by focusing our attention in a particular way, quieting our mind, or abiding in silence for prolonged periods of time. The key is to let go of the thought patterns that limit us.


It's true, releasing limiting beliefs is the key to spiritual evolution. 

However, the other things you mention about meditation: quieting our mind, and focusing our attention to our inner world, are also key components of an overall healthy and spiritual lifestyle.  They are the portal to the exporation of our inner dimensions of self.

It is obvious that meditation has great mental, physical, and spiritual benefits.  Those who are not limited by false belief systems are far more likely to meditate, for they are aware of its truth and its benefits.  I guess the point of my reply to your initial post was to inform you that even void meditation has excellent benefits and is not at all useless.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #221 - Sep 1st, 2009 at 7:46pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 103

This morning I believe I made contact with ETs in my dreamstate.  I was laying in my bed (in the dream) and slipped into an altered state.  Suddenly a grey appeared before me and scared the crap out of me.  I snapped out of the altered state and got up.  The next thing I remember, some type of psychic link was opened between me and the ETs.  They showed me a new technology they developed to help the human race.  It manifested right before me.  It was a spherical device which contained within it the entire history of Earth, from the moment of it's creation, and all information contained by all consciousness in each time period.  I was shown, in a way very hard to describe, the inner workings of this machine.  It was almost like I was inside the machine's mind.  Either the ETs or the machine itself was telepathically explaining to me everything about the device.  My memory ends there. 

Perhaps this machine was a symbolic representation, perhaps of the ETs knowledge and their ability to assist the human race.  Or maybe the device really exists the way it was shown to me.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #222 - Sep 4th, 2009 at 6:46pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 104

I had yet another glimpse into the true nature of reality during a salvia trip yesterday.  This is a little hard to explain.  While observing the room I was in, I began to see that everything was made up of little identical units of solid energy, which were all alive.  They almost seemed like little people.  They were all the same, and combined to form the physical reality I was in.  They were moving, yet still at the same time.  I closed my eyes, and found that the internal reality I was now in was also made up of almost identical units of energy, but were slightly different than the units I saw in the physical world.  They were moving in a way hard to describe.  It seemed that the two worlds, the inner and the outer, had a special relationship in which the units were in a way merged.  I then opened my eyes, and saw the units in the physical world entering the inner world, and realized they were the same units all along.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Pat E.
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 207
Northern California
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #223 - Sep 5th, 2009 at 1:39am
 
Sounds like a unique, unifying unitary experience.   Smiley
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #224 - Sep 5th, 2009 at 7:11pm
 
It most certainly was. Grin
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Ralph Buskey
Senior Member
****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 401
Brick Township, NJ
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #225 - Sep 5th, 2009 at 8:36pm
 
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Manitou

   This seems to have similarity to what indians refer to as the manitou. They believed that life exists in all things. I have accepted this concept for a long time now. Can't wait to get some salvia and experience it myself.    Smiley

Ralph
Back to top
 
Ralph Buskey Ralph Buskey  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #226 - Sep 5th, 2009 at 10:12pm
 
Ralph, you will love it!  Everyone I know who has experienced Salvia has had a consciousness-expanding glimpse into the true nature of our interconnected, illusitory reality.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #227 - Sep 8th, 2009 at 2:19pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 105

Today was the second day following my new OBE/Yoga/Meditation routine.  I recorded 8 dreams, had one partial projection, and one full OBE. 

The way my OBE technique works is it programs my subconscious to wake me up at the time of separation, or moments before.  This is extremely convenient and easy, for I don't have to worry about entering a deep enough trance and fiddling with exit techniques. 

The first attempt I was listening to TMI's Lifelines hemisync.  I entered a very deep trance while programming my subconscious.  I was totally unaware of my body.  I slipped into a light dream state.  A few moments into the dream, I woke up in my bed and immediately felt myself falling from my body.  I then floated up, and was back inside my body in a medium trance.  The moment I came back I heard, "you are now coming back from focus 21, your journey is over.." something a long those lines.  I think the journey was cut short by Monroe's suggestions!  What a punk.  Just kidding.  I'm going to have to edit that track and cut out his vocals. 

I attempted to get back into a deep trance, but I could hear the neighbor talking through the wall, and I was done with Monroe, so I put on a meditation music track and fell asleep, knowing my subconscious would do the rest of the work.

After a dream or two, I woke up in bed in a deeply altered state.  I could see the ceiling above me in amazing detail.  Every bump and pore was sharply visible.  I felt much closer to it as well.  Suddenly I began to see these huge figures on the ceiling.  It was like a projection of crystal blue light.  The figures consisted of different shapes and symbols, and formed together to make up what seemed to be, at times, semi-humanoid figures.  One figure would change into another totally different one, each one flashing before me in about a second and then transforming into another. 

After a little while of this, I floated from my body and out the window.  It was a beautiful day.  The sky was a brilliant shade of bright blue, brighter than I have ever seen it physically.  It felt like a special day.  There were tons of people at the pool below me, some swimming and playing in the water, others hanging out poolside.  I noticed there were brightly colored beach balls in the water, and I thought, "I am going to remember the colors of these beach balls, and when I get up I am going to verify that they are real."  Just then a huge airplane flew right over me, not 200 feet from the ground.  My stare was fixed at the sky, and I considered shooting off into space and flying around with the planets.  I decided to stay close and interact with consciousnesses which were more my size.  Usually the energy of large planets are so intense they can be a bit uncomfortable. 

A group of men were near the poolside talking.  My grandfather was one of them.  They were playing golf, driving the balls into the distance.  I began talking to one of the guys, and he seemed to like me.  He invited me to play golf with him at his home sometime.  I went into a closet nearby and inside were a set of golf clubs which my grandfather gave to me.  Two of the clubs were only about half a foot tall, which you held in one hand and swung close to the ground.  Very weird, but I remembered the small club fondly as I held and observed it, even though it doesn't exist physically.  The man came over and said, "there are my clubs," and took the set my grandfather had given to me.  I told him he was wrong, that they were mine.  He asked my grandfather if they were his old clubs which he had given to me, and he denied it.  But I could tell he was lying.  Like he was afraid to admit it.  The man then asked my grandfather if he played golf ever, and my grandfather said no, lying to him once again.  It was like my grandfather was afraid to play with them, like he thought he wasn't good enough.  This concluded the experience.

A few notes.

It was quite random for me to have thought to verify the beach balls existence while out of body.  Such a strange thing for me to think, because I never worry about verifications.  Just the fact that I am there at that moment, more aware and real than in the physical world, is all the verification I need.  I guess it was just something to try for fun, for the heck of it.  I usually project to astral levels, and so physical verification is very unlikely. 

When I woke up it was cloudy and no one was at the pool.  An interesting thought occurred to me.  Before the projection I had a dream that I was at a party at my poolside.  It was a beautiful day, and of course the pool area was different from the physical in various ways.  It may be possible that I projected to that same astral scene from my dream.

My grandfather's appearance in my projection was more than random.  I thought about him this morning before the OBE.  Perhaps I had a glimpse into an aspect of his personality.  He used to play golf years ago, but doesn't anymore in his old age.  I invited him to come mini golfing with me last year, and he seemed reluctant, almost as if he was not confident, or that after all these years telling me about his golf days, I would find out he wasn't very good at all.   

In conclusion, it seems that when I actually go through with my routine, it works like a charm.  My dream recall is through the roof, and I can bet on at least one projection a day.  But I have to make an honest effort to do this every day.  It is so easy to just go back to sleep and keep dreaming, but my desire to explore and evolve will not allow this for much longer. 
Back to top
« Last Edit: Sep 8th, 2009 at 7:59pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
goobygirl
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 167
USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #228 - Sep 8th, 2009 at 9:55pm
 
I'm going to try your technique. Also, what is the exact name of the CD you were listening to?
Back to top
 

Goobygirl
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #229 - Sep 9th, 2009 at 12:45am
 
The cd is called Lifelines Freeflow Focus 27.  You can probably buy it online.  An old member here sent it to me as a gift, he said he got it from the TMI.

Don't forget to do deep belly breathing during the meditation!  It will induce a trance three times as fast!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #230 - Sep 14th, 2009 at 1:38am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 106

Last night I had a life changing experience which I will never forget.  My two friends and I went to the boardwalk to have a Salvia trip.  We sat down on the boardwalk stairs facing the ocean and I took a large hit of Salvia 5x, which is the least potent of all the extracts(They go up to 120x I believe).  Within seconds I entered an altered state.  My awareness of my environment became crystal clear.  It was like I was having an extremely vivid lucid dream- more real than physical reality.  I realized my body was not truly me.  I seemed to be removed from it, and yet still in full control over its functions.  It was like I was observing my body from the perspective of my higher self.  Then it happened.   

My consciousness began to merge with the consciousness of the boardwalk.  My arms extended backwards and became two long boards of wood along the boardwalk.  My fingers became the smaller boards which ran down from the boardwalk to the beach.  I was in shock and awe at the realization that my fingers were not fingers, but were actually a part of the boardwalk.  I spread my fingers apart, but it was the boardwalk which moved.  My body even felt like a boardwalk would feel, if you could ever imagine that.  I can't even begin to truly describe my new state of being. 

This is when I lost all control of reality.  Everything in my awareness began to merge together in an interlocking fashion, and at the same time I WAS EVERYTHING WHICH WAS NOW MERGING TOGETHER.  I WAS NOT IN THIS NEW REALITY.  I WAS THIS NEW REALITY.  I have never experienced anything even close to this.  Not in any dream or astral projection.  I became temporarily insane, in physical-thinking terms, as I now had this new abstract perspective- I was now this new abstract being.  I cannot remember my thoughts during this part of the experience, I believe because they have no relation to the type of thoughts we have while in this physical reality.  I remember being confused as to how this was reality.  I would have never thought an experience like that was possible.

I slowly began to come back to my normal self.  For a while after my senses were booming.  Once again I saw the world as if it were an extremely vivid lucid dream.  I was in awe of the beauty of the world around me.  This was truly a life altering experience.  I experienced what it was like to be another type of consciousness, in this case the consciousness of the boardwalk I was on, and then the consciousness of the totality of my immediate environment.  The states I entered were so intense, so different.  So amazing.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
b2
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #231 - Sep 14th, 2009 at 7:21am
 
What happened to your two friends on this trip? What was your perception of them, or were they not in your field of view so you did not notice them?

What was their reaction? Was there a 'straight' person who was looking out for all of you?
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #232 - Sep 14th, 2009 at 2:14pm
 
My one friend was sitting slightly behind me and off to the side, so he wasn't in my perception.  My other friend was standing off to the side of me but more in front, so I could see him.  I was trying to explain to them what was happening during the trip, although my awareness was focused mainly on my new state of being, and basically all I was saying was, WOW!!! WOW!!! WOW!!!! WOW!!! MY FINGERS!!! THEY ARE.... WOW!!!!!!  During the peak of the trip when I became everything and I was merging together, my friends were part of that reality, but I didn't perceive them like I normally do.  I was perceiving them the same way I was perceiving everything else... like they were just a piece, an aspect, of the totality of my being which was merging and interlocking together, no more or less valid then a piece of the boardwalk or the sand.

My one friend had a similar experience, where he became the carpet he was sitting on. 
Back to top
« Last Edit: Sep 14th, 2009 at 9:55pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #233 - Sep 14th, 2009 at 8:14pm
 
Yeah, wow! Say, was fear an element of that trip?

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #234 - Sep 14th, 2009 at 9:53pm
 
Spookster

I didn't experience fear or any other negative emotions.  It was a positive experience, although quite strange at its full intensity.  It is hard to describe how I felt during the peak, because my consciousness was so far removed from my normal state, every aspect of my being was basically uncomparable to what we experience in the physical.  I did not fight the transformations I was undergoing, I simply sat back and allowed them to take place with curiousity and amazement.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #235 - Sep 15th, 2009 at 1:35pm
 
My feeling is that if you take a drug, your energy field will be weakened and it will become easier for an unfriendly spirit to invade you.

Drugs take the place of neurotransmitters, and much of what you experience could be the result of altered biochemistry rather than something substantial.

Eventually a person will reach the point where he or she understands that what is available spiritually is so removed from what takes place with drug usage, that there is no way he or she would use a drug.

I know a man who had a marriage with a woman that was quite fine, until see took magical mushrooms. After doing so she became schizophrenic and wouldn't leave her bed.

I know a man who took acid, had a bad experience, and ever since he has had physical problems.

I know a man who knew all about the various psychotrophic drugs that exist, he even had a book published that explained how to use them. He used them in order to have spiritual experiences. He used to use his bath tub as an isolation chamber while tripping. One day he was found dead in his bath tub.

I believe I would be insulting the grace that has come into my life if I resorted to taking psychotrophic drugs.

It is a mistake to take drugs because of what somebody such as Carlos Castaneda wrote. His stories are fictional,  he had a cult like following, and he was a womanizer.

If drug usage is such a good thing, why did the hippy movement end in the manner it ended?

But I guess some people will learn the hard way, while misleading others.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #236 - Sep 16th, 2009 at 12:11pm
 
Recoverer

I have responded to your post here: http://afterlife-knowledge.com/cgi-bin/yabb/YaBB.cgi?num=1253117381
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #237 - Sep 16th, 2009 at 12:26pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 107

This morning I had three brief out of body experiences. 

After programming my subconscious, I fell into a deep trance and slid out of my body with ease.  What I have noticed lately is that I have been exiting my body the same exact way every time.  I seem to slip out and fall downwards, while drifting to the left.  Every time there is a current which forces me to the left.  I don't know what that is about.

So I slid out, but I didn't feel like I was truly out of body.  So I went back to my body and slid out once again.  I still saw and felt nothing once out.  I wasn't completely sure as to what my state was.  I floated up, feeling the motion quite strongly.  I was out all along, but this was more of a phasing type experience.  In fact, it has been a while that I have had a nonphysical experience in my astral body.  Lately they have all been in what I believe is my mental body.  My visual senses came to me momentarily, as I found myself looking outside through my window.  The ocean had risen from the beach all the way up to the front door of my building!  A moment later I was back in bed, looking up at the ceiling.

I figured I'd give it one more shot, and slid on out again.  Really what I did was fall asleep, but my subconscious programming always catches me a moment before I pass out, right as my natural nonphysical separation process is about to begin.  Convenient, to say the least.  I found myself in my old house.  I flew around, just observing everything.  I decided to go outside, and this is when I realized I have a mental block.  I would fly to the ceiling or wall, and instead of flying through, I would stop and be pulled backwards by an unseen force.  I knew it was my beliefs holding me back, and although I knew that I could fly through the house with ease, it wasn't happening.  Just knowing that if I doubt my ability to go through the wall or ceiling it won't happen, an annoying voice in the back of my mind still doubts it, even though I know that the doubt is what is preventing me to proceed.  I apparently need to loose all doubt.  But I've done it a million times before!  I shall conquer this doubt in my next journey.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #238 - Sep 18th, 2009 at 2:55pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 108

This morning I woke up briefly and momentary programmed my subconscious. I probably only spent about 30 seconds meditating on my intent to leave my body. Before I knew it I was rolling out of my body. I did not slide down and out like I have been recently- there was a bit more friction this time. It was a very interesting thing, because my energy body felt quite heavy. I flew over to the door, but I could only fly for a short distance, then I would drop down to the ground. I screamed, "Energy Now!" Which possibly helped momentarily, for after that I flew the longest distance that I would the whole trip.

I went out into the hallway of my condo building, and noticed that it was actually a different building. I decided to go sneak around and check out what other people were doing in their apartments. I was going in and out of the rooms, observing the people inside them. For the most part I would fly right through the walls with no problem. But at times it seemed I would actually open the door. There is no doubt that this was an astral level.

I came across one married couple arguing over some marital problem they were having. Then I encountered a strange group of people. I walked into a husband screaming at his wife for sleeping with another man who I believe was still in bed with her. The thing was, the husband allowed it to take place to begin with, but as he watched, found out he couldn't handle it. There were more of their friends nearby. They went out into a commons area, where two girls began to fight. One threw an object at the other as she was leaving. They then went back inside to eat. This is where it gets really strange, because although I realized I was out of body, I began to eat with them. They all brought in a different type of food for everyone to share. The food appeared delicious, although I did not taste a thing. At times it seemed as if they were unaware of my presence, but at other times one of them would say something to me. One suggested to me that I try his dish. Soon after eating with them I found myself back in my body. I have no idea why I decided to eat with them. Weird..
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #239 - Oct 15th, 2009 at 9:57am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 109

Yesterday something amazing happened which I can't remember ever happening before (perhaps when I was a little kid).  While going for a bike ride, I suddenly entered a deep state of remembrance.  It was such a deep state that I actually felt my inner state of being at the time being remembered.  This may not sound so extraordinary, except what I remembered was myself before my physical life.  It was such an amazing feeling!  I was filled with such joy and exuberance!  My thoughts were totally removed from the physical system of reality- they had no relation whatsoever.  My state of being was radically different- I was completely in the moment- in each moment- and each moment was SO beautiful.  I had such knowledge- I can't remember exactly what that knowledge was- it was more like a state of being content with the vast knowledge I had access to.  It was such a unique experience, and yet I knew this was a memory.  I knew I was experiencing my state of being when I resided in the spirit world.  This state lasted for about 10 seconds, and after that I could draw upon it at any time, including now.  How could I have forgotten!  Silly me.  I'll never forget again.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #240 - Oct 15th, 2009 at 12:42pm
 
Sounds like a great experience Dude.

Reminds me of my night in heaven experience, even though you had your experience in a different context.  During my NIHE I remembered what my existence is really about beyond this World. It's a nice perspective to have.

One evening I had a memory of what it was like before I incarnated into this World. I felt sad and afraid. I told a spirit being I was with I'll miss you. He (?) said "I know."
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #241 - Nov 6th, 2009 at 9:29pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 110

The other morning I believe I had a visitation from an ET(s).

I woke up early and drifted into a deep meditation.  Almost instantly I became slightly out of sync with the physical dimension, and was observing the version of my room which was in this alternate dimension.  Perhaps it was the Real Time Zone. 

I then noticed something standing outside of my open door.  It was facing the other way.  I knew what it was.  It slowly turned until it was facing me, and the large black eyes peered deeply into mine.  The being was a vivid orange color.  It wasn't until it looked at me that the fear struck like a ton of bricks.  I am usually not afraid when dealing with ETs in altered states, but something about this one just got to me.  I quickly snapped out of it.  The eerie feeling lingered with me for a few minutes.  Encountering these orange ETs has become common place.  I feel I need to establish a real connection and engage in meaningful communication.  I believe I have before, but the details always escape me upon recall.  Perhaps setting out with the intent of establishing a conscious relationship will help.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Nov 7th, 2009 at 2:19am by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Ralph Buskey
Senior Member
****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 401
Brick Township, NJ
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #242 - Nov 7th, 2009 at 1:44am
 
   I have a suggestion which may help in conscious communication. Since alien communication can occur telepatically, I've found that apple juice helps in memory retention. Maybe if they happen to come my way, I can test out my theory.

Ralph
Back to top
 
Ralph Buskey Ralph Buskey  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #243 - Nov 9th, 2009 at 4:36pm
 
Dude:

Did the orange being look like what can be found if you scroll down on this link?

http://www.crystalinks.com/greys.html
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #244 - Nov 9th, 2009 at 6:25pm
 
Ehh not so much.  It looked more like this one, but with slightly larger eyes:

http://1.bp.blogspot.com/_ZNxZTO-Pjw0/SPUWB6ga5WI/AAAAAAAAAHs/GP_iSbq8XVw/s200/C...

It was about 4 1/2 feet tall.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #245 - Nov 13th, 2009 at 4:02pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 111

This morning I used my sleep/awake/sleep method for inducing a projection and it resulted in two out of body experiences! 

The first one was rather brief.  I laid meditating for about 15 minutes, getting progressively deeper.  Suddenly I phased into another dimension and found myself flying around a strange universe.  There were huge dinosaur type animals running all around, and I seemed to be a tiny spec compared to these large beings.  I still had a little awareness of my body at this point.  Suddenly I experienced an intense dropping sensation, and with that my bodily awareness was gone and I was now fully in this dimension.  However, I soon heard Monroe's voice on my Lifelines track which I was listening to, and it snapped me back to my body.

I turned off my ipod and began to meditate again, when I had my second experience, which was much longer and way more intense.  While meditating, I set the intent to go to a true heaven and be accompanied by an angel.  Suddenly the blackness I was "seeing" in my mind turned to white.  Now here is where the details get confusing, as I am having a bit of trouble putting the events in chronological order.  So I will detail to the best of my memory.  Suddenly I burst into a beautiful sunny sky with clouds all around me.  The joy of being free of my body and being in such a wonderful place is flowing full force through me.  Was there someone with me?  I feel there was, and I can slightly remember someone.  But the memory isn't solid enough to say for sure. 

The next thing I remember, I am in a room of a house with a strange spinning contraption in the center.  I look at my hands to keep my lucidity.  They appear similar to my physical hands, only more real, more vivid.   So there was this guy next to the contraption.. a black man with a suit on, and he had a book.  I tried to read the cover of the book, but the letters and words kept changing!  Finally I concentrated with much might, and read something along the lines of... Guide to Purgatory.  The man had some things written on his suit as well, but I couldn't make them out. 

I left this room with the man.  We began walking around the house.  Well, I was flying.  I flew into a picture which was hanging on the wall, and went right into a dimension in which that picture was actually taking place!  I believe there were a couple people lounging around in the picture, which is the scene I flew into, now witnessing.  The man seemed to follow me everywhere I went.  I could sense that he was a friend of some kind. 

I then flew into a mirror, and entered a universe which was very strange- quite hard to describe.  The environment seemed to be of a metallic substance, and I lost awareness of my energy body.  I did a large flip maneuver, and oddly enough, without trying to, I then automatically did the completely opposite move, flying right back out of the mirror and back into the house, where the man was waiting.  I knew his name but I can't remember it.

I looked out the window and it was so beautiful outside!  I flew right through and was soaring again through the sky.  It was such an amazing feeling.  I continuously concentrated on my hands throughout this experience in order to retain my lucidity, and it worked like a charm.  I soon came down to the ground, where the guy was waiting for me once again.  I feel he was a guide of some kind.  We began talking and walking.  I started to fly, but there seemed to be some resistance, so I simply started to walk with him. 

I realized that I needed to remember this experience!  I began to excitedly outline the events of the experience so far.  We then began talking.  I cannot remember most of our conversation, but as we approached this one house, he began telling me that there was someone he wanted me to see. 

I entered the house and there was a family of three talking.  A father, a young boy, and a girl about my age.  I instantly felt a connection with this girl.  I went over to her and gave her a huge hug.  The love flowing between us was incredible.  She asked how I have been as we hugged.  We then sat and began talking, as if we were old friends.  She began telling me about her school classes, and then mentioned one of her friends who she met in a yoga class.  I did not know who this friend was until she pointed to my guide, and I realized that these two knew each other.  We began to converse some more, when I realized that I needed to get back so I could record the experience in my journal before I forgot it all! 

Back to top
« Last Edit: Nov 13th, 2009 at 11:23pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
DocM
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2168
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #246 - Nov 13th, 2009 at 4:21pm
 
This sounds like the real McCoy, Dude.  They sound like a soul group or family encounter, possibly in a Focus 27 type area. 

When I was 16, I remember flying to Boston on an interview for a well known college.  A woman, about 40 sat next to me.  I felt I knew her.  I mean really knew her like an intimate relative or lover.  I was very polite, and a bit shy, so I dismissed those feelings and sat down.

Within about five minutes, she looked at me and said "do I know you?"  "well no, I couldn't, but maybe do you have an older brother?"

We started to talk, she was a nurse and traveling. We had a lot in common.  I was somewhat surprised that we both could have these "gut" feelings about each other for no particular reason.  We went our separate ways.  By the end of the flight I was convinced we were star crossed lovers (what did I know, I was 16).

But more and more now, I think that there is something to this soul group of intimate souls who we travel with and interact with while incarnate and after death.  I think you just met someone from yours.


M

Matthew
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #247 - Nov 13th, 2009 at 5:04pm
 
Dude:

The OBE you shared sort of reminds me of some of my OBEs. Rather than obtaining a bunch of details so I can write something such as Bruce Moen writes, I experience different things each of which has a symbolic meaning,  and it is hard to remember all of the details when the experience is over.

Also, there will usually be a moment when I make a point of noticing how real everything seems.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #248 - Nov 15th, 2009 at 8:32pm
 
Thanks for the feedback guys.

There seems to be an underlying aspect of my nonphysical experiences, whether it is an OBE, phasing experience, or lucid dream.  They have a depth that cannot really be accurately described in physical terms.  I always feel as if there is much more to my experiences than what I can remember in the traditional sense.  It is a unique feeling I get which accompanies the memories- another dimension of the experience which I can sense. 

It feels like my journeys are far more significant than they appear to be on the surface.  Like I am involved in events occurring simultaneously on another level- a level that penetrates the astral and is possibly the source of it.  Perhaps my difficulty in consciously comprehending this arises from it's deep nonphysical nature- maybe it is so unlike anything of a physical nature that there is nothing physical to compare it to. 

Perhaps the astral levels I experience are intermediary dimensions between this seemingly incomprehensible nonphysical system of events and my physically-oriented conscious mind.  The question is, what is the nature of this deeper nonphysical system?
Back to top
« Last Edit: Nov 15th, 2009 at 10:21pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #249 - Nov 25th, 2009 at 4:42pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 112

This morning I did my sleep/wake/sleep method for OBEs and I wonder what happened...

I phased into an area of consciousness in which I knew that I could go anywhere I wanted or do anything I wanted by simply stating the intent.  I mentally screamed, "I want to help someone!!!"  Suddenly I was in outer space, flying at an incredibly high speed.  I wasn't aware of having any type of body; this was most likely a mental projection.  There was a face of some man I didn't recognize in front of my awareness while I was shooting through space.  He was talking to me, but unfortunately I cannot remember what he was saying.

Suddenly I arrived at this place.  It was a large room with many people in it, mostly young adults.  They seemed to be involved in some sort of activities and enjoying themselves, but I didn't pay much attention to them.  I was with someone; I'm not sure who it was.  Maybe it was the man I saw in space.  We were in front of a pay phone.  He instructed me to call someone, and this would be the individual I was to help. 

I made the call, and wasn't sure what to expect on the other end of the phone- often times I get very strange vibes from those I talk to nonphysically on telephones.  It was a female who answered.  She told me something.. maybe who she was and where to go... I couldn't make out what she said.  I had to ask her to repeat herself almost ten times before I understood what she was saying- It was almost as bad as trying to read fine print in a dream/OBE!  So I figured out what she said, but I can't remember what it was.  Duhhhh  Cheesy  I realized that this individual was actually in the room that I was in.  A few females started to approach me, and I had a feeling that one of them was her.  The experience abruptly ended, however, when my wife moved in bed next to me and woke me up.

To be continued, I suppose...
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
goobygirl
Full Member
***
Offline



Posts: 167
USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #250 - Nov 25th, 2009 at 11:12pm
 
That's cool Dude. Yeah reading or doing math in dreams/obe/lucid dreams is tough. I had a phone call from  my grandma last week in my dream (she's passed) and I realized it was just a device to let me talk to her. We also talked on the phone quite bit on the earth plane too.
Back to top
 

Goobygirl
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #251 - Nov 26th, 2009 at 10:23am
 
Dude you are so much further along than I am. However, I do have a pub in f27 with a huge arena stage in the back room. Every time I go there everyone is happy to see me but I can't understand a word they are saying yet. I get a good feeling though. Care to share a pint with me sometime the pub is called either Heaven or Heathen I can't quite make out the sign on the door. Wink
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #252 - Dec 1st, 2009 at 7:20pm
 
Beau

Sounds good!  Maybe we can perform our music there!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #253 - Dec 1st, 2009 at 7:22pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 113

This morning I did my sleep/wake/sleep technique to induce an OBE.  I put on my new Remote Viewing hemisync track from TMI (thanks Thomas!) and quickly sunk into a deep meditation.  I would go so deep that I would almost completely click out.  However, a portion of my consciousness was still aware, for I'd come back to fully awareness every now and then and have vague memories of being somewhere else, doing something.

I eventually passed out and had a dream in which I was able to gain powers(flying, manifesting energy, ect..) by charging up on electicity.  The last charge up I did was so intense it awakened my conscious mind, and I was suddenly in a full-blown lucid dream.  I screamed at the top of my nonphysical lungs with joy, "I'm dreaming!"  "Im out of my body!"  I remember hearing my voice echoing throughout the mansion I was in. 

I flew through the walls and out into the night sky, which was a beautiful sight.  The moon was shining brightly in the starry sky.  I looked at my hands to retain my lucidity, and touched my face.  They felt just as real as they do now.  I then stuck them into my mouth, which in retrospect was a rather strange thing to do.  They went in past my wrists, and seemed to conform to the shape of my nonphysical throat.

I began to fly up into the upper atmosphere, and noticed a strong layer of energy under my feet which was assisting in my flight.

I started to loose lucidity, and was soon back into the dream state.  I got a call from my boss, who warned me that it wasn't good to use electricity to gain powers; I need to gain them naturally.  I agreed, and replied that I was just experimenting, trying something new.

The conversation I had with my boss got me thinking.  Maybe this was a message from my higher self, a warning.  Perhaps the electricity I used to gain powers represented something else.  But what?  Hemisync?  I do use this occasionally to aid in my meditations and altered states, but I usually have my OBEs and other projections without it.  Maybe it symoblized something else.  I don't know.  I'll have to meditate on it.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Dec 1st, 2009 at 11:51pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #254 - Dec 1st, 2009 at 7:53pm
 
Dude:

It sounds like you received a good message. I believe that the more we grow in love, the better we'll be at exploring higher realms. Techniques are quite secondary.

There have been occasions when I was out of body and tried to merge with my higher self, and I'd end up having an experience that pointed to the limiting thought pattern (s) I need to overcome in order to merge with my higher self in a natural and effortless way.

It could also be a matter of your higher self and/or guidance trying to assist you, and the tape you use interferes with what they are trying to accomplish.

One of the main things a transcendent experience does is inspire us to overcome our limitations. There are people who have a transcendent experience, then don't seek a way to incorporate it into their life.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #255 - Dec 1st, 2009 at 8:04pm
 
There is something else that occured to me. Some people have used remote viewing to assist the government.  How did the government make use of the knowledge that was gained? To kill people? To capture and torture them?

If a person uses his non-physical abilities in a manner that causes harm to others, this is hardly a good thing.

The people who developed remote viewing technology, how did they use their abilities? Is the ability to review remotely essential to our spiritual growth and life?
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #256 - Dec 1st, 2009 at 8:57pm
 
Recoverer

Thanks for the reply.  It's interesting that you bring up the times you tried to merge with your HS and instead you had an experience showing you that you needed to overcome limiting beliefs, because during this experience I tried to do just this, but instead of merging with my HS, I recieved the phone call...  I think you helped me find the answer that I needed.. Thanks!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #257 - Dec 1st, 2009 at 10:48pm
 
A thought occurred to me.  Maybe I was trying too hard.  Robert Monroe would just relax and let his guides take over, and he would be led to have whatever experience he needed at that time.  I'm going to give this a try tomorrow morning, that is, totally surrender to the will of my guides, of my higher self, and perhaps I will be led to where I need to be and experience what I need to experience, instead of trying to force it.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #258 - Dec 2nd, 2009 at 12:06am
 
Excellent Idea Dude, can't wait to hear what develops.
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
Ralph Buskey
Senior Member
****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 401
Brick Township, NJ
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #259 - Dec 2nd, 2009 at 8:11pm
 
Greetings.


   I'm concerncerned about something. Everyone here seems to have guides helping them, but I feel like I'm on my own. All of my discoveries and experiences are not guided by anyone but me, myself and I.

   Could it be because I'm transgendered that guides are reluctant to help me? I get dream guidance but not conscious lucid guidance.

Ralph
Back to top
 
Ralph Buskey Ralph Buskey  
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #260 - Dec 2nd, 2009 at 11:26pm
 
Perhaps Ralph you are just very integrated into who you are and your guides have merged so that you feel it's all you and truly it is ultimately.
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
b2
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #261 - Dec 3rd, 2009 at 8:25am
 
I think things happen when you are ready, when the opening is especially needed. I am only just beginning to hear direct 'voice' guidance, and that is after many many years of meditating. I thought something was wrong. But it's not. Also, I thought it was odd I could never 'see' a guide when I started trying out the retrieval method Bruce teaches. But, I learned to accept that my guide(s) simply accompanies me and does not want to be a flashy character who distracts from what I am learning.  At least, that's my take. I have to really want or need any kind of appearance to get one, and an 'appearance' would most often be at a particular time or area of an experience.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
Ralph Buskey
Senior Member
****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 401
Brick Township, NJ
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #262 - Dec 3rd, 2009 at 10:50am
 
Quote:
Perhaps Ralph you are just very integrated into who you are and your guides have merged so that you feel it's all you and truly it is ultimately.


Greetings Beau.


   You could be right. Since I'm heavy into internal meditation, it's possible I'm the head of my own cluster or disc; so any guidance is actually my higher self so I perceive as me anyway. I think that when I sense synchronicity, it means I'm following my higher self to the letter (or number or "TOE") Smiley.

Quote:
I learned to accept that my guide(s) simply accompanies me and does not want to be a flashy character who distracts from what I am learning.  At least, that's my take. I have to really want or need any kind of appearance to get one, and an 'appearance' would most often be at a particular time or area of an experience.


Greetings b2.


   The particular path I'm on during this earthly incarnation may require low profile external guidance, so I can resolve issues on my own as much as possible. Also, I've never really reached out and asked for a guide, so that may be a strong factor as well. Possibly after I achieve controlled exploration of the other side on a continual basis, then any guidance will come forward and help.

Ralph
Back to top
 
Ralph Buskey Ralph Buskey  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #263 - Dec 3rd, 2009 at 3:35pm
 
Ralph:

It isn't necessary for everybody to make conscious contact with their spirit guidance.  Not everybody on this forum does so.

A guide is like a friend who gives helpful suggestions, except that they know how to use energy in ways that people don't tend to know.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #264 - Dec 3rd, 2009 at 6:53pm
 
Ralph

Perhaps it's an issue of subconscious beliefs or thought patterns interfering.  Take a look at my "Afformations" thread.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #265 - Dec 5th, 2009 at 6:22pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 114

This morning I used the sleep/wake/sleep method.  I stayed off the hemisync as I believe was suggested by my guidance/HS.  I quickly entered a deep meditative state and before long I phased out of my body.  This entire process, from the moment I layed down, took far less time than it would have had I been using hemisync, so I see the wisdom in the message I recieved during my last experience. 

I had two fairly short, back-to-back projections, but the details are a little mixed up because I fell asleep before logging the experiences in my bedside journal.  Several important details stand out, and coincidentally were shared- these things occurred during both projections.

I was in close proximaty to my body, and it was dark.  I felt several presences around me, and remember encountering at least a couple shodow-type entities.  I momentarily had a struggle with fear caused by the unknown nature and intentions of these beings, but I overcame it rather quickly and just let the experience flow, trusting my HS. 

My energy body was very active, and I think these beings may have had something to do with this.  I recall being touched by at least one of them and experiencing overwhelming energy.  Twice I focused on my chakra energy circuit and the same phenomena happened both times:  Energy began to flow through my chakras with insane intensity.  What I think may have been my naval chakra(although it felt a bit lower-about half way inbetween my root and naval) exploded with an unimaginable intensity(I believe this is the relative area I focused on initially) and a feeling of exctacy penetrated the core of my being.  I had to pull my focus from it and concentrate on an area away from the energy to make it subside- more than a few seconds of this was too much for comfort.

I believe I attempted to manipulate my energy body during these projections because of something I read recently regarding the powers of our mind and energy being exponentially amplified when we are nonphysically conscious.  Now, I knew this before, but when I came across the material on this subject the other day it stuck to me.  I believe I subconsciously made the decision to experiment with this concept during my next projection, for it wasn't that I remembered what I had read and decided to give it a try during this experience, but rather I almost instinctively did it without really thinking about it. 

I've noticed that this has been the case during other experiences as well.  Sometimes I say to myself that I want to do this or try that during my next projection, but it seems like the goal or intent needs to be set deeply into my subconscious for me to carry through with it, or to even remember it.  Just stating the desire doesn't seem to be enough. 
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #266 - Dec 6th, 2009 at 7:16pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 115

The truth in the guidance I recieved to stay off Hemisync has once again been validated.  It took me even less time to project this morning than it took yesterday.  This projection was so long and intricate that my conscious mind could only retain a small portion of the full experience.

During this projection I requested for my guides and HS to guide me.  I felt the presence of at least two beings holding onto me at various times throughout the journey, and once they even pulled me out of my body by my feet!  At other times I couldn't sense them, however.

After projecting, I found I was in a large room with an extremely high ceiling.  I flew outside, where there was a pool.  I dove into the pool, and initially seemed to have trouble breathing underwater.  Against my surface thoughts that I didn't need to breathe was a deep-seeded belief that I in fact did, but after a few moments I conquered this false belief and was totally comfortable underwater. 

I asked to be in the presence of Jesus Christ, and suddenly I was being pulled up into the sky by my guides.  Eventually my visual perception dissipated and I was surrounded by blackness.  I could barely sense my guides.  I kept my focus on my intent to see Jesus, and suddenly I felt someone there.  Almost immediately my throat chakra became active and began buzzing with great intensity.  I knew that this had something to do with Jesus, but I wasn't sure what.

During the entirety of the experience I returned back to my body and projected again several times, although I would never fully merge with my physical body, but would be loosely connected.  Soon after the Jesus experience I was back in my body, just slightly out of sync with it.  I loosened my energy body, lifting up my arms, which were now floating.  Suddenly I heard my wife giggle.  She was sleeping next to me.  We began to telepathically communicate, and she told me that she thought it was funny that my limbs were up in the air like that.  There was more to this conversation which I cannot recall, plus some sexual activity that I will leave out.  Although she was sleeping, it seems a deeper aspect of her consciousness was aware and interacting with me. 

I eventually slipped back out and into the astral, continuing my journey.  For the most part, all I can remember at this point is fleeting images and vague feelings gained from the encounters and interactions I had with other beings.  I found myself with a few beings, one of them I knew to be another aspect of myself.  I was me, but I was also him at the same time.  Suddenly this being transformed into a female unicorn, and I totally became this being, my personality being completely altered.  It was made known to me that this was the female side of my being that I was experiencing.  It's hard to describe how, but I felt feminine.  I thought differently, spoke and acted differently, I was different.

I came back to my body again, only to project right back out.  I once again set the intent to visit Jesus, and like last time I felt a loving presence, and my throat chakra burst with a pleasant but intense energy.  Details of this part of the experience escape me.

Towards the end of this journey I began to witness myself at various moments in my life, basically watching scenes from my past.  As I witnessed these memories, I knew they were mine.  The thing is, these events did not occur in this life, and not only that, but some of them were not even me.  I was experiencing the memories of myself from another life and the memories of myself as another person.  The questions that immediately came to mind after the experience include:  Are these real people and real events?  Do these memories have a significant relation to me?  Are they part of my HS's experience?

There was much more that occurred during this experience.  What I've described feels like just the tip of the iceburg.  After writing this in my journal I went back to bed and had another projection.  However, I fell asleep right after the experience, and when I woke up, what I could feel was an amazing projection was unrecallable.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Dec 6th, 2009 at 9:08pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #267 - Dec 6th, 2009 at 9:21pm
 
Dude:

Your OBEs sort of remind me of mine, in that they don't happen in a manner that is similar to what you read in a book, they seem more haphazard; HOWEVER, my feeling is that when assisted by a guide we experience what we need to experience,  rather than what "writes" well.

Regarding making contact with Jesus, as I've said in the past, there have been several times when he showed his image to me, but I figure there are a lot of light beings who help us out, inclunding our higher self. Therefore, perhaps what's most important is that the beings we make contact with are Christlike.

Regarding your throat, I've found that my throat has been quite an interesting thing. Sometimes I hear a noise in my throat chakra that comes from a spirit being, and it is hard to figure out what is said.  I don't mean that a spirit enters my throat chakra, it's like a telephone receiver.

One time as I lay in bed awake, I felt something attach to one side of my neck, and it spinned there for a while and made a very noticeable noise. I didn't see it clearly, but hat the impression of a large top.  I didn't know what to make of it, and chose to trust that the light beings I work with were looking out for me.

As you've probably seen I'm all about discernment (whether it is good is another matter Wink), but sometimes it's hard to know what's going on, and if you want to make the energetic changes that will enable you to help out the good guys, you have to be willing to rely on your faith in them and yourself  at times.

Sometimes our guides are between a rock and a hard place when they try to help us, because clear communication isn't always easy, and we have to be  willing to take some chances so clearer  communication becomes possible.

Regarding the shadow figures, I wonder if they were created by your guidance as a part of your growth process. As I've said before, my guidance has created imaginary unfriendly beings so I could tangle with them and overcome my fear.



Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
Cricket
Senior Member
****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 351
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #268 - Dec 7th, 2009 at 2:03pm
 
I'm concerned about something. Everyone here seems to have guides helping them, but I feel like I'm on my own. All of my discoveries and experiences are not guided by anyone but me, myself and I.

I don't seem to have any guides, either...but then, I never went looking.  My late husband gives me a shove in the right direction occasionally, but that's more "where is that damn wrench?" than towards great philosophical truths.  I think maybe there comes a point where we get turned loose to muddle through on our own, as a learning experience.

Could it be because I'm transgendered that guides are reluctant to help me? I get dream guidance but not conscious lucid guidance.

Doubt it - if anything, you should get twice as many!   Smiley

I suspect a lot of *guides* are basically transgendered - some folks think that at some point, varying by who's telling it, we quit being identified with a specific gender.  I can't imagine guides caring one way or the other. 

When it comes to no obvious guides, I suspect it's more like when we decide to take the training wheels off a kid's bike - when some folks get to where they can do some decision making on their own, they get shoved off on two wheels...there's someone out there, but they're laying low, because you're doing fine on your own.  Even if you screw up, if you screw up for reasonable reasons, and learn from it, you're still doing fine, it's part of the process.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
Nanner
Super Member
*****
Offline


Theres only AGAPE

Posts: 764
Hamburg, Germany
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #269 - Dec 7th, 2009 at 4:53pm
 
Cricket wrote on Dec 7th, 2009 at 2:03pm:
I'm concerned about something. Everyone here seems to have guides helping them, but I feel like I'm on my own. All of my discoveries and experiences are not guided by anyone but me, myself and I.

I don't seem to have any guides, either...but then, I never went looking.  My late husband gives me a shove in the right direction occasionally, but that's more "where is that damn wrench?" than towards great philosophical truths.  I think maybe there comes a point where we get turned loose to muddle through on our own, as a learning experience.

Could it be because I'm transgendered that guides are reluctant to help me? I get dream guidance but not conscious lucid guidance.

Doubt it - if anything, you should get twice as many!   Smiley

I suspect a lot of *guides* are basically transgendered - some folks think that at some point, varying by who's telling it, we quit being identified with a specific gender.  I can't imagine guides caring one way or the other. 

When it comes to no obvious guides, I suspect it's more like when we decide to take the training wheels off a kid's bike - when some folks get to where they can do some decision making on their own, they get shoved off on two wheels...there's someone out there, but they're laying low, because you're doing fine on your own.  Even if you screw up, if you screw up for reasonable reasons, and learn from it, you're still doing fine, it's part of the process.


Cricket...OMG...you scared me sweetie.. Cry ..THERES A NANNER OUT HERE READING YOUR WORDS HONEY..  Grin You mean to tell me, I have to go thru this ride a bike without training wheels thing, thinking someones holding the bike only to discover whilst lookin over my shoulder that they friggin let me go AGAIN! Last time I did that I mashed my mouth pretty darn hard. Can someone tell me how to get in contact with my guide? It still hasnt happend consciously as far as I know.

Smiley
Nanner
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
Cricket
Senior Member
****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 351
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #270 - Dec 7th, 2009 at 10:24pm
 
LOL!  Yeah, they do tend to let go without warning sometimes...on the other hand, sometimes they jump in and help the same way. Smiley
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #271 - Dec 7th, 2009 at 11:52pm
 
Nanner

It seems the way to go when it comes to contacting one's guides is getting into the proper altered state and setting the intent.  If this does not work, there may be limiting beliefs, possibly even subconscious ones, that are blocking your perception of your guides.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #272 - Dec 13th, 2009 at 10:54pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 116

As I drifted into an altered state this morning with a light intention of leaving my body(I didn't repeat any affirmations this time), I lost sensation of my physical body as my awareness of my energy body came to the forefront of my consciousness.  I soon became aware of at least a couple of beings right next to me.  I was in a light hypnogogic state, and could not see these beings, but I felt them.  There was no negative or positive signiture to their energy, just a presence.  I saw images of ETs almost simultaneously.  I focused on a feeling of love, and when it became strong enough I projected the love out to these beings.  The next thing I remember is phasing out of my body. 

The room around me was dark, and I was drifting around when I realised I wasn't alone.  Across the room was an ET, a grey-type.  I was startled, and instantly returned to my body.

I almost immediately entered the same deep state as before and drifted out once again.  The room looked the same as before, but the alien was gone.

Suddenly a window(actually just a square opening about the size and position as a normal window would be) manifested on the wall to the right of me.  There was extremely bright light pouring in from the other side of this window(dimensional doorway?).  A moment after the window of light appeared, an ET stepped in front of it.  The alien was on the other side, looking in at me with the bright light shining behind it.  It looked similar to the ET I saw during my last projection. 

I felt uncomfortable with the presense of this being.  I didn't want to be anywhere near it.  It was an unneccessary fear I felt- not overwhelming, but enough to make me abort.  I pulled my focus away from the ET and was soon back in my body.

Looking back on the experience, I wish I had stayed and communicated with these beings.  It is no coincidence that I encountered these ETs out of body after seeing their images in my mind during the hypnogogic state and sensing the presence of entities nearby before the projection.  It seems my mind created these images as I sensed the beings' energy, the images perhaps being a translation of the ETs' energy into a visual form.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Dec 14th, 2009 at 3:10am by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #273 - Dec 14th, 2009 at 1:46pm
 
Yeah dude, non-physical life can be tricky at times. The problem with the Greys, as far as I'm concerned, is that I don't know their nature. Friendly? Unfriendly? Neutral?

If we expect to see a Grey, we might see one. When I've seen aliens they didn't look anything like a Grey, Reptilian or Nordic. Actually, one time while meditating a Reptilian like being looked at me in a very hostile way.

Perhaps the only way to insure that you make contact with friendly aliens is to live according to love and light. Consider those mock abductions I've written about. I believe they made the point, along with other experiences, that as long as I choose love and light, I'll be okay, regardless of what's out there.

There have been a few occasions when I had alien contact and it felt friendly.

I guess this sort of thing has to take place in steps as we overcome barriers.

It's interesting that you do so while at a young age, while I'm 51. Regardless of our age, perhaps "a" need will occur at the same time. Wink
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #274 - Dec 14th, 2009 at 6:35pm
 
It's true- discerning the intentions of ETs can be difficult.  I feel the only way to do so accurately is through nonphysical communication and interaction.  Being that we are much more open to the guidance and intuitions of our higher self while out of body, the energy and overall intent coming from whatever beings we happen to be in the presence of should be apparent to us.  These beings in particular felt more neutral than anything, but I can't say for sure.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Ralph Buskey
Senior Member
****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 401
Brick Township, NJ
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #275 - Dec 15th, 2009 at 1:39am
 
Greetings OutOfBodyDude
.

   I can relate to what you are experiencing. I've had many alien encounters in dreams and have seen their faces during some of my meditations. I don't know for sure, but I feel that they are the experimenters on us. I've read much about how the reptilians use the greys as an intermediary with humans. I'm trying hard lately to boost my mental strength so I can have a decent telepathic communication with them.

   We should all work at mental control and the elimination of fear helps immensely with communication. I've been going through some crazy dreams lately that seem tailored to testing me on how I handle bazaar experiences, like living plants, talking penguins, etc. Maybe the aliens are working with whoever controls our dream experiences in the focus level that dreams occur in.

   I've had this desire to meet the aliens in person someday, so maybe when I go on my trek to Arizona, something may surprise me. Either this month or January I'll be on the road.

Ralph
Back to top
 
Ralph Buskey Ralph Buskey  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #276 - Dec 15th, 2009 at 1:36pm
 
Ralph:

I've analyzed thousands of dreams, and I don't believe they are controlled by aliens. I've found that most of them are created by friendly guidance.

There is a lot of contradictory information out there when it comes to aliens, and I believe it is best to be careful when it comes to people who have fear based descriptions.

For example somebody like David Icke who claims that people like Bush, B Clinton, H Clinton and B Obama are all reptilians. Give me a break.

One time I asked my guidance about Icke, and they showed the face of a man I know, and this man is an out of control conspiracy theorist.

Because Icke says things that sound true, he is able to get people to believe things that aren't true. He shows that there are a lot of followers in this World (for example, the people who listen to him without seriously questioning what he says), and not enough people who learn to think for themselves.

Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #277 - Dec 15th, 2009 at 2:06pm
 
Recoverer

Is there a reason why a friendly guide couldn't be an ET?  I know of several species of ETs who work with humans to improve and advance our consciousness.  I also know of several explorers who have discovered that members of their Oversoul are ETs.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #278 - Dec 15th, 2009 at 2:08pm
 
Amen Albert, On the Icke stuff.
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #279 - Dec 15th, 2009 at 2:34pm
 
Here's a forum chat from somebody who knew him.

http://www.godlikeproductions.com/forum1/message196120/pg1
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #280 - Dec 15th, 2009 at 7:45pm
 
I believe that dreams are created by the Higher Self.  Spirit guides may be a part of the dream experience, and may play a big role, but an individual spirit creating our dreams?  Doesn't make much sense to me.  Of course, these spirit guides may be parts of our Higher Self, and in that way they help to create the dreams.   

There is a ton of contradictory descriptions of aliens.  Some say the greys are bad and are controlled by reptilitans, and others have had very positive experiences with them.  I think it's best to have an open mind and no expectations when dealing with ETs. 

And like I said, I do believe it is possible for spirit guides to be ETs, and in that way play a role in our spiritual developement, including our dream lives.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Ralph Buskey
Senior Member
****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 401
Brick Township, NJ
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #281 - Dec 16th, 2009 at 4:11pm
 
Quote:
Ralph:

I've analyzed thousands of dreams, and I don't believe they are controlled by aliens. I've found that most of them are created by friendly guidance.

There is a lot of contradictory information out there when it comes to aliens, and I believe it is best to be careful when it comes to people who have fear based descriptions.

Greetings Recoverer.


   Some of my dreams may or may not be controlled by aliens, but none of them included the element of fear. I did have an out of body dream when I was 23 where I floated into a room that had people lying in beds and grey aliens were hovering over them. They gave me a telepathic communication where they were surprised that I could wander in there and wished for me to leave, so I left.

   I read articles by David Icke and don't agree with him either. You're right, his interpretation of greys and reptilians is fear based. I have experienced the reptilians in dreams a few times as well and considered them friendly each time. Zachary Sitchin thinks that the Sumerian gods called the Annunaki could have been reptilian. There are many artifacs from ancient races that have reptilian faces on them.

Quote:
Is there a reason why a friendly guide couldn't be an ET?  I know of several species of ETs who work with humans to improve and advance our consciousness.  I also know of several explorers who have discovered that members of their Oversoul are ETs.


Greetings OutOfBodyDude.


   Most of my life I've felt alien to the way other humans are on this planet. I've always felt that other people's needs come before mine and have been shocked at the way other's talk bad about each other and created verbal and physical violence. I still have trouble fitting in at gatherings and parties and I'm happiest when home and learning something new. Perhaps I was an alien in at least one life before this (I'm a strong believer in reincarnation).

Ralph
Back to top
 
Ralph Buskey Ralph Buskey  
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #282 - Dec 16th, 2009 at 4:46pm
 
Dude:

Sorry, I didn't notice that you asked if there is any reason a friendly ET couldn't be a guide (I believe you asked this rhetorically). I don't see why it would be a problem.  I figure that some disks are neither human or alien. Plus some of us might have alien roots. Plus, even if we came from a disk that has only human lifetimes, why would it be a problem to communicate with a friendly alien? A soul is a soul.

I agree that our higher self is the most likely creator of our dreams, but I wonder if in some lucid dreams a guide creates the astral realm we experience.

Ralph:

I haven't read anything by Zachary Sitchin.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #283 - Dec 25th, 2009 at 6:53pm
 
JOURNAL 117

Christmas eve my dream state was bombarded with aliens.  I'm talking every dream I can remember.  Aliens in all different types of situations.  Some harder to remember than others.  I will detail the most significant one.

I was in my family's old house.  My sister was in her room, and as I passed by I heard her scream.  She said there was an alien in her closet.  My instinct was to flee.  However, I took control of my fear and went back towards the room.  I approached the doorway, and right before I stepped into the room, a 4.5-5 foot alien ran out of the closet and right up to me.  I opened my arms, and he came running into me.  We gave eachother a huge hug, and his hands dug deep into my back.  An insanely intense energy exploded throughout my back, mainly along my chakra circuit.  It was rediculously strong, had it been a little stronger it would have been unpleasant.  After a few moments of experiencing this energy I woke up.

This energy was certainly real, and I feel this was more than just a regular dream.  Was this being doing some kind of energy work on me?  Was he giving me some kind of energy from him, or simply opening my own energy inside of me?  Why did he do it?  The energy I felt was exactly like an energy I used to feel during some dreams when I was a little kid in which my root chakra would explode with energy, and it would be almost too intense to bear.  Perhaps ETs had something to do with those dreams when I was younger as well.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #284 - Feb 2nd, 2010 at 9:16pm
 
Hey everyone!  Sorry to be away for so long.  I recently got back from a trip to Brazil, and moved into a new house immediately after returning, so I've been a bit more focused on my physical activities lately.  However, I have just now settled in, and plan on begining a new phase in my life, which includes reaching a new, higher level in my spiritual practices.  Here we go!!!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #285 - Feb 2nd, 2010 at 10:50pm
 
I'm looking forward to your posts, good you're still around here Dude!

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #286 - Feb 3rd, 2010 at 10:16am
 
Hope you had a great trip, Dude and it's great to see you back!
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #287 - Feb 9th, 2010 at 9:29pm
 
Thanks guys!  The trip was amazing.  We decided to move back in two years to live.. for good!  It's such a great life there, almost the total opposite of the fast-paced and stressfull atmostphere here in the states.  The people there are one of a kind- totally family and friend-oriented, focused on things that really matter, rather than material baloney.  Plus, our socioeconomic status will instantly rise to the upper stratosphere... not having to worry about money will allow much more free time to accomplish my goals and encourage optimal personal growth.  Anyway..

JOURNAL ENTRY 118

This morning a couple interesting things happened during my meditation.  After getting fairly deep and losing almost all sensation of my body, my throat chakra became extremely active.  It immediately reminded me of my OBE in which I requested to contact Jesus and my throat chakra went off the hook.  It was very intense, and after a little while I moved a little bit and it eased up. 

I went deep again, and after being semi-aware of some kind of communication taking place, I clearly heard a female asking me for help.  As soon as I heard this I began pondering the meaning of this.. what kind of help did she need?  However, immediately after I heard her, I got a feeling that she needed help with some sort of spiritual practice-related issue.. but my mind began racing and the communication ended.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #288 - Feb 22nd, 2010 at 6:08pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 119

An interesting phenomenon occurred during my meditation this morning.  I would phase into other dimensions in which I would find myself in various situations, usually in the middle of some pretty crazy and unusual events.  However, rather than being fully immersed in the nonphysical(like usual), I had split awareness, also being aware of my trance-induced body, which was tingling with energy throughout the session.

What was interesting was that the events taking place during the mental projections would cause intense energetic happenings in my etheric body, which was laying in bed.  There was a distinct separation between my mind, which was out and about, and my body, which was laying still in a slightly energetic state, and yet there was an obvious connection between them.  For example, this one time a large creature grabbed me from below as I was flying up, and although I felt nothing in the dimension I was involved in, I experienced an enormous burst of energy in my root chakra which spread up through my spine.

This phenomenon occurred throught the session, in almost each of the ten or so dimensions I shifted into.  This was unusual for me; I am accustomed to full projections in which my energy body is directly affected in the dimension I am in.  But now that I think of it... a few of my latest mental projections have been like this.  I didn't realize the separation between my past mental projections and the sensations they caused in my etheric body until now.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #289 - Mar 2nd, 2010 at 2:38pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 120

This morning I made contact with Jesus and he revealed something incredible to me.

I was in a deep state and requested to contact Jesus.  Suddenly I began to rise upwards as radial rays of rainbow colored light appeared at the bottom of my sight.  I realized that I was with someone, and we seemed to have a telepathic conversation going on.  It almost felt like I was always with this person, and they were very close to me. 

I then felt some sort of stream of loving energy come into me, and at the same time I was bringing this love into me.  I knew it was the presence of Jesus.  My vision came and I saw him(Jesus) and the other person I was with.  We were in some kind of dimension of pure energy, floating alongside one another.  I would speak to Jesus, but he wouldn't respond to me.  It seemed like the person I was with would convey my question or message to him, and he would then answer or respond, focusing mainly on my friend but on me as well.  Soon I realized that either Jesus was ignoring me, or that he couldn't really hear me.  He responded to my friend, and what he conveyed back to me hit me deep. 

Jesus said that he wasn't used to "me" reaching out to him.  He normally only talks to "my friend."  But at this moment it was revealed to me that me and my friend were actually the same entity.  The "me" that Jesus was referring to was the part of myself that was physically attuned, the one which was at that moment having an OBE from his physical dimension.  "My friend" was my higher self, the portion of my being which was in a state of spiritual grace and which apparently has a relationship with Jesus.  As this understanding began to seep in, I felt awestruck by the fact that I was finally consciously discovering the true nature of my higher self and my place within it, in a more or less straightforward way.  It was like I saw the true me for the first time, as if I was perceiving me through the eyes of my higher self.

As I type this I still feel the lingering excitement and amazement of this experience, and in general feel a little more enlightened.  Unfortunately I cannot recall the details of the conversation I had with Jesus and my higher self; it seems I only remember the part of the interaction that had the greatest impact on me.   All I really have left to say is wow.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #290 - Mar 2nd, 2010 at 4:12pm
 
Cool Dude. Smiley
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
msagansk
Full Member
***
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 115
Canada
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #291 - Mar 8th, 2010 at 4:38pm
 
Dude, you are a huge inspiration to me. Thank you for your postings over the years.  Smiley
Back to top
 
WWW  
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #292 - Mar 8th, 2010 at 5:08pm
 
Wow Dude, that's pretty cool. I have to wonder if even Jesus was part of yourself and your higher self made it possible for you to interact with this entity that in this case appeared as Jesus, but is capable as appearing as anything that is requested. Maybe I'm reading too much Seth lately Cheesy

It was a very interesting entry.

Yours,
Beau
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #293 - Mar 8th, 2010 at 9:48pm
 
Mike

It's great to hear that my posts are of some benefit.  If you ever need any tips or advice feel free to ask.

Beau

I guess I can't be completely sure if it was really Jesus or not, but I have little reason do doubt it.  During the experience I was sure it was him.  Maybe that's all that matters.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #294 - Mar 9th, 2010 at 9:31am
 
Well actually Dude I think what I was trying to imply is that since you specifically asked to meet him perhaps your higher self had no choice but present your Jesus aspect to you...meaning that dimension of yourself. Not to say Jesus isn't real, necessarily, but that you called on something thing that could be produced as nothing is really separate from ourselves in the great scheme of things. I know there are some who would disagree with that premise and I'm not trying to argue Jesus' existence just offering a possible glimpse of how an entity can be in so many places at once. A personal Jesus if you will, but really the same thing. If that makes sense to you at all. Perhaps for you in some way Jesus occupies a higher place in the self than he does with some others. Or Jesus is symbolic of the Christ light. I'm just exploring the experience as I have heard of many people having a "Jesus" vision or experience, but since I have never had one I'm trying to relate it in my own terms but certainly without taking away from what it meant to you. I found it particularly interesting that you got the impression that Jesus was not used to you communicating with him.
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #295 - Mar 9th, 2010 at 9:54pm
 
Beau, I think this is a very interesting approach. It actually might be that we're separate from Jesus Christ only because we look at him as someone different from us. Here we- there Jesus, the ideal. But maybe this isn't true. And maybe it's just that we need to realize that we are him (or her, or it, or are just unrealized versions of this entity). And only because we don't accept that we feel like we have to do so much work to become a person fitting this ideal. Which won't work that way. I guess, though I'm not an expert, this is a Buddhistic view on that.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #296 - Mar 10th, 2010 at 9:49am
 
Yeah Spooky, that's what I was trying to get at. If Jesus is a part of our higher self we are not as far away as it seems. I know many will scream NEW AGE, but it was something that occurred to me mainly because of Dude's post there. I guess I had to fit it to my understanding at the moment and in the process thought of it that way...kind of like he had his self as we know him communicating to what he perceives as his higher self then communicating to the self that is connected to all and in this case perhaps Dude received the embodiment of Jesus because that's what he asked for. I don't know because I've never had a "Jesus Moment"... I just remember as a little kid my Grandmother saying "Jesus is coming back soon" and I secretly hoped it would be not so soon as I wanted to explore the world...and what do you know?
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #297 - Mar 10th, 2010 at 11:16pm
 
Maybe he'll come not in a way that we would expect, "like a thief in the night"... maybe one day it dawns on us he was always there, no, right here. Who knows?

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #298 - Mar 15th, 2010 at 5:13pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 121

This one will be short, as the finer details of the experience escape me- yet the significance of it is strong enough to put this one down in the books. 

I was with aliens last night in a dream.  There were different types.  Some of the greyish sort, and some smaller, goblin looking types.  These aliens had a vested interest in me.  They told me that I was "the one."  Although I cannot recall the specifics, what I got from it was that I was basically the first, and maybe only human who had the latent ability to change the world through my spiritual/psychic abilities.  Of course, there was much more to it than this, but I'm having trouble translating this experience into words.  In the state I was in, I knew that this ability existed within me, and it was an amazing feeling to know and experience this. 

I would be interested to hear your thoughts and interpretations of this dream.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
b2
Ex Member


Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #299 - Mar 15th, 2010 at 5:39pm
 
I'm really not making this up, but Dude, this weekend, I was meditating and was visited. I had a busy weekend, what can I say? I had a lot of interesting visitors. Anyway, I felt no harm from the ones who came and hovered around me. I couldn't see them clearly, and I've never felt that 'energy' so close. I mean it was right in front of my face, one in particular, a bit to the right of me, but I felt a 'group' energy. 'Alien' energy is not one I seek out, so it was surprising to me, and there was no fear. Anyway, I can't wait to find out what this all means for you.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #300 - Mar 15th, 2010 at 7:42pm
 
Dude:

I wonder if a being who represents the light would refer to an individual as "the one." Perhaps it is more likely that deceptive beings would try to prey on one's vanity with such talk. I don’t mean to suggest that you can’t make a difference in this world, because I believe you can make a big difference. Smiley Smiley Smiley ("Hurray for OBE Dude!")

I believe there are friendly aliens, but going by the research I've done lately the grays who do the abducting aren't friendly. Various sources state that the grays are aligned with the reptilians.
Bud Hopkins, David Jacobs, James Bartley, Barbara Bartholic and Karla Turner have done extensive research about abductions and they’ve all come to the conclusion that the grays aren’t friendly and have their own self serving agenda.

John Mack is another researcher I’ve read, going by his book Abduction I thought grays might be  friendly, but then I got his book “Passport to the Cosmos” and it has information that suggests that grays aren’t friendly.

For example, he speaks of a South American shaman named Bernardo Peixoto and a South African shaman named Credo Mutwa, and they both speak of the reptilians and grays as if they are negative. What they say isn’t based upon their research, it is based upon their experience.

They also speak of experiences with friendly aliens, so they are willing to see that friendly aliens exists. Bernardo says that there are ikuyas that are similar to the grays, but more evolved than the troublemaker (his words) grays.

Credo refers to the grays as mantindane. He says they are parasitic, instill superstition, sow discord, and may even cause disease. Apparently, there are places in this world where information about aliens isn’t hidden in the same manner it is hidden in places like the United States.

A couple of the people Mack speaks about in his book “Passport to the  Cosmos” used to have problems with reptilians until they stopped being afraid of them and sent them love. Here are some of the key words:

-“Greg felt certain that the reptilian beings were out to destroy him, seemingly out of a motive of revenge. They would do this by invading his soul and “sucking the life energy out of me, out of my soul. It was unbelievably terrifying.” Yet he resisted these beings intensely, for he felt certain that his life had a purpose and that he must deal with this darkness and not suffer at the expense of it. But through this struggle Greg discovered that “the light is much stronger, and the battle was actually empowering and even enlightening. He felt compassion for their pain and did not want to lose a total connection to them.

I think I want in some way to participate in their getting in touch with their souls, to heal their pain. By saying no to these beings, “You may not do this to me,” Greg found that he was himself, though vulnerable, “powerful and very loving and very strong.” In the end he said, it was consciousness itself that he loved most, and he saw in it the luminous underneath the darkness. Of the reptilians he said that, although “I don’t love what they do to me, I do care for them.”

-But it is Isabel who has expressed most clearly the power of love to counter the dark or frightening aspects of the alien beings, including those of the reptilian sort. When the beings seem to threaten her, she sends out to them “as much love as I can, waves of love.” One time she felt that a reptilian being was sending her images of her second son being mangled or buried alive (her first son had been killed the year before in an automobile accident). She responded by imagining a protective light around the boy’s body. A reptilian image came to her with other horrible images of herself and other family members being killed. It seemed that as she sent positive love energy toward these angry beings, she could hear them shrieking and saw them running, then backing off through the wall. Then she saw beings that were gray and reptilian, followed by one of the blue beings she calls the “blue baldies.” She sent a “last burst of love energy, calling on Jesus and feeling good inside toward,” this being. It seemed to make “a weird sound” and went down as if it were in pain,” like the Wizard of Oz being stripped.”

After this encounter Isabel was no longer afraid of the beings. Every time she felt their presence, she would say, “Hey, if you want all the love you can take, come on,” which “has given me such power.” Love she concluded, is the real power, “the most powerful thing in the whole universe. I think it’s what everything is made of. I think it’s what started everything.” The further we get from love, she suggests, the “more control” the beings have over us, the more “alien” they remain. “I look at love,” she says, “as like an umbilical cord that connects my soul to the main, major Source where all this love comes from.” The Source is “like my Father, or my parent. It’s where I came from. It’s what I am…The soul eventually goes back to love, because soul came from love.”

Greg and Isabel remind me of myself, because there have been a number of times when I responded to negative beings with love and they didn’t harm me, they split the scene.  I’ve said things to them similar to what Isabel said in the preceding paragraph.

Going by the spirit messages I’ve received, if I interpreted them correctly, the grays who do the abducting aren’t friendly, but they and their cohorts are quite clever. So it is best to not be fooled by them.

This morning I received some messages about this alien thing, and my attention was redirected towards love. The impression I got is that eventually this world and other worlds that need to evolve spiritually will do so, and there won’t be a place for negative beings to connect to. They’ll be surrounded by many beings who live according to love. It will be hard for them to not be influenced by the good vibes.












Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #301 - Mar 16th, 2010 at 4:07am
 
There are many possibilities as to what this experience means.  Being that most of the dream was forgotten, chances are any interpretation will be at least slightly inaccurate, for we don't have the larger picture.  This is based on the limited information I can remember:

There is a chance that the beings I was with were actually ETs, true in the form I saw them in.  There is also a chance that these beings were created by my subconscious/higher self, symbolizing perhaps a higher part of myself that is alien to my conscious mind.  Or maybe they were real beings, but their image was created by my subconscious, and they actually exist in another form.

I am not exactly sure what kind of ETs they were, I only recall their general appearances.  I am aware of many types of ETs that have similar appearances with one another, that of the grey kind.  Some are bigger, some are of a different color, each with their own agendas.  Therefore, it would be wrong to assume these beings were negative because they looked similar to greys.  I have heard several accounts of experiences with friendly ETs which had this type of appearance.

There are times when I feel fear during experiences with ETs(or what I think are ETs), and other times when I feel love.  This may be an indication of the intents, agenda, energy signature, and/or the quality of that particular group of beings' consciousness.  Perhaps I sense the ETs' energy during these experiences, and receive a corresponding emotional response.  If this is the case, then the beings I encountered during this experiences were probably friendly.

As to me being "the one," this could mean several things.  This, of course, is based upon the assumption that I correctly interpreted what was told to me.  Perhaps they meant "the one" as in All That Is/Source/God, and that I possessed all the powers of "the one" because I am "the one" in smaller form(as we all are).

Or maybe my higher self or these beings created the experience as a test to see how I would react and what I would do with the knowledge and power of being the ultimate spiritual superhuman. 

Maybe these beings and/or my higher self are trying to encourage me to develop these powers.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #302 - Mar 16th, 2010 at 12:23pm
 
Right Dude, it can be interpreted in different ways. This happens fairly frequently with symbolic messages.

Whatever the case, I believe you can help make this world a better place, perhaps move into the 5th dimension.

The other day I received a message that things are going to change signicantly on October 16th. On another occasion I asked if October 16th of this year was referred to, and I was shown one image which I believe means this world is going to be turned upside down, and another which means that mankind will ascend to a higher level. We'll see.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #303 - Mar 16th, 2010 at 9:49pm
 
Very interesting, Recoverer.  I'm not really sure what to make of the 2012 shift into the 5th dimension theory.  The chances of some kind of supernatural event occurring seem to be pretty high according to my research, so it may be possible.  But like you said, we'll see. 

I am almost finished writing a screenplay about the 2012 event.  Can't wait to start filming!  You're gonna love it.  Smiley
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #304 - May 10th, 2010 at 12:20pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 122

It's been quite some time since my last entry, hasn't it?!

My new job and new friends, among several other new developments in my life as of late, have all been keeping me pretty occupied.  I am pretty certain that these rather drastic changes in my life have been brought about by a two-week-long series of intense affirmation sessions I had nearly two months ago when I decided I needed to start taking control of the direction my life was going, and before I knew it I landed a new job which I love, making more money and working far less hours, became friends with a group of people who are totally on my wavelength, won a talent show performing one of my original songs, bought a boat for the first time, started my own clothing line, landed a nice gig painting a mural, plus other smaller things which are all a part of this new life I have created through directing my thoughts and stating affirmations. 

However, all of this has drifted my focus from my spiritual work, and I realized this- or rather, took a moment to consciously recognize this and made the decision to reincorporate my spiritual work into my life- about 3 days ago.  Well, wouldn't you know I had back to back lucid dreams the past two mornings- which is the reason for this journal entry.

My experience this morning was much longer and more memorable than the one yesterday.  I gained lucidity for seemingly no reason at all- perhaps a seed I planted the other day by mentally stating my desire.  So I found myself in a familiar situation- engaged with people and events that physically do not exist, but in that dimension there was an obvious relationship.  I began to fly, and was having a little trouble- I would momentarily doubt my ability to fly, and begin to fall.  I figured that rather than try to do something like talk to jesus or my higher self, I would work on my flying skills- not just to fly better, but to take better control of my mind.  I flew off, talked to a few people, did some stuff I can only vaguely remember, and had a few more dreams.  Nothing too special, but a pretty cool experience nevertheless. 

So there you have it.  I'm back and ready for action.  I have been popping my head in and out every now and then, but honestly, I have lost a great deal of interest in this convo board, or rather, in the topics being discussed.  It seems like it's the same thing over and over again.  Like every new topic has already been brought up and analyzed in detail.  I feel like there is nothing left for me to learn by simply talking about these things; I must experience the truth first hand through conscious exploration of my greater reality, but also through conscious direction of my physical life.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #305 - May 10th, 2010 at 3:13pm
 
Dude, your post brings up a point I have been contemplating. Do you think it's possible that we are lucid dreaming in C1? I hadn't given it much thought until I listened to GOD by John Lennon and now I feel I may be Lucid Dreaming...not that y'all aren't here too, but that we all are. Thoughts?
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #306 - May 10th, 2010 at 7:31pm
 
Hi Dude, there might be indeed not much to learn for you here, but it could be you sometimes feel the urge to post something here. And that is maybe because we can learn something from you.

Beau, yes of course it can be the way you said. Reality is what is real to you. And often enough you  encounter people who are, from your perspective, sleeping, isn't it?

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #307 - May 10th, 2010 at 9:52pm
 
Indeed it could be, Spooky.
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #308 - Aug 29th, 2010 at 1:54pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 123

Holy Cow it's been a long time!  Starting a business is more time consuming then I had expected!  But the hard part is over and I now feel I have the time and mental energy to focus more on my spiritual work.  I have had several experiences over the past few months which are of some significance which I want to share and log for future reference. 

My deceased great grandfather came to me in the dream state.  I instantly gained lucidity and realized I was in another dimension with him.  When I meet him I experience a knowing that he is real and not just a construct of my mind.  The love I feel coming from him, as well as his unique energy signature, tell me this.

During this encounter he stated that he wanted to show me what it was like to die.  Or rather, what his experience of death was like.  I was all for it, and suddenly I shifted dimensions and felt that I had a body.  I then experienced this body's organs stop functioning, but there was no pain. (perhaps it was all the painkillers he was on, or maybe I just didn't feel it)  I then felt a similar sensation to having an out of body experience, and I shifted dimensions and was now floating in my energy body. 

I can't recollect what happened after this, but it was a cool experience, and very real.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #309 - Aug 30th, 2010 at 10:30pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 124

Another experience which stood out during my leave of absence was a little more on the disturbing side.

I was meditating one morning and went into a very deep state.  I began seeing a series of images that were coming and going at such a fast pace I didn't have time to distinguish what they were.  The images stopped, and I felt a presence nearby.  Suddenly an image of a grey alien's head appeared before me in the darkness which encompassed my entire field of vision.  I felt that there was something next to me, and I was instantly able to see the room around me.  To my shock and somewhat horror there was an alien bent over next to me with his face up to mine.  His head was violently rocking from side to side in an almost mechanical fashion, which was extremely creepy.  I snapped out of this state and back to waking consciousness. 

I slipped back into the same state over and over again, feeling entities all around me each time.  I didn't have the mental energy to deal with this that morning, so I flipped over on my stomach and went to sleep. (It's rare that I have an extra-dimensional experience on my stomach, they are always had on my back.)  Throughout the rest of my sleep I all of my dreams involved aliens.

I am not sure if these beings were projected thought forms, or independently existing entities.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Seraphis1
Super Member
*****
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 1446
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #310 - Aug 30th, 2010 at 11:30pm
 
I Am Dude wrote on Aug 30th, 2010 at 10:30pm:
JOURNAL ENTRY 124

Another experience which stood out during my leave of absence was a little more on the disturbing side.

I was meditating one morning and went into a very deep state.  I began seeing a series of images that were coming and going at such a fast pace I didn't have time to distinguish what they were.  The images stopped, and I felt a presence nearby.  Suddenly an image of a grey alien's head appeared before me in the darkness which encompassed my entire field of vision.  I felt that there was something next to me, and I was instantly able to see the room around me.  To my shock and somewhat horror there was an alien bent over next to me with his face up to mine.  His head was violently rocking from side to side in an almost mechanical fashion, which was extremely creepy.  I snapped out of this state and back to waking consciousness. 

I slipped back into the same state over and over again, feeling entities all around me each time.  I didn't have the mental energy to deal with this that morning, so I flipped over on my stomach and went to sleep. (It's rare that I have an extra-dimensional experience on my stomach, they are always had on my back.)  Throughout the rest of my sleep I all of my dreams involved aliens.

I am not sure if these beings were projected thought forms, or independently existing entities. 


Hi OBD: Don't you use the Monroe protection affirmation?

S.
Back to top
 

 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #311 - Aug 31st, 2010 at 2:31pm
 
No, I don't.  I don't feel I needed protection, or that I ever do need protection.  I am not positive what the intentions of these entities are, if they are in fact real, but they have never done anything (that I can remember) that would warrant me stating protection affirmations.  I just haven't quite gotten comfortable with these "aliens" yet (I think it has more to do with their appearance than anything else- if they looked human I'm sure I wouldn't be creeped out by the occasional visit.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Seraphis1
Super Member
*****
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 1446
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #312 - Aug 31st, 2010 at 2:48pm
 
I Am Dude wrote on Aug 31st, 2010 at 2:31pm:
No, I don't.  I don't feel I needed protection, or that I ever do need protection.  I am not positive what the intentions of these entities are, if they are in fact real, but they have never done anything (that I can remember) that would warrant me stating protection affirmations.  I just haven't quite gotten comfortable with these "aliens" yet (I think it has more to do with their appearance than anything else- if they looked human I'm sure I wouldn't be creeped out by the occasional visit.


Hi OBD: Well in your astral form you are indestructible. But as BM found out it can be unpleasant if you get tangled up in black stuff and have no technique for untangling... good luck.

S.
Back to top
 

 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #313 - Aug 31st, 2010 at 5:01pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 125

A few days ago I was in deep meditation listening to TMI's Remote Viewing Space/Time Transcendence.  Once you are taken deep enough you are told to ask yourself "Who Am I?"  A few minutes after doing this I was in very deep, and a random thought came into my mind: "What is my purpose?"  I had no intension of asking this, the question seemingly came out of nowhere. 

Well, after asking this, I was instantly in another place with some guy.  He seemed to be very wise.  We were standing, facing each other.  He pointed to my heart, the tip of his index finger touching the center of my chest.  He then pressed his thumb on the same spot.  The experience ended.

I instantly knew that I was just told my purpose was love.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #314 - Sep 10th, 2010 at 11:25pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 126

Interesting experience this afternoon:  I only slept about 3 hours last night due to traveling and went back to bed at about noon.  I was deeply relaxed almost immediately.  Within minutes I seemed to go deeper than ever in quite an unusual way.  It seemed as if I would collapse into myself.  When this would happen I would feel a strange energy in my ears and hear a noise that I can't quite explain.  And most noticeable of all, I would feel a surge of ecstasy throughout my body.  I found I was able to bring this state back at will, but due to it's intensity, it would only last for several moments at a time. 

After playing with this state for a bit, I felt a presence at my feet.  It grabbed my ankles and literally pulled me from my body.  I did not intend to have an OBE, but apparently it was just in the cards for me.  I remembered the last time I was pulled from my body without wanting to be, or rather, without previously setting the intention, and in this previous experience I resisted.  But this time I went with it and soon I was floating freely without any further help or influence.  Unfortunately I don't recall what happened once I was out, probably because I was in such desperate need for sleep. 

I think the unusually deep and intense state I was able to enter was due to my tiredness.  Being pulled from my body is another story.. can't quite put my finger on the reason for that.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #315 - Sep 11th, 2010 at 3:44pm
 
Dude:

I'm still not able to say what the Greys are all about. It sure seems as if they abduct people in an unsensitive way.

Whatever the case, going by my experience, even though they have messed with people against their will, we can prevent them from messing with us if we commit ourself to a higher way of being.

I believe this is so, even if people get messed with by Reptilians.  Love is the most powerful energy there is, and I don't believe unfriendly beings can deal with it. In his book "Passport to the Cosmos," John Mack wrote about three people who were messed with by Reptilians, and each of them was able to deal with the Reptilians by choosing a love based approach. The Reptilians couldn't handle it.

It may be that many of the people who are troubled by aliens wouldn't be troubled by them if they chose to respond with love rather than fear. Without exception, everytime I've responded to an unfriendly being with love, I wasn't harmed. Therefore, if you encounter the Greys, projections, what your guidance projected as a learning experience, or whatever, you should be okay if you choose a higher way.

It is also important to remember that supposedly aliens are able to create false memories (sorry for switching gears from what I wrote above).

Recently I was shown a very clear image of alien ships crashing to the ground and exploding. I'm not certain what this meant. Perhaps it meant that unfriendly aliens are being dealt with. I received other messages that seemed to make the same point.

I believe it is key that you received a "what is your purpose" message. I don't know what the intent of the tape you used is, but the "Who am I" question was made popular by a guru named Ramana Maharshi. His teachings were one sided to the pure awareness/unmanifested side of reality. I'd rather learn from you any day of the week. You know about things Ramana never considered. You aren't hear to negate yourself so only One Self exists all by its lonesome. You're here to help out and discover how much your soul is capable of.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #316 - Sep 12th, 2010 at 1:36am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 127

Thanks for the response Recoverer. 

I feel that I am closer than ever to having meaningful contact with these beings.  Last night I had a lucid dream, and I was willing aliens to come into my home and make contact with me.  I was not at all afraid, but very much wanted to be with them.  I was running from room to room, hoping that I would find them somewhere in the house.  They weren't coming, but I sensed they were near.  Every so often I would feel a surge of loving energy which I believe came from these beings.

Finally one of them came to me in the kitchen and we hugged for what seemed like a couple minutes.  There was an exchange of love between us, and I felt very close to this being.  It looked like your average grey, except it was a dull orange-tan color, and it was nearly my height.  We communicated for a short while, and what I got from the being was that I wasn't quite ready to make contact with the group as a whole.  The love radiating from this being seemed genuine. 

The end of the experience was weird.  The alien walked me over to this large, long hamper-type thing, and opened the lid.  It asked me to get inside.  My initial reaction was one of hesitation.  I questioned to myself what this being's intent really was.  I feel that it was going to take me onto it's ship.  Unfortunately I was woken up at this point and didn't get to go with it.  Maybe next time.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #317 - Sep 12th, 2010 at 3:49pm
 
You're welcome Dude:

I don't know what the hamper thing was. Was it for clothes? My guidance sometimes refers to different aspects of myself with various clothing items. Perhaps getting into the hamper was a way of suggesting that you become consciously aware of aspects of yourself that are non-human.

On the other hand, some people have said that unfriendly aliens are able to trap a person's soul within a box and drain energy from them. I don't know if this is possible. If it is, I don't believe they would mean a person's higher self, just one projection of self. I don't know if an energy field could be set up so a projection of self can be trapped, and yet energy be drained.

The long hamper you described doesn't sound like such a box.  Plus you said you felt love come from the Grey. This is different than what many people say about Greys, they say they lack emotion. On the other hand, people say there are different kinds of Greys.

I wonder if the Greys are symbols for another kind of alien you're connected with, and they are showing you an image you can relate to. If the aliens you are connected to are beyond the physical constraints we have in this world, they might not look like body based beings.

When aliens have made contact with me and showed me their image, they didn't look like Greys, Reptilians, Nordics or Praying Mantises. So I don't know what race they are. They seemed friendly.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #318 - Nov 14th, 2010 at 7:24pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 128

This morning I decided to have an OBE, so when I woke up after about 6 hours of sleep I stayed awake for a bit (I actually stayed awake for longer than what is ideal, I was up for 2 1/2 hours), and went back to bed with the intention of leaving my body.  After a couple minutes I entered a deep trance.  I felt a presence approach me, and it stayed next to me for several moments.  I didn't pay too much attention to it, and soon I shifted my focus to a much more interesting phenomenon: 

I began to feel a tugging at my energy body feet.  It seemed as if someone was trying to pull me from my body before I was in the ideal condition for OBE, for I still had slight awareness of my physical body.  At first it was just a slight pulling and I felt my energy body moving back and forth with the pulls, maybe a few inches at most.  I drifted deeper as this happened, and the pulling increased and soon I was being pulled completely from my body.  The pulls were gentle throughout the whole experience.  I began rising up and soon was floating in blackness.  I began seeing different types of beings come and go from my awareness.  I soon drifted back to my body.

I wanted more, so I entered a deep trance again, and once again I was pulled from my body in the same manner as the previous time.  Almost the same thing happened once I was out too, and by the time I was back to normal awareness I was tired so I called it quits.

The "being pulled out of my body" phenomenon is very interesting.  It definitely seems as if it is a third party trying to get me out.  Perhaps some kind of spirit helpers are responsible?   
Back to top
« Last Edit: Nov 14th, 2010 at 10:16pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
spooky2
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2368
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #319 - Nov 14th, 2010 at 8:32pm
 
I remember Monroe told a very similar thing. He realized, as far as my memory serves, the fact that helpers assisted him to leave his body not in the moment as it happened, but it became clear to him when he looked back later at the beginnings of his out of body experiences.

Another forum member, Ryan "chilipepperflea", who hasn't posted for a long while now, wrote about his oobes, and at least in one of his reports he, too, wrote about the attempt of others to pull his energy body (or whatever to call it) out of his physical body.

Spooky
Back to top
 

"I'm going where the pavement turns to sand"&&Neil Young, "Thrasher"
 
IP Logged
 
Beau
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1176
Greenville SC
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #320 - Nov 14th, 2010 at 10:19pm
 
I haven't had many full OBEs but every time for the past year that I have started meditating I feel a presence tugging at my left foot and lately both feet. It is so real that I have to look up sometimes to be sure someone isn't physically in the room with me toying with my feet. It definitely feels like tugging though I have yet to come out of body while these forces are at work. Very interesting Dude.
Back to top
 

All the world's a stage...whose stage?--that is the question!...or is it the answer...Who is on first.
WWW  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #321 - Nov 14th, 2010 at 10:34pm
 
Yeah Spooky, Monroe reported similar experiences.  He even claimed that his guides would be in full control of the entirety of his experiences for a period of time- he would totally surrender to their will and they would take hold of him and fly him around from place to place!  I've never been aware of this level of assistance.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #322 - Dec 21st, 2010 at 3:27pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 129

Last night I had an awesome OBE.  I slept for about an hour and a half, woke up for about an hour, and upon falling back to sleep unintentionally phased out of my body with nearly no exit sensations besides an initial deep sinking. 

I was completely out with close to no visual sensory input.  My body was laying stomach down, and I could tell that I was floating in this position as well.  I began to think, what should I do?  GO TO A HIGHER DIMENSION.  I flew through my wall and our of my house, and began to pick up speed.  My vision soon came and I found myself flying through a field of stars.  I looked at my hands and noticed they were nearly transparent and semi-fluid in structure. 

I soon saw my arms again, but this time they were off to the side, a little distance away from myself, and I realized they weren't my arms!  I then saw a body manifest out from the arms and it was another human-looking being flying next to me!  I thought, who is this guy?  and received an intuitional response that he was some sort of guide. 

We arrived at a place; the details of our environment escape me, as do several other aspects of this experience- I unfortunately didn't download the entire journey into my conscious memory.  We were walking (or what seemed like walking) and talking, and I felt a bond with this man.  I felt great joy interacting with him and hugged him from the side like he was a brother. 

The next thing I remember we are with a group of people.  They were divided into teams of maybe 5-6 people.  I had a feeling that not all of them were from earth, although they all looked human.  There was some kind of leader or instructor, and it seemed like they were working on some kind of project. 

They were all busy in conversation when I interrupted, where are you all from?  I didn't get a response.  I then went up to one of the teams and asked, where are you from?  An asian-looking man who was right next to me stopped working(he had some material in front of him) and answered that he was from some village, the name was strange to me.  He was very friendly and happy.  I asked if he was from earth, and he responded yes!  I then asked if he was still alive on earth, and he once again responded yes!  I told him I was too, and we were both very excited that we were both from earth and having this conscious experience in the astral together. 

We talked a bit more, and I was simultaneously trying to go over the details of the experience I was having as to ensure that I recalled them upon waking.  The guide I came with was next to us for a majority of the time, and I feel he was in one of the groups.  I told the asian man that I had to tell him what happened to me so far so I would remember this experience, and just as I did I began hearing the voice of Thomas Campbell and phased back into C1 where I was listening to a lecture by Campbell on youtube.   

In my future projections I need to begin to dig more deeply and discover the true nature of the beings that I encounter and their activities.  Like, why were these beings in groups, and what were they working on?  Who was their leader/instructor?  Who was the guide who brought me to that place?  Why did he bring me there?  Was the man I talked to really from earth?  Or really alive today?  It is possible that I found some of these things out, I feel that I retained about 60% of the total experience to memory.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #323 - Dec 21st, 2010 at 7:41pm
 
As an interesting side note, this spontaneous projection occurred during the lunar eclipse last night, which was predicted to have significant energetic effects on us do to a supposed galactic alignment.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Vicky
YaBB Administrator
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2170
Colorado
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #324 - Dec 30th, 2010 at 1:34pm
 
Hi Dude,

So do you find that you set intent not only for having an OBE but also for what you want to experience, and then you get it?  (I haven't read through quite all of your journal entries here, but I'm thinking I'd like to print it out and have a good long read some time.  Usually if I read about other people's OBEs it gets me excited to the point of spontaneously having them myself). 

I've been setting intent to have, or should I say remember, an OBE but so far haven't.  I do believe we're always having them, but I'm just not remembering them lately for some reason. 

Anyway, I just wondered how successful you are in manifesting your intents with your OBEs, or if you don't really set out for them but just for the OBE itself. 
Back to top
 

Author of Persephone's Journey (Amazon.com)

http://www.vickyshort.blogspot.com/
WWW 198267046870499  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #325 - Dec 31st, 2010 at 3:32am
 
I set intent to induce the experience, and during the experience I set intent to direct the experience in the direction I choose.  Setting intent to consciously explore the nonphysical, when coupled with the right technique, works like a charm.  When I'm out, the first thing I do is place intent to manifest my desired experience.  It works a majority of the time.  Lately I've been partial to experiencing my Higher Self, higher dimensions, and Jesus.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #326 - Sep 27th, 2011 at 2:30pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 130

I did two Gateway Experience meditations today, one with an Orgonite pendant on my heart chakra, and one with the Orgonite on my naval chakra.  I noticed a dramatic increase in nonphysical events during this session.  (Check out the orgonite thread in the off topic section if you are unfamiliar with it.)  The meditation was done one hour after I awoke from a seven hour sleep.

I felt stronger than usual energy in the respective chakras with the Orgonite on them.  I was actually blown away when the moment I focused on my naval chakra and began energy movement there, it instantly became activated and it seemed like I was able to clairvoyantly view/sense the chakra in a way that was more than just my imagination creating the visuals.  This was obviously during the meditation with the orgonite on my naval. 

I had an effortless but brief out of body experience, I believe this one occurring with the orgonite on my heart chakra.  It was more of a mental projection, as I was suddenly able to see the room around me and moved my viewpoint at will. 

At one point I heard something, maybe a voice, on my right, as well as the strong sense of a presence there, and a moment later I was touched on my shoulder, actually my upper right trapezoid between my shoulder and my neck, which caused an extremely strong energy activation in that spot, almost unbearably strong.  I believe it subsided as I went into a deeper state.

I had a false awakening towards the end of the experience in which I placed an Orgonite pendant on my third eye chakra.  I believe I may have had a meditation session in which my base level of consciousness(C1) was actually my dream level of consciousness, in other words I meditated lucidly from my dream state, which I feel could possibly allow for even deeper levels of consciousness to be attained, as I do feel that this session was one of the deepest meditation sessions I've had in a long while- not just this last session, but the entirety of the three back-to-back sessions as a whole.  During this last session with the dream state orgonite on my dream state brow chakra, I had just as intense energy sensations in my third eye as I did with the physical orgonite, which actually even lasted after I got up from my dream state meditation and put the dream state orgonite back on my dream state dresser.  LOL. 

So the Orgonite seems to have had a positive effect on my meditation.  Meditating an hour after I awoke from almost a full night's sleep could have also attributed to my increased ability to consciously enter these deep states.  I am going to wear it during the day and see if there is any noticeable effect.  Lately I have been really engaged in my spiritual practices, and have been feeling more and more peace, wellbeing, and even energy levels, so it may be more difficult for me to notice a change, whereas someone with lower/negative energy states would probably better notice the shift to a positive state.  But the sky is the limit when it comes to personal development and I am determined to continue to improve, so if this orgonite proves to be a useful tool then I'm all for it!  Look into it guys!  And try your meditations after awakening from your normal sleep period and see if you notice a difference!  I definitely did.   
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Josh Langley
Junior Member
**
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 75
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #327 - Sep 29th, 2011 at 10:40pm
 
Really interesting thread.

On the topic of assistance, i had a rather short OBE experience the other week where i knew i was out of body, so i yelled out to no-one in particular "Grab my arm" and then i felt a strong pulling sensation on my arm and a rushing sensation. However i freaked out and phased back instantly.
Back to top
 

Join me on the journey.
www.joshlangley.com.au
WWW www.facebook.com/joshlangleywriter  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #328 - Oct 1st, 2011 at 12:17am
 
LOL Outsidecreative, so you ask for a guide and when they come along you get scared!?!  I can assure you that I've never been harmed while out of body, and I've been practically pulled from my body on several occasions, so I'd say there's nothing to be afraid of.  Also, you can bet that if you ask for assistance and have loving intentions, chances are you are going to find yourself being helped by a friendly being, quite possibly even an aspect of your higher self.  Next time keep in mind that you cannot be harmed while out of body and let the experience happen.  And be sure to attuned yourself with the highest love energy possible, as this will naturally raise your state of being and environment to one in which no negative entities can even come near you.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Josh Langley
Junior Member
**
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 75
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #329 - Oct 1st, 2011 at 2:01am
 
I guess i was more startled and surprised more than anything. But yes i'll be more prepared and more welcoming next time Smiley

I always do a short heart charkra meditation before i meditate or attempt any exists for just the reason you explained.

happy adventures!
Back to top
 

Join me on the journey.
www.joshlangley.com.au
WWW www.facebook.com/joshlangleywriter  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #330 - Oct 27th, 2011 at 7:52pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 131

This morning I had an OBE and would like to share the method by which it was induced, as I have added a new element to my technique which I believe increases the success of conscious projection into nonphysical realms.

I slept for 5 hours, then got up and remained awake for an hour while holding the intention of having an OBE, and then went back to bed.  I meditated on my intention with a focus 27 hemi sync track that has my vocals stating affirmations over the frequencies.  I recorded the affirmation, "my mind remains awake as my body falls asleep," and repeated it for about ten minutes or so (through focus 10-focus 21), and then affirmed statements to the nature of "I am having an out of body experience" and "I am out of my body" and such from about focus 21 to the end of the track (focus 27).  I looped the focus 27 frequencies so that it never ends, as I find I am sometimes brought back down to waking consciousness earlier than desired.

I didn't over exert my focus on the affirmations.  I did some light chakra work throughout the meditation to focus 27.  It was a few minutes into focus 27 that I believe my consciousness kicked into nonphysical gear, and I found myself shifting into another dimension. 

It seemed to work like a charm, and so I would recommend giving this a try.  Record your voice over some binaural beats or something of the sort and give the sleep/wake/meditate technique I described above a try.  The recordings are extremely helpful, as they will refocus your thoughts if they begin to drift, and as it is you that is speaking, I feel the suggestions may better be accepted by the subconscious.

Good luck!


Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #331 - Nov 27th, 2011 at 8:40pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 132

A few days ago I had a series of back-to-back projections in which a few interesting things occurred.  I floated upwards, out through my ceiling, and into the night sky.  I could actually almost see through the ceiling as I was approaching it.  There were tons of stars in the sky, but as I flew higher I realized that what I was seeing weren't stars, but actually seemed to be some kind of holographic projection, for they appeared to be little points of light that were in fixed positions in the lower stratosphere. 

The house I projected from seemed to be a hybrid of my old childhood house and my new apartment.  It is actually a common occurrence for me to project into a different location, and I never really know where I am going to be when I initially phase from the physical.  Perhaps it is a matter of my vibrational state at the time and/or what my higher self would like me to experience. 

So I explored for a little bit, my memory is fuzzy on most of the details, but the next thing I clearly remember is being back in my body and projecting again.  This time I was pulled from my legs out of my body!  This is also a common occurrence in my experiences.  I had a percept that there was ET involvement throughout this projection, although the details of the experience are vague. 

My next clear memory was of being back in my body a third time, although quite shifted from the physical, and I was being tugged from my legs again.  It was as if someone had grabbed ahold of my lower legs and was rocking me forward and back, pulling and pushing, with an emphasis on the pulling.  I had a feeling there were entities involved of an ET persuasion, and made an effort to remain calm and in a trusting and loving state. 

It could be that there are beings which assist me out of my body at times, and it could be that it is the same being or beings that pull me out of my body every time it happens.  Or it could be that perhaps my higher self is manifesting the sensation of being pulled as a way of helping me induce separation.  Either way, it gets the job done!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #332 - Nov 28th, 2011 at 2:01pm
 
Dude:

What you say sounds familiar. I've had projections where I have seen stars that didn't seem to be actual stars. I believe my higher self/guidance created them just for effect.

The same is true for various types of movement. However, I've also experienced myself be shifted within my physical body in a way that seems to have something to do with adjusting things. I'm not certain what.

I've experienced entities around me quite a bit. By tuning into love and my inner self as you did nothing bad ever happened to me.

Have you ever had this experience? You're completely awake and you feel in a very clear way an entity move to you? This happens in a way where you experience yourself where the entity is and where you are at the sametime.  Sometimes these entities make noises.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #333 - Nov 28th, 2011 at 3:37pm
 
Haha no, that has never happened to me but it sounds pretty crazy!  Although I have had experiences in which I am able to perceive myself from a distance from what feels like my higher self.  Usually I am looking down upon myself and feel extremely disconnected from my physical body, although a portion of my consciousness still has some awareness of it.

What do you think the nature of these entities that come to you are?
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #334 - Nov 28th, 2011 at 3:59pm
 
The nature of the entities? It varies. I can feel them and hear them, but I don't tend to see them. They mainly come to me for help. Some have hostile intent but fail. Some might be curious. My energy is really alive and some entities end up noticing it.  This process works at an energetic level, not a 3d space level.

There was one occasion when I  was lying in bed and I felt one come up to me on one side of my bed and right up to where my head was (usually they don't come to a higher part of my body than where my heart chakra is). I was lying on my back and I could feel it hanging out by the left side of my head. Size wise it seemed like a Grey, but I don't know. It hanged around for a while and I sent it love. I could sense this love having an effect on it, and then it was gone.

I believe things have been worked out so I don't see these entities partly because there is no need. Some of them have a feeling that is different than what people usually conceive.  I couldn't describe how they feel.  I don't believe a physical appearance would match what they look like.

When it comes to the friendly beings I communicate with they don't tend to send me body-based images of what they look like because their nature doesn't have anything to do with physical bodies.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #335 - Dec 4th, 2011 at 4:26pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 133

I just returned from a series of projections that was induced with the sleep/wake/meditate technique.  For the meditation I listened to a TMI lifelines track for focus 27 with self-recorded affirmations added to induce an out of body experience. 

I had a couple quick projections that didn't go very far, and one longer journey through a neighborhood that was familiar in a nonphysical-merged-with-the-physical sense.  I looked at my hands several times throughout the trip for lucidity checks, and noticed that my hands did not melt away as they do sometimes while out of body.  It seems like sometimes they will melt away, but many times they will not.  I wonder why this is the case?  Perhaps it is a matter of being in a different vehicle/energy body and/or dimension of reality? 

Nothing overly spectacular happened that I can recall, although every conscious moment in nonphysical reality is spectacular in and of itself, but there are a couple things I would like to put down for the record. 

As I was meditating in the void and getting ready to project, I felt the familiar tugging at my legs, only this time I was actually pushed upwards towards my head.  Thanks for the boost whoever or whatever you are! 

As I was out flying in the beautiful day sky over the houses in the nonphysical neighborhood, I was able to actually hear the TMI lifelines track, and it seemed to cause a bilocation, where I was mostly aware of being in that nonphysical dimension, but was also slightly aware of being in deep meditation in my etheric body back in bed.  I believe this is the reason I started to do the hand lucidity checks, as I wanted to be as conscious in that reality as possible.

There was a difference in the several projections I had in terms of the entry into the nonphysical dimensions.  During a couple of them I was body-sensitive, floating up an out of my body or slipping out and experiencing movement right away.  During others there would be almost no body awareness, and I would project from a void into a scene that materialized in my mind.  I believe the longest project I had this morning started as a mental projection, but I soon gained awareness of having an energy body and the senses that come with it.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #336 - Dec 6th, 2011 at 5:03pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 134

I just had such an awesome out of body experience!  As I was shifting from deep trance into the astral state, I found myself at my uncles second story apartment in a bed in his spare bedroom.  After a short projection around the room I was back in my body's proximity, and I decided to power up my energy body for a higher-level projection.  I did a few moments of energy work until I really felt my energy flowing, and projected again. 

I floated down through the floor to the first floor apartment, which is where my grandparents live.  My grandmother was sitting in her chair in the living room as usual, and I flew over to her and gave her a big hug.  She looked so much better than she does here in the physical!  At first I was trying to talk to her verbally, and found some resistance, and realized I could simply communicate by thought.  I asked her, "Am I communicating with your higher self, or your lower (physical) self?"  She responded, "My higher self of course!"  I believe she knew I knew the answer, but I wanted some verification of my hypothesis that many times when I interact with family and friends in the astral, I am interacting with their higher selves, rather than just projections of my own mind.

Happy with the information I got and the clarity of the experience, I flew out the door and into the street.  It was a beautiful day with some clouds in the sky.  I wanted to be taken somewhere else, perhaps to a higher dimension, and I instantly remembered and decided to try one of Robert Bruce's techniques for higher level teleportation.  I flew into the sky, picking up speed gradually.  I told myself that I could do anything that I imagined because everything was dictated by my mind, although it didn't make anything any less real.  With that realization I was able to enter a warp speed as I stretched my mind into the distance, and I found myself shooting past and through clouds at enormous speeds! 

I seemed to by flying parallel to the ground, although Bruce's method calls for flight out of the atmosphere and into space.  I began to shift dimensions, and I was soon flying past lights and symbols and images that were in the sky.  I found myself experiencing a great love and joy as I passed through this area, as well as a mystical feeling and awe.  These symbols and images that I was flying past were not just projected holograms, but seemed to be printed or embedded on actual objects that were circular and oval shaped and were floating in the sky. 

I distinctly recall one symbol being the letter A with colorful designs around the letter.  There seemed to be some type of sacred geometry patterns in many of the symbols, and images of people who I perceived to be important in a spiritual/saintly context.  I found myself approaching an image of a hooded lady, almost resembling Mother Mary, although I don't think it was her, but perhaps a saint of some kind.  I felt love from this image, and I flew straight through it, as it was in my path of flight.  It was huge, probably 100 feet tall, and as I passed through I felt a special feeling of peace and love, and almost as if she wanted me to fly through her. 

Moments after I passed through her, the lights, symbols, and images ended and I approached an area of darkness with dimly lit shades of purple mist.  I was unsure about entering it, but decided to go in anyway, and almost instantly the love and joy I was feeling was gone, and in its place was almost a feeling of dread.  I couldn't see a thing.  I felt internal heaviness, certainly of a negative nature.  I perceived large demon-like beings on the ground below me who had large weapons.  I soon realized there was nothing for me here, and woke myself up. 

I wonder if the area of darkness I entered was a lower, negative realm.  Being that I flew into it directly from the higher-level dimension I was in moments before, that hypothesis seems fairly unlikely.  Perhaps it was a "void" area that RB discusses, a dimensional boundary.  Although that would not explain the negativity I felt when I entered.  But it is possible that those creatures on the ground were simply imagined, as I did not actually see them.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #337 - Dec 7th, 2011 at 2:12am
 
In regards to my last entry, I have a few questions for those experienced in astral travel.

Have you experienced symbols and images that have been in full astral form while traveling in the astral?  I'm not talking about visions that one may have while meditating, but real astral objects.

And

Does anyone have findings similar to mine regarding the nature of interactions with family and friends in the astral and/or real time, namely, any type of confirmation that in the out of body state, when communicating with family and friends who appear to be there, we are actually communicating with their higher selves? 

By the way...

A thought occurred to me regarding the experience of flying through the image of the saintly woman.  Perhaps by flying through that image, I was transported into another reality.  Many times I have projected into a painting, picture, or mirror, and into another realm. That may explain why the symbols and images were gone and I soon found myself in the dark realm immediately after flying through the lady.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #338 - Dec 8th, 2011 at 4:35pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 135

This morning I entered a deep trance, and soon my legs were moving upwards.  The movement was so real that I wasn't entirely sure if it was my physical legs or my energy body!  My arms became detached as well, and were floating in the air with my legs.  I was able to see the room around me, and oddly enough, there were 4 foot tall oscillating fans surrounding my bed, facing me.  They weren't turned on, just standing there, about five of them.  A thought occurred to me: what if these are not really fans standing here, maybe they are something my mind does not want to see.  Maybe they are aliens.  I went inwards and deepened my state, as I wanted to project, but seemed I was stuck with my arms and legs floating freely.

I began to float upwards, and then sank back down and began falling, as it required much less mental effort to fall than it did to fly.  I soon gained sight and found myself in a long vertical hall.  The walls were covered in 3D letters and numbers.  They appeared to be randomly placed.  At the bottom of this vertical tunnel was a window, and I could see outside.  I flew through the window, at first with a little resistance, and outside.  It appeared to be a small city area, and I immediately looked at my hands to maintain high lucidity.  They did not melt away, but appeared quite solid. 

I flew up towards the sky, and I was not 60 feet high when a huge space shuttle caught my eye.  It was flying parallel to the ground, off to my right, not 100 feet from where I was.  I flew over to it, and the shuttle suddenly turned towards the ground and started falling!  I was shaken when I realized there appeared to be no ground below the shuttle where the earth should have been.  This gave me a very strange feeling. 

I flew off in the other direction to find another shuttle coming straight towards me!  There was a body of water below us, and it suddenly did a nose dive, as the first shuttle did, and crashed into the water.  I then noticed that there was a row of airplanes floating on the edges of this body of water. 

Perhaps it was standard practice for aircraft to land in water?  Or maybe this symbolized something personal?
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
betson
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 3445
SE USA
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #339 - Dec 9th, 2011 at 6:04am
 
Hi,

I wonder if you could have been in a thought wave from the attack on Pearl Harbor. Propeller planes could have come through as those fans, and alot of them went up but came down into the Harbor.

Your higher self could be examining WW II. The Battle of Pearl Harbor's anniversary just passed. Perhaps you even had  a former life then or a disk mate does that helps you tune into it so clearly.

Some cultures and some physics believe that all thoughts move around in our atmosphere,connecting with similar thoughts into strands that we can become influenced by.
Back to top
 

There are more things in heaven and earth, Horatio,
Than are dreamt of in your philosophy.
Shakespeare
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #340 - Dec 13th, 2011 at 5:56pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 136

This morning as I was drifting off to sleep, my consciousness stayed aware as my body deepened into sleep and I immediately heard a demonic-sounding voice to my right.  It was speaking some kind of gibberish that I couldn't make out, and it was quite creepy, so I snapped out of the state.  I immediately entered the same body asleep/mind awake state upon relaxing, and sure enough the being was still there speaking to me.  It sounded as if it was about 3 feet from my bed, and I felt like it's goal was to scare me. 

After waking myself out of the state a few more times, I decided to experiment.  I entered the state, found that the voice was still rambling to me, and began to focus on my heart center, expanding the love inside of me and out to the being.  As I did this, the voice lowered and was gone.  I then focused on fear, allowing myself to entertain fearful thoughts about the voice and the entity, and the voice was instantly back and louder than ever.  I then focused on love again, and the voice was gone. 

It seems that the being couldn't conduct its negativity in the presence of my love, but appeared to thrive on my fear.  However, I feel like rather than my love transforming and/or repelling the demonic-sounding entity, it seemed more like I actually shifted to a higher level as my vibrations raised from the state of love that was growing within me, and out of the lower level in which the demon was in.  And so perhaps the entity never left, but it was myself who was shifted by my love.
Back to top
« Last Edit: Dec 13th, 2011 at 7:00pm by I Am Dude »  

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #341 - Dec 13th, 2011 at 6:52pm
 
Dude:

I wonder if this was an actual unfriendly being, or your higher self providing you with a learning experience.

I've found that such experiences can happen in both ways.  I can usually tell which is occurring.

Either way, what you found is valid.

Regarding whether your love energy scarred the being away or changed your vibrational connection, I believe both are possible. Unfriendlies can connect to us even when we have good vibes because our energy is immersed within this World. When we tune into love more than usual we both deter them and make it harder for them to maintain a connection.

It seems as if one of the reasons unfriendlies have visited me is because they try to deter me from growing by scarring me. Perhaps they figure that if I become afraid I might give up on making contact with my higher self and the spirit World.

Here's one experience I had. One night I got annoyed by an unfriendly being and the next day I felt like giving up on making contact with the spirit World. The next night before I went to sleep I heard a voice speaking to me within my head as if I had a radio receiver there. It seemed like aliens were communicating to me. I didn't mind because my connection to them felt quite positive. It felt as if they are a part of something quite positive. They provided me with reasons for why they decided to make contact with me. They didn't want me to refrain from doing what I do spiritually.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #342 - Dec 13th, 2011 at 7:15pm
 
Thanks for the feedback R.  I suppose it really doesn't matter whether it was an actual entity or a hallucination created by my higher self, but rather it was the learning gained through the experience which is important.  Cool experience with the ET communication being picked up like a radio receiver, I have had that experience as well. 

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
recoverer
Super Member
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 5027
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #343 - Dec 13th, 2011 at 8:09pm
 
Regarding the radio receiver experience, the first time I had it was during a lucid dream.

There were two occasions I had it while awake. Some might say it's an implant, but I have no memory of ever being abducted.

Maybe it's a matter of the radio effect being created without there being an actual radio.

What's strange about such an experience is that I hear what I hear just as I would a radio, except that it seems as if the volume isn't loud enough even though it isn't a matter of volume. Even though I can hear the words it is hard to understand them. There is some sort of connection problem.


I Am Dude wrote on Dec 13th, 2011 at 7:15pm:
Thanks for the feedback R.  I suppose it really doesn't matter whether it was an actual entity or a hallucination created by my higher self, but rather it was the learning gained through the experience which is important.  Cool experience with the ET communication being picked up like a radio receiver, I have had that experience as well. 


Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #344 - Dec 13th, 2011 at 11:55pm
 
I have the same sort of problem when it comes to understanding messages.  Sometimes the words just don't compute, although something is definitely coming through, as was the case today with the neg.  My interpretation of my radio effect experiences is that my awareness is shifting to different frequencies, just as the radio stations are on different frequencies and one turns the knob on the radio to tune into a particular station, and so I am turning my vibratory knob and tuning into a frequency in which messages can come through.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #345 - Dec 14th, 2011 at 7:07pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 137

This morning I did my sleep/wake/meditate routine as usual, but this time I induced a WILD (wake induced lucid dream) rather than waiting for my state to deepen enough to shift to the nonphysical.  I do not believe I thought about this, but rather it seems the vision came to me spontaneously, of the earth from a distance.  I willed my consciousness to zoom into the earth, and I approached the United States.  Funny enough, it appeared as if it was a map I was diving into rather than the actual planet, as there were clear divisions of the states.  I may have been creating this vision from memory, and I say this because my knowledge of geography isn't very good, and the states seemed to shift, almost like trying to read while in a dream or obe.  But the closer I came to the earth's surface, the deeper my consciousness shifted into this reality, and soon enough I was fully there, flying maybe 100 feet or so over buildings and houses.

I found myself in a mall and I was with a friend.  It may have been my guide, as I had thought about guides beforehand.  We stopped outside of a room in which some type of marketing meeting was taking place for a drink product.  There was a man sitting outside of the room, a representative for the product, and an exchange went on between us in which he refused to let us have a drink although there was plenty available, and we tried to convince him that he should give us some.  I believe we ended up taking some despite his refusal. 

A strange aspect of this mall was that there were floor tiles of different shades, colors, and sizes, and the tiles of a specific color lead a trail to a specific store, and the prominence of the tile trails in regard to their size, boldness of color, and proximity to the center of the halls determined the potential success of that business' marketing and advertising strategy, as the tiles were a big part of that strategy.  I remember seeing the drink product company's tiles in the center of the mall walkway, big, bold and dark blue, and thought, wow they must have paid good money for these tiles, and they must bring in a lot of business for them.  A strange concept, I know, but it was real where I was.

After this experience, I induced another WILD, and I found myself in a large area with a huge pool in the center of the building with store and restaurants surrounding the pool.  There were people all around engaged in their activities.  I understood (I was told by my higher self) that I was to ensure the safety of this man as he dove from the ceiling of the building into the pool to rescue someone who was having trouble swimming.  I jumped down from the platform which was about 75 feet high, following the man as he dove into the pool and swam to the person needing help. 

A whole lot of other things happened which escape my memory, as I did not immediately record the experience upon awaking.  I do not recall doing any hand glances for lucidity boosters, and so I may have had wavering levels of awareness throughout the experience.  I seemed to be pure mental awareness for the most part of these journeys.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #346 - Dec 16th, 2011 at 4:27pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 138

I am pretty sure that this spontaneous nonphysical journey(not sure if it was an obe or a lucid dream[not that there's much of a difference anyway], as I cannot recall the moment I became fully lucid) was induced by the custom made "higher self" affirmation tracks I left playing on loop throughout my sleep. 

I was flying through the beautiful late-day sky, passing through clouds, about as high up as an airplane's average elevation of flight.  I noticed a floating ball of light and went over to it.  It was about the size of a basketball, and I seemed to absorb it as I touched it.  I flew a little more, and noticed another floating ball, but this was not a ball of light, but rather a foam/rubber ball, about the size of a melon.  I had a feeling it should have been lit up, but wasn't.  It reminded me of a science project where you have to construct the solar system out of foam balls, and had the idea that it was a prop.

I flew into an upper level apartment in a building and out onto the deck.  I saw a book bag, and went through it.  There were notebooks from class.  The name on the notebooks was Mike Shmidt, and I also read the name of the school, which I cannot recall now.  They were mostly math-related subjects, but I realized that they were a different mathematics and physics than we have here in the physical, so I put the notebooks in my jacket pocket(yes, suddenly I was wearing a jacket LOL) to take back to the physical with me(I didn't think that one through LOL) so the nonphysical math and physics could be analyzed. 

Flying around some apartments, it seemed as if some of them were partially submerged under water, which was strange because the water clearly wasn't that high outside.  Rising high above the clouds, I encountered awe-inspiring structures that seemed to reach miles high into the sky.  I approached a city which was likewise majestic.  It was more beautiful than any city could possibly appear in the physical, although it didn't seem heavenly in nature, but more like a nonphysical Vegas.  As I was viewing this beautiful city from a distance, the idea came to me that if there was some way to extract photographs from a persons mind/brain in the physical, I would be able to more accurately and dynamically share my nonphysical explorations and show people just how beautiful the greater reality is.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #347 - Dec 22nd, 2011 at 2:11am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 139

Last night before bed I listened to a coast to coast interview with an et contactee (Jim Moroney), and I felt particularly open to et contact as I was falling asleep.  As I meditated, my intent directed an aspect of my consciousness to project upwards into the sky and into a spacecraft, where I found a feeling of peace and joy.  I soon lost consciousness. 

In my dream state I found myself in a huge, beautiful spacecraft that was more like an indoor futuristic city.  I recall having three separate experiences in spacecrafts.  I do not know if they were different ufos or the same one, but what it interesting is that I have a feeling that these different experiences may have been happening simultaneously.  I remember being somewhat confused while trying to keep track of what was happening and separating one experience from the other. 

The most prominent experience was nothing short of amazing.  I was in the ship as myself in my current state of consciousness, and I was visiting a past version of myself as a child who was also in the ship with some of my close family members.  I explained to my past self and my past family who I was and what my purpose was, and ahhh I wish I could remember what I was saying to them!  I feel I gave them some kind of instruction.  It was an awesome experience!
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #348 - Jan 14th, 2012 at 12:55am
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 140

This morning I decided to have an OBE.  I began to shift frequency and my legs rose up in the air.  However, they didn't seem to rise by themselves.  Rather, it felt as if someone lifted them up.  I felt hands on my nonphysical feet, and they began gently pulling and tugging, maybe half a foot back and forth.  I had the idea that whoever was doing this was helping me to detach from my body, and that this was the same being that has pulled me from my body in the past. 

I shifted deeper and began to fall.  I fell for about 10 - 15 seconds and found myself in another world.  It was somewhat dark, and the landscape seemed industrial and almost futuristic.  I looked at my hands, and they were shadowy and slightly out of focus.  My perception wasn't crystal clear, and I almost shifted back to the physical, but I focused and regained control.

I flew up and found myself looking into a large mirror that was near the top of the outside of a building.  To my surprise, there were two beings in the reflection right behind me, looking over my shoulder.  The one immediately behind me seemed to be a human, and the being behind him, looking over the human's shoulder, appeared to be a larger being of a non-human nature.  I had the idea that they were somehow part of me, or connected to me in some way.  I turned around, and they were gone.  I soon found myself back in my body.

I am mystified as to the nature of the beings that I saw in that mirror and their relation to me.  I couldn't get a read on their energy signature, as my perception was abnormally low this experience.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
crossbow
Full Member
***
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 207
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #349 - Jan 14th, 2012 at 4:46am
 
Out Of Body Dude,

Here is a riddle:

If you dreamt of having a fully conscious out of body experience, how would you know whether it was real or a dream?
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #350 - Jan 14th, 2012 at 10:52am
 
In other words, you are asking what the difference is between a lucid dream and an OBE.  In my experience, not much is different between the two states.

Are you doubting whether my OBEs are genuine?   Shocked
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
crossbow
Full Member
***
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 207
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #351 - Jan 14th, 2012 at 11:44pm
 
I Am Dude wrote on Jan 14th, 2012 at 10:52am:
In other words, you are asking what the difference is between a lucid dream and an OBE.  In my experience, not much is different between the two states.

Are you doubting whether my OBEs are genuine?   Shocked

No, I am certainly not doubting you. I am sure you do go out of body. 

I am putting forward an obvious question that will come to the mind of any open minded questioning person dealing with this subject, whether they are sceptical or not, and whether they have had out of body experience or not.

Some might not ask you the question, but most will think it. 

It is the first analytical question that arises within the subject, and naturally requires answering.

It requires a clear and definite answer; one which will satisfy a healthy intelligent inquiring mind regardless of their leaning on the subject, and whether they be practitioner or skeptic.

We progress through a subject and take up its knowledge, only to the extent that we can answer the subject's questions. At the periphery of the subject of out-of-body-experience, this question is the first we come across. When the first question is solved, the second arises, and so on through the many many questions between periphery and core.       

I'm not asking about lucid dreams. I'm asking about normal dreams; normal dreams of going out of body.

We can dream of anything, including out of body travels.

We are particularly inclined to dream about things of importance to us and to which we put in our efforts and preparations. 

So if one makes preparations and efforts towards consciously going out of body, and due to such preparations and efforts then dreams of consciously going out of body, how can one know it is a dream? 

Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #352 - Jan 15th, 2012 at 12:49am
 
I have had out of body experiences from a normal dream quite a few times. 

But your question is illogical due to the nature of the out of body experience and its relationship to dreams. 

The main difference between a dream and an OBE/lucid dream is the level of one's self awareness and lucidity.  So to have a dream in which one is self aware necessarily brings that dream into the realm of lucid dreaming/obe. 

When I projected from the dreams, I instantly became lucid, conscious of the fact that I was having a real experience in a nonphysical dimension.  It was no longer just a dream.  Although I was not aware at the time that I was projecting "inside" of a dream, it was a real projection nonetheless. 

Having had many OBEs from the dream state, I can confidently say that there is little difference between an obe from a waking state, an obe from the dream state, a lucid dream, or an obe from a lucid dream. 

Just to clarify, I use the term OBE loosely.  Some of my OBEs are astral projections, some may occur in the Real Time, some are mental projections.  I clump these experiences into a broader category for simplicity.

Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Vicky
YaBB Administrator
*****
Offline


Afterlife Knowledge Member

Posts: 2170
Colorado
Gender: female
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #353 - Jan 15th, 2012 at 1:32am
 
OOBDude, are you saying that what you feel is and what you call conscious awareness feels the same to you no matter how you have what you call an OBE?  If so, I agree because of what I know of my own experiences.

The reason I'm wording it that way is because we really cannot know what another person experiences no matter how well they try to describe it.  All we can be certain of is how we measure our own experience and of course compare to only our own experience.  To compare our judgement of our own level of awareness to someone else's is inherently absurd. 

I agree with what I asked you above, in my own OBEs whether I have them from the waking state, sleeping/dreaming state, or lucid dream.  The point is that I know what my own level of conscious awareness is compared to any of my other experiences.  I agree with you that the shift in consciousness due to such experiences is real based on what you know of your own consciousness, whether it's within a dream or not, simply for the fact that we cannot step outside of our own awareness, ever.  All we can ever really be aware of is always within the framework of our own awareness.  As for dreaming a fake awareness of our own conscious awareness?  You may as well walk around all day long asking yourself if you are really awake or just making it all up.   

For what it's worth, I see this challenge that Crossbow is asserting as an interesting conversation but not actually something anybody should spend much time worrying about. 

By the way, I've always admired your tenacity to your own development and expanded knowledge of your own consciousness. 

Vicky
Back to top
 

Author of Persephone's Journey (Amazon.com)

http://www.vickyshort.blogspot.com/
WWW 198267046870499  
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #354 - Jan 15th, 2012 at 2:07am
 
Vicky

Yes, nonphysical conscious awareness is nonphysical conscious awareness, regardless of the category of experience it falls into.  When one is in that state and has the connection with the higher mind, there is no mistaking it for anything else.  I like how you put it, "dreaming a fake awareness of one's own conscious awareness," as that is what crossbow seems to be saying.  Rather silly if you ask me!  By the way, thank you for your kind words, I hope that my spiritual work has inspired you to develop along your own spiritual path.

Crossbow, perhaps you have some personal experiences which relate to your idea?
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
crossbow
Full Member
***
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 207
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #355 - Jan 15th, 2012 at 10:56am
 
OutOfBodyDude, fair enough; that is your answer.

My question is not intended to be unfriendly or hostile in any way, nor to cast doubt upon the validity of your experiences, nor to cause you to feel affronted, although I expected you might and I accept that sometimes happens. I thought it might be difficult to answer, but I put it forward to encourage thought in a particular direction, to draw attention to a distinction between one thing and another that is helpful to perceive, and to clarify that distinction, and believe it or not, to assist.


Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #356 - Jan 15th, 2012 at 12:46pm
 
Crossbow

I don't perceive your question as being unfriendly, hostile, or doubtful.  It is not difficult to answer, but rather, impossible to answer, for the question is contradictory.  I am wondering if you see this.  If you have a dream, and in that dream you are having an out of body experience, well, the very nature of one's consciousness during an out of body experience necessarily elevates the normal dream consciousness to a level of lucidity and self awareness.  The idea of having an OBE from a dream is interesting, this is true, and like I said, I've experienced it many times, so I am coming from a place of knowing in my response.  But one thing I have found through having all types of different experiences and trying to classify them in one category or another, is that this differentiating between seemingly different methods of nonphysical conscious exploration is usually unnecessary.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
crossbow
Full Member
***
Offline


ALK Member

Posts: 207
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #357 - Jan 17th, 2012 at 10:22pm
 
Very well, OutOfBodyDude.

I hope you continue to make good progress. I'm sure you will.
Back to top
 
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #358 - Jan 18th, 2012 at 2:09am
 
Thank you   Smiley

So, what is your belief on the subject you brought up?  If I recall, you have done your fair share of exploring nonphysical realities as well.  I am curious as to what you have found.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
I Am Dude
Super Member
*****
Offline



Posts: 1462
Gender: male
Re: GATEWAY EXPERIENCE JOURNALS II
Reply #359 - Feb 21st, 2012 at 3:53pm
 
JOURNAL ENTRY 141

Yesterday I had a powerful dream which evolved into an out of body experience.  The dream was about Deepak Chopra.  He was attending some kind of event with a large crowd of people, and the audience was to choose numbers, like a lottery.  The numbers were chosen at random, and the one who chose the winning numbers received a large amount of money.  The numbers were chosen, and Deepak was the winner.  The audience was less than enthused, as they all realized that Deepak had more than enough money and didn't need the prize, but Sr. Chopra himself was ecstatic.  He jumped up, celebrating, and yelled to the audience, "This ticket is yours!"  Immediately the crowd burst into cheers and applause at the kind act.  He was to host an event where every member of the audience would attend and receive a check for the amount split evenly amongst the audience.

I then found myself watching a program on TV in which Deepak was standing face to face with his wife, moving in unison in a slow, meditative type of dance, but they were not touching each other.  They were both in a blissful meditative state, immersed fully in the moment and in their love for one another as aspects of the creator.  He was verbally directing his wife's and the viewer's attention on the chakras, going from the crown down to the root.  As he did this, I felt intense energy in the respective chakras in my energy body as they became active, even though I was viewing this in the third person, without having any type of body present.  It seemed like my energy body was in another dimension, and I had split awareness. 

I soon found myself out of my body, in my room, which appeared to be a hybrid of my current room and an old room I once lived in.  I found myself moving quickly through a long corridor.  I was facing up and moving backwards, so I was viewing the ceiling and walls around me as I moved.  I believe I was being carried, because I had no intention of going anywhere.  I was just along for the ride. 
A part of me resisted, as I did not know who was taking me or where we were going. 

I found myself back in my room, and soon again I was being taken in the same fashion by whatever beings they were.  I did not see anyone, but I felt that some beings were involved.  I was trying to deal with the possibility that they were ETs of some kind, although I don't believe that should bother me at this point.  This is where the inner resistance came from, and the reason why the experience soon ended. 

The experience served as a reminder to keep my focus on love and to trust in my higher self to lead me to the experiences that are suited for my highest development and highest good.  Interesting symbolism in the Deepak Chopra dream as well.
Back to top
 

But seek first the kingdom of God and His righteousness, and all these things will be added unto you.
 
IP Logged
 
Pages: 1 
Send Topic Print


This is a Peer Moderated Forum. You can report Posting Guideline violations.